Donate
 
   
Select your prefered input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
     Amarakosha Search  
77 results
     
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
artanam2.4.32NeuterSingularṛtīyā, hṛṇīyā, ghṛṇā
buddhiḥ1.5.1FeminineSingularpratipat, upalabdhiḥ, śemuṣī, dhiṣaṇā, cetanā, saṃvit, prekṣā, prajñā, manīṣā, jñaptiḥ, cit, matiḥ, dhīḥunderstanding or intellect
cāṇḍālikā2.10.32FeminineSingularkāṇḍolavīṇā, caṇḍālavallakī
carcā1.5.2FeminineSingularsaṅkhyā, vicāraṇāreflection
dakṣaṇīyaḥ3.1.3MasculineSingulardakṣiṇyaḥ, dakṣiṇārhaḥ
dṛṣṭāntaḥ3.3.69MasculineSingularśleṣmādiḥ, aśmavikṛtiḥ, rasādiḥ, śabdayoniḥ, raktādiḥ, mahābhūtādiḥ, mahābhūtaguṇā, indriyāṇi
gajabhakṣyāFeminineSingularsuvahā, hlādinī, surabhī, rasā, maheraṇā, kundurukī, sallakī
gañjā2.1.18FeminineSingularrumā, lavaṇākaraḥ
gauḥ2.9.67-72FeminineSingularupasaryā, rohiṇī, bahusūtiḥ, kapilā, navasūtikā, ekahāyanī, droṇakṣīrā, bandhyā, saurabheyī, garbhopaghātinī, arjunī, acaṇḍī, dhavalā, vaṣkayiṇī, dvivarṣā, pīnoghnī, tryabdā, samāṃsamīnā, sandhinī, vaśā, praṣṭhauhī, naicikī, pareṣṭukā, pāṭalā, suvratā, caturabdā, droṇadugdhā, avatokā, usrā, kālyā, aghnyā, sukarā, kṛṣṇā, dhenuḥ, ekābdā, pīvarastanī, trihāyaṇī, māheyī, vehad, śṛṅgiṇī, bālagarbhiṇī, śavalī, cirasūtā, dvihāyanī, sukhasaṃdohyā, caturhāyaṇī, dhenuṣyā, sravadgarbhā, mātā(49)cow
grāmaṇīḥ3.3.55MasculineSingularjugupsā, karuṇā
hūtiḥFeminineSingularākāraṇā, āhvānaminvocation
īlitaśaḥMasculineSingularvarṇitam, paṇitam, paṇāyim, īḍitam, gīrṇam, praṇum, śastam, abhiṣṭutam, panitam, panāyim, stutam
jātiḥ3.3.74FeminineSingularṇābhedaḥ
jīrakaḥ2.9.37MasculineSingularkaṇā, jaraṇaḥ, ajājī
kamalottram2.9.107NeuterSingularūrṇāyuḥ
kambuḥ3.3.141MasculineSingularjaḍībhāvaḥ, sthūṇā
kāruṇyamNeuterSingularkṛpā, dayā, anukampā, anukrośaḥ, karuṇā, ghṛṇāpity
ketanam3.3.121NeuterSingularlokavādaḥ, paśvahipakṣiṇāṃyuddham
kṛkavākuḥ2.5.19MasculineSingularcaraṇāyudhaḥ, tāmracūḍaḥ, kukkuṭaḥ
kṛṣṇāFeminineSingularkolā, uṣaṇā, māgadhī, śauṇḍī, kaṇā, vaidehī, pippalī, capalā, upakulyā
nāsā2.6.90FeminineSingulargandhavahā, ghoṇā, nāsikā, ghrāṇam
nīlīFeminineSingulardolā, śrīphalī, grāmīṇā, droṇī, rañjnī, klītakikā, nīlinī, tutthā, madhuparṇikā, kālā
nirveśaḥ3.3.223MasculineSingulartṛṣṇā, āyatā
prapunnāḍaḥMasculineSingulareḍagajaḥ, dadrughnaḥ, cakramardakaḥ, padmāṭaḥ, uraṇākhyaḥ
pravīṇaḥ3.1.2MasculineSingularśikṣitaḥ, abhijñaḥ, kṛtamukhaḥ, niṣṇātaḥ, nipuṇaḥ, kuśalaḥ, vaijñānikaḥ, vijñaḥ, kṛtī
prāyaḥ3.3.161MasculineSingularbhavyam, guṇāśrayam
pūjā2.7.36FeminineSingularnamasyā, apacitiḥ, saparyā, arcā, arhaṇā
samarthanam2.8.25NeuterSingularsaṃ‍pradhāraṇā
saṃgaraḥ3.3.174MasculineSingulartūryam, ravaḥ, gajendrāṇāṃgarjitam
saṃvīkṣaṇam2.4.30NeuterSingularmṛgaṇā, mṛgaḥ, vicayanam, mārgaṇam
sphaṭāFeminineSingularphaṇāthe expanded head of a snake
sphuraṇam3.4.10NeuterSingularsphuraṇā
sthitiḥ2.8.26FeminineSingularsaṃsthā, maryādā, dhāraṇā
śubhacchā2.9.77MasculineSingularuraṇaḥ, ūrṇāyuḥ, meṣaḥ, vṛṣṇiḥ, eḍakaḥ, uramraḥ
surā2.10.39FeminineSingularva‍ruṇātmajā, halipriyā, madyam, pari‍srutā, prasannā, para‍srut, kaśyam, ‍‍kādambarī, gandhokṣamā, hālā, madirā, irā
sūrmī2.10.35NeuterSingularsthūṇā, ayaḥpratimā
talpam3.3.138NeuterSingularkūrmī, ṇābhedaḥ
uccairdhuṣṭam1.6.13NeuterSingularghoṣaṇāmaking a loud noise
umā1.1.44FeminineSingularkātyāyanī, haimavatī, bhavānī, sarvamaṅgalā, durgā, ambikā, girijā, cāmuṇḍā, gaurī, īśvarī, rudrāṇī, aparṇā, mṛḍānī, āryā, menakātmajā, carmamuṇḍā, kālī, śivā, śarvāṇī, pārvatī, caṇḍikā, dākṣāyaṇī, karmamoṭī, carcikābhavaani
uśīramMasculineSingularlaghulayam, amṛṇālam, abhayam, iṣṭakāpatham, lāmajjakam, sevyam, avadāham, jalāśayam, naladam
vārṣikamNeuterSingulartrāyamāṇā, trāyantī, balabhadrikā
vināyakaḥMasculineSingulargaṇādhipaḥ, ekadantaḥ, herambaḥ, lambodaraḥ, vighnarājaḥ, gajānanaḥ, dvaimāturaḥganesh
viśālatā2.6.115FeminineSingularpariṇāhaḥ
viśvāFeminineSingularupaviṣā, aruṇā, śṛṅgī, viṣā, mahauṣadham, prativiṣā, ativiṣā
yāvāgū2.9.50FeminineSingularśrāṇā, ‍vilepī, taralā, uṣṇikā
mṛgatṛṣṇā1.3.35FeminineSingularmarīcikāmirage
guṇā1.4.30MasculinePluralquality of nature
praṇādaḥ1.6.11MasculineSingularan affectinate speech
ākṣāraṇā1.6.15FeminineSingularan imputation of adultery
ṇāFeminineSingularvipañcakī, vallakīa lute
ṇādaṇḍaḥMasculineSingularpravālaḥthe neck of a lute
kāraṇāFeminineSingularyātanā, tīvravedanāagony
mṛṇālaḥMasculineSingularbisamthe fibers in stalk of lotus
ṇāFeminineSingulardāsī, ārtagalaḥ
parṇāsaḥMasculineSingularkaṭhiñjaraḥ, kuṭherakaḥ
kṛṣṇāFeminineSingularkolā, uṣaṇā, māgadhī, śauṇḍī, kaṇā, vaidehī, pippalī, capalā, upakulyā
saraṇāFeminineSingularrājabalā, bhadrabalā, prasāriṇī, kaṭambharā
lakṣmaṇā2.5.28FeminineSingular
varvaṇā2.5.29FeminineSingularnīlā, makṣikā
kharaṇā2.6.46MasculineSingularkharaṇasaḥ
khuraṇā2.6.47MasculineSingularkhuraṇasaḥ
paryeṣaṇā2.7.34FeminineSingularparīṣṭiḥ
adhyeṣaṇā2.7.35FeminineSingularsaniḥ
ṣaḍguṇā2.8.17MasculinePlural
ghoṇā2.8.49FeminineSingularprotham
prāṇāMasculinePluralasavaḥ
triguṇākṛtam2.9.8MasculineSingulartṛtīyākṛtam, trihalyam, trisītyam
dviguṇākṛtam2.9.9MasculineSingulardvitīyākṛtam, dvihalyam, dvisītyam, ‍śambākṛtam
kaṇā2.9.37FeminineSingularupakuñcikā, suṣavī, kāravī, pṛthvī, pṛ‍thuḥ, kālā
ṇāvādā2.10.13MasculineSingular‍vaiṇikaḥ
pariṇāmaḥ3.4.15MasculineSingularvikāraḥ, vikṝtiḥ, vikriyā
urṇā3.3.56FeminineSingularvaṇikpathaḥ
sthūṇā3.3.57FeminineSingularkareṇuḥ, karī
tṛṣṇā3.3.57FeminineSingularbalam, dhanam
ghṛṇā3.3.57FeminineSingulargṛham, rakṣitā
ṇā3.5.2FeminineSingular
mṛṇā3.5.7FeminineSingular
     Apte Search  
110 results
     
akṣoṭaḥ अक्षोटः [अक्ष्- ओट; अक्षस्य बिभीतकस्येव उटानि पर्णान्यस्य वा Tv.] 1 N. of a tree पर्वतीयपीलु (Mar. डोंगरी अक्रोड). 2 A walnut; a tree bearing an oily nut. also अक्षोटक; ...आम्रैरक्षोटकैस्तदा Parṇāl.4.61.
acira अचिर a. [न. त.] 1 Brief, transitory, of short duration; ˚द्युति, ˚भास्, ˚प्रभा &c. q. v. -2 Recent, late, new; अकरोदचिरेश्वरः क्षितौ R.8.2 the new lord. In compounds अचिर may be rendered by 'recently', 'just', `not long ago'; ˚प्रवृत्तं ग्रीष्मसमयमधिकृत्य Ś.1, just set in. ˚प्रसूता; अचिरप्रसूतया जनन्या विना विवर्धित एव Ś.4; having recently brought forth (who died not long after delivery, said of a doe) or a cow that has recently calved. -रम् adv. (also अचिरेण, अचिराय, अचिरात्, अचिरस्य in the same senses) 1 Not long since, not long ago. -2 Recently, lately. -3 Soon, quickly, not long hence. -Comp. -अंशु, -आभा, -द्युतिः, -प्रभा, -भास्, -रोचिस् f. [अचिराः अंशवः, अचिरा आभा-प्रभा &c. यस्याः सा] lightning; ˚शुविलासचञ्चला लक्ष्मीः Ki.2.19; ˚भासां तेजसा चानुलिप्तैः S.7.7., Ki.4.24, अचिरद्युतितेजसा 5.6. समुत्पफाल गगने मेघादचिरभा इव Parṇāl.5.98. -2 (कर्म.) transitory lustre, short gleam.
adakṣiṇa अदक्षिण _x001F_a. [न. _x001F_त.] 1 Not right, left. -2 _x001F_2[न. ब.] Not bringing in Dakṣiṇā to _x001F_+the priests; without any gifts (as a sacrifice); अदक्षिणास अच्युता दुधुक्षन् Rv.1. 61.1 मृतो यज्ञस्त्वदक्षिणः Pt.2.94. -3 Simple, weakminded, silly; मेने$थ सत्यमेवेति परिहासमदक्षिणा Rām. -4 Not handy, skillful or clever; awkward. -5 Unfavourable Bhāg.1.82.2. अदक्षिणीय adakṣiṇīya दक्षिण्य dakṣiṇya अदक्षिणीय दक्षिण्य a. Not deserving Dakṣiṇā.
anubandhaḥ अनुबन्धः 1 Binding or fastening on, connection, attachment, tie (lit. & fig.); यस्यां मनश्चक्षुषोरनुबन्धस्तस्या- मृद्धिः Māl.2; एतस्येदृशेन दर्शनेन कीदृशो मे हृदयानुबन्धः इति न जानासि U.3 state of feeling; K.257. -2 Uninterrupted succession, unbroken sequence, continuous flow, continuity; series, chain; बाष्पं कुसु स्थिरतया विरतानुबन्धम् Ś.4. 15; मरण˚ K.236 following up death, desire for dying; अनुबन्धाद्विरमेद्वा K.28; यदा नात्याक्षीदेवानुबन्धम् 39 (persistence in) following me, 317; वैर˚, मत्सर˚, Dk.63,161; मुच्यतां देवि शोकानुबन्धः K.63 continuous sorrow; दुर्लभजन- प्रार्थना˚ Ratn.1; विरम विरम वह्ने मुञ्च धूमानुबन्धम् 4.16; सानु- बन्धाः कथं न स्युः संपदो मे निरापदः R.1.64 continuous, uninterrupted; परिवृद्धरीगमनुबन्धसेवया R.9.69 continuous enjoyment; अयं सो$र्थो$नर्थानुबन्धः संवृत्तः V.5 giving rise to a chain of evils. -3 Descendants, posterity; सानुबन्धा हता ह्यसि Rām. relation, भूमेः सुतां भूमिभृतो$नुबन्धात् Viś. Guṇā.475. -4 Consequence, result (good or bad); आत्मदोषानुबन्धेन K.319 in consequence of; यदग्रे चानुबन्धे च सुखम् Bg.18.39,25; अनुबन्धमजानन्तः कर्मणामविचक्षणाः Rām. 3.51.26; नार्थानां प्रकृतिं वेत्सि नानुबन्धमवेक्षसे Mb.4.49.1. -5 Intention; design, motive, cause; अनुबन्धानपेक्षेत सानु- बन्धेषु कर्मसु Mb.5.34.8. अनुबन्धं परिज्ञाय देशकालौ च तत्त्वतः । सारापराधौ चालोक्य दण्ड दण्डयेषु पातयेत् Ms.8.126; पाप˚ of evil designs. -6 An adjunct of a thing, a secondary member (मुख्यानुयायि, अप्रधानम्); (उल्का) दृश्यते सानुबन्धा च Rām.5.1.63. a secondary symptom, symptomatic affection, attendant on the principal disease (वातपित्तादि- दोषाणामप्राधान्यम्); मूर्छानुबन्धा विषमज्वराः Suśr. -7 Connecting link or adjunct of a subject or topic; theme, matter of discussion; introductory reasons; (विषयप्रयोजनाधिकारि- संबन्धः अनुबन्धः) (an indispensable element of the Vedānta). -8 (Gram.) An indicatory syllable or letter intended to denote some peculiarity in the inflection, accent &c. of the word to which it is attached; as the लृ in गम्लृ, ण् in इण्; रिपुराप पराभवाय मध्यं प्रकृति- प्रत्यययोरिवानुबन्धः Ki.13.19. -9 Offence, fault. -1 An obstacle, impediment; also the clog or encumbrance of a family; domestic ties or attachment. -11 A child or pupil who follows the example set by his parent or teacher (मुख्यानुयायी शिशुः). -12 Beginning, commencement. -13 Repeated application or devotion (पौनःपुन्येन अभिनिवेशः). -14 Course, pursuit. -15 A small bit or part, a trifle. -16 The junction of a fraction (with an integer), as भागानुबन्धपूर्णाङ्कः. -17 Base, stem (प्रकृति). cf. अनुबन्धः प्रकृत्यादौ दोषोत्पादे विनश्वरे । मुख्यानुयायिनि शिशौ प्रकृतस्यानुवर्तने । अनुबन्धे$पि हिक्कायां भ्रष्टायामपि कथ्यते । Nm. -धी [अनुबध्यते अतिश्वासेन व्याप्रियते अनया] 1 Thirst. -2 Hickup. अनुबन्धी तु हिक्कायां तृष्णायामपि योषिति-Medinī.
antataḥ अन्ततः ind. [अन्त-तसिल्] 1 From the end. -2 At last, finally; at length, lastly. नलं सर्वगुणैर्युक्तं मन्ये बाहुकमन्ततः Mb. 3.71.33. -3 In part, partly. -4 Inside, within. -5 In the lowest way; (opp. मुख्यतः, मध्यतः***); (अन्ततः may have all the senses of अन्त). -6 In fact; हा हन्तौदनमन्ततः शुचि- तमं तद् दृष्टमाशु त्यजेत् Viś. Guṇā299.
antar अन्तर् ind. [अम्-अरन्-तुडागमश्च Uṇ.5.6, अमेस्तुट् च] 1 (Used as a prefix to verbs and regarded as a preposition or गति) (a) In the middle, between; in, into, inside; ˚हन्, ˚धा, ˚गम्, ˚भू, ˚इ, ˚ली &c. (b) Under. -2 (Used adverbially) (a) Between, betwixt, amongst, within; in the middle or interior, inside (opp. वहिः); अदह्यतान्तः R.2.32 burnt within himself, at heart; अन्तरेव विहरन् दिवानिशम् R.19.6 in the palace, in the harem; so ˚भिन्नं भ्रमति हृदयम् Māl. 5.2; अन्तर्विभेद Dk.13; यदन्तस्तन्न जिह्वायाम् Pt.4.88; अन्तर्यश्च मृग्यते V.1.1 internally, in the mind. (b) By way of seizing or holding; अन्तर्हत्वा गतः (हतं परिगृह्य). -3 (As a separable preposition) (a) In, into, between, in the middle, inside, within, (with loc.); निवसन्नन्तर्दारुणि लङ्घ्यो वह्निः Pt.1.31; अन्तरादित्ये Ch. Up., अन्तर्वेश्मनि Ms.7 223; Y.3.31; अप्स्वन्तरमृतमप्सु Rv.1. 23.19. अप्सु मे सोमो$ब्रवीदन्तर् विश्वानि भेषजा ibid. (b) Between (with acc.) Ved. अन्तर्मही बृहती रोदसीमे Rv. 7.87.2; अन्तर्देवान् मर्त्यांश्च 8.2.4; हिरण्मय्योर्ह कुश्योरन्तर- वहित आस Śat. Br. (c) In, into, inside, in the interior, in the midst (with gen.); प्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve. 3.7; अन्तःकञ्चुकिकञ्चुकस्य Ratn.2.3; बहिरन्तश्च भूतानाम् Bg.13.15; त्वमग्ने सर्वभूतानामन्तश्चरसि साक्षिवत् Y.2.14; लघुवृत्तितया भिदां गतं बहिरन्तश्च नृपस्य मण्डलम् Ki.2.53; अन्तरीपं यदन्तर्वारिणस्तटम् Ak.; oft. in comp. at the end; कूपान्तः पतितः Pt.5; सभान्तः साक्षिणः प्राप्तान् Ms.8.79; दन्तान्तरधि- ष्ठितम् Ms.5.141 between the teeth; उत्पित्सवो$न्तर्नदभर्तुः Śi.3.77; also in compound with a following word; अहं सदा शरीरान्तर्वासिनी ते सरस्वती Ks.4.11. -4 It is frequently used as the first member of compounds in the sense of 'internally', 'inside', 'within', 'in the interior', 'having in the interior', 'filled with', 'having concealed within', or in the sense of 'inward', 'internal', 'secret', 'hidden' &c., forming Adverbial, Bahuvrīhi or Tatpuruṣa compounds; कुन्दमन्तस्तुषारम् (Bah. comp.) Ś.5.19 filled with dew; ˚स्तोयम् (Bah. comp.) Me.66; अन्तर्गिरि (Adv. comp.) Ki.1.34; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः (Tat. comp.) U.3.31; so ˚कोपः, ˚कोणः, ˚आकूतम् &c. -5 It is also supposed to be a particle of assent (स्वीकारार्थक). (Note. In comp. the र् of अन्तर् is changed to a visarga before hard consonants, as अन्तः- करणम्, अन्तःस्थ &c.). [cf. L. inter; Zend antare; Goth. undar; Pers. andar; Gr. entos;]. -Comp. -अंसः the breast (= अंतरा-अंस q. v.). -अग्निः inward fire, the fire which stimulates digestion; दीप्तान्तरग्निपरिशुद्धकोष्ठः Susr. -अंङ्ग a. 1 inward, internal, comprehended, included (with abl.); त्रयमन्तरङ्ग पूर्वेभ्यः Pat Sūtra. -2 proximate, related to, essential to or referring to the essential part of the अङ्ग or base of a word (opp. बहिरङ्ग); धातूपसर्गयोः कार्यमन्तरङ्गम् P.VIII.3.74 Sk. -3 dear, most beloved (अत्यन्तप्रिय); स्वपिति सुखमिदा- नीमन्तरङ्गः कुरङ्गः Ś.4.v.l. (-अङ्गम्) 1 the inmost limb or organ, the heart, mind; सन्तुष्टान्तरङ्गः Dk.11; ˚वृत्ति 21; the interior. -2 an intimate friend, near or confidential person (forming, as it were, part of oneself); मदन्तरङ्गभूताम् Dk.81,93,11; राजान्तरङ्गभावेन 135; अन्तरङ्गेषु राज्यभारं समर्प्य*** 159. -3 an essential or indispensable part, as श्रवण, मनन & निदिध्यासन in realizing Brahman. -4 What is intimately connected or related; अन्तरङ्गबहिरङ्ग- योरन्तरङ्ग बलीयः ŚB. on MS.12.2.29. -अवयव an inner part; P.V.4.62. -आकाशः the ether or Brahman that resides in the heart of man (a term often occurring in the Upaniṣads). -आकूतम् secret or hidden intention. -आगमः an additional augment between two letters, -आगारम् the interior of a house; स्त्रीनक्तमन्तरा- गारबहिःशत्रुकृतांस्तथा Y.2.31. -आत्मन् m. (त्मा) 1 the inmost spirit or soul, the soul or mind; also the internal feelings, the heart, अङ्गुष्ठमात्रपुरुषोन्तरात्मा Śvet.; नास्य प्रत्यक- रोद्वीर्यं विक्लवेनान्तरात्मना Rām.6.13.28. गतिमस्यान्तरात्मनः Ms.6.73; जीवसंज्ञोन्तरात्मान्यः सहजः सर्वदेहिनाम् 12.13; मद्- गतेनान्तरात्मना Bg.6.47 with the heart fixed on me; जातो ममायं विशदः प्रकामं ...... अन्तरात्मा Ś.4.22, U.3.38, प्रायः सर्वो भवति करुणावृत्तिरार्द्रान्तरात्मा Me.95. -2 (In phil.) the inherent supreme spirit or soul (residing in the interior of man); अन्तरात्मासि देहिनाम् Ku.6.21. -आपणः a market in the heart (inside) of a town. -आय, -आल; See s. v. -आराम a. rejoicing in oneself, finding pleasure in his soul or heart; यो$न्तःसुखोन्तरारामस्तथान्तर्जर्यो- तिरेव सः Bg.5.24. -इन्द्रियम् an internal organ or sense. -उष्यम् Ved. a secret abode. -करणम् the internal organ; the heart, soul; the seat of thought and feeling, thinking faculty, mind, conscience; प्रमाणं ˚प्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; सबाह्य ˚णः अन्तरात्मा V.4 the soul in all its senses external and internal, the inner and outer man; दयार्द्रभावमाख्यातमन्तःकरणैर्विशङ्कैः R.2.11. According to the Vedānta अन्तःकरण is of four kinds : मनो बुद्धिरहङ्कार- श्चित्तं करणमान्तरम् । संशयो निश्चयो गर्वः स्मरणं विषया इमे ॥ अन्तःकरणं त्रिविधम् Sāṅkhya 33, i. e. बुद्धयहङ्कारमनांसि; सान्तःकरणा बुद्धिः 35, i. e. अहङ्कारमनःसहिता. -कल्पः a certain number of years (with Buddhists). -कुटिल a. inwardly crooked (fig. also); fraudulent. (-लः) a conch-shell. -कृ(क्रि)मिः a disease of worms in the body. -कोटरपुष्पी = अण्ड- कोटरपुष्पी. -कोपः 1 internal disturbance; H.3. -2 inward wrath, secret anger. -कोशम् the interior of a storeroom. -गङ्गा the secret or hidden Ganges (supposed to communicate uuderground with a secret stream in Mysore). -गडु a. [अन्तर्मध्ये गडुरिव] useless, unprofitable, unnecessary, unavailing; किमनेनान्तर्गडुना Sar. S. (ग्रीवाप्रदेश- जातस्य गलमांसपिण्डस्य गडोर्यथा निरर्थकत्वं तद्वत्). -गम् -गत &c. See under अंतर्गम्. -गर्भ a. 1 bearing young, pregnant. -2 having a गर्भ or inside; so ˚गर्भिन्. -गिरम् -रि ind. in mountains. अध्यास्तेन्तर्गिरं यस्मात् करतन्नावैति कारणम् Bk.5.87. -गुडवलयः the sphincter muscle. -गूढ a. concealed inside, being inward; ˚घनव्यथः U.3.1; R.19.57; ˚विषः with poison concealed in the heart. -गृहम्, -गेहम्, -भवनम् [अन्तःस्थं गृहम् &c.] 1 the inner apartment of a house, the interior of a house. -2 N. of a holy place in Benares; पञ्चक्रोश्यां कृतं पापमन्तर्गेहे विनश्यति. -घणः -णम् [अन्तर्हन्यते क्रोडीभवत्यस्मिन्, निपातः] the open space before the house between the entrance-door and the house (= porch or court); तस्मिन्नन्तर्घणे पश्यन् प्रघाणे सौधसद्मनः Bk.7.62 द्वारमतिक्रम्य यः सावकाशप्रदेशः सो$न्तर्घणः). (-नः -णः) N. of a country of Bāhīka (or Bālhīka) (P.III.3.78 बाहीकग्रामविशेषस्य संज्ञेयम् Sk.). -घातः striking in the middle Kāsi. on P.III.3.78. -चर a. pervading the body. internally situated, internal, inward अन्तश्चराणां मरुतां निरोधात् Ku.3.48; U.7. -ज a. born or bred in the interior (as a worm &c.). -जठरम् the stomach. (ind.) in the stomach. -जम्भः the inner part of the jaws (खादनस्थानं जम्भः, दन्तपङ्क्त्यो- रन्तरालम्). -जात a. inborn, innate. -जानु ind. between the knees. -जानुशयः One sleeping with hands between the knees; अन्तर्जानुशयो यस्तु भुञ्जते सक्तभाजनः Mb.3.2.75. -ज्ञानम् inward or secret knowledge. -ज्योतिस् a. enlightened inwardly, with an enlightened soul. यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामस्तथान्तर्ज्योतिरेव यः Bg.5.24. (-स् n.) the inward light, light of Brahman. -ज्वलनम् inflammation. (-नः) inward heat or fire; mental anxiety. -ताप a. burning inwardly (-पः) internal fever or heat Ś.3.13. -दधनम् [अन्तर्दध्यते आधीयते मादकतानेन] distillation of spirituous liquor, or a substance used to produce fermentation. -दशा a term in astrology, the time when a particular planet exercises its influence over man's destiny (ज्योतिषोक्तः महादशान्तर्गतो ग्रहाणां स्वाधिपत्यकालभेदः). -दशाहम् an interval of 1 days; ˚हात् before 1 days. Ms.8.222; ˚हे 5.79. -दहनम् -दाहः 1 inward heat; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः U.3.31; ˚हेन दहनः सन्तापयति राघवम् Rām. -2 inflammation. -दुःख a. sad or afflicted at heart; -दुष्ट a. internally bad, wicked or base at heart. -दृष्टिः f. examining one's own soul, insight into oneself. -देशः an intermediate region of the compass. -द्वारम् private or secret door within the house (प्रकोष्ठद्वारम्). -धा-धि, -हित &c. See. s. v. -नगरम् the palace of a king (being inside the town); cf. ˚पुरम्; दशाननान्तर्नगरं ददर्श Rām. -निवेशनम् inner part of the house; यथा चारोपितो वृक्षो जातश्चान्तर्निवेशने Rām.6.128.6. -निहित a. being concealed within; अङ्गैरन्तर्निहितवचनैः सूचितः सम्यगर्थः M.2.8. -निष्ठ a. engaged in internal meditation. -पटः, -टम् a screen of cloth held between two persons who are to be united (as a bride and bridegroom, or pupil and preceptor) until the acctual time of union arrives. -पथ a. Ved. being on the way. -पदम् ind. in the interior of an inflected word. -पदवी = सुषुम्णामध्यगतः पन्थाः -पिरधानम् the innermost garment. -पर्शव्य a. being between the ribs (as flesh). -पवित्रः the Soma when in the straining vessel. -पशुः [अन्तर्गाममध्ये पशवो यत्र] the time when the cattle are in the village or stables (from sunset to sunrise); अन्तःपशौ पशुकामस्य सायं प्रातः Kāty; (सायं पशुषु ग्राममध्ये आगतेषु प्रातश्च ग्रामादनिःसृतेषु com.). -पातः, पात्यः 1 insertion of a letter (in Gram.). -2 a post fixed in the middle of the sacrificial ground (used in ritual works); अन्तःपूर्वेण यूपं परीत्यान्तःपात्यदेशे स्थापयति Kāty. -पातित, -पातिन् a. 1 inserted. -2 included or comprised in; falling within; दण्डकारण्य˚ ति आश्रमपदम् K.2. -पात्रम् Ved. interior of a vessel. -पालः one who watches over the inner apartments of a palace. -पुरम् [अन्तः अभ्यन्तरं पुरं गृहम्, or पुरस्यान्तःस्थितम्] 1 inner apartment of a palace (set apart for women); female or women's apartments, seraglio, harem (so called from their being situated in the heart of the town, for purposes of safety); व्यायम्याप्लुत्य मध्याह्ने भोक्तुमन्तःपुरं विशेत् Ms.7.216,221,224; कन्यान्तःपुरे कश्चित्प्रविशति Pt.1. -2 inmates of the female apartments, a queen or queens, the ladies taken collectively; अन्तःपुराणि सर्वाणि रुदमानानि सत्वरम् Rām.6.111.111. ˚विरहपर्युत्सुकस्य राजर्षेः Ś.3; K.58; ततो राजा सान्तःपुरः स्वगृह- मानीयाभ्यर्चितः Pt.1; कस्यचिद्राज्ञो$न्तःपुरं जलक्रीडां कुरुते ibid. ˚प्रचारः gossip of the harem Ms.7.153; ˚समागतः Ś.4; also in pl.; कदाचिदस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरेभ्यः कथयेत् Ś.2.; न ददाति वाचमुचितामन्तःपुरेभ्यो यदा Ś.6.5. ˚जन women of the palace; inmates of the female apartments; ˚चर, -अध्यक्षः-रक्षकः, -वर्ती guardian or superintendent of the harem, chamberlain; वृद्धः कुलोद्रतः शक्तः पितृपैतामहः शुचिः । राज्ञामन्तःपुरा- ध्यक्षो विनीतश्च तथेष्यते ॥ (of these five sorts are mentioned :- वामनक, जघन्य, कुब्ज, मण्डलक and सामिन् see Bṛi. S.) ˚सहायः one belonging to the harem. -पुरिकः [अन्तःपुरे नियुक्तः, ठक्] a chamberlain = ˚चर. (-कः, -का) a woman in the harem; अस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरिके(का) भ्यो निवेदय Chaṇḍ. K. -पुष्पम् [कर्म.] the menstrual matter of women, before it regularly begins to flow every month; वर्षद्वादशकादूर्ध्वं यदि पुष्पं बहिर्न हि । अन्तःपुष्पं भवत्येव पनसोदुम्बरादिवत् Kāśyapa; ˚ष्पम् is therefore the age between 12 and the menstruation period. -पूय a. ulcerous. -पेयम् Ved. drinking up. -प्रकृतिः f. 1 the internal nature or constitution of man. -2 the ministry or body of ministers of a king. -3 heart or soul. ˚प्रकोपः internal dissensions or disaffection; अणुरप्युपहन्ति विग्रहः प्रभुमन्तःप्रकृतिप्रकोपजः Ki.2.51. -प्रको- पनम् sowing internal dissensions, causing internal revolts; अन्तःप्रकोपनं कार्यमभियोक्तुः स्थिरात्मनः H.3.93. -प्रज्ञ a. knowing oneself, with an enlightened soul. -प्रतिष्ठानम् residence in the interior. -बाष्प a. 1 with suppressed tears; अन्तर्बाष्पश्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3. -2 with tears gushing up inside, bedimmed with tears; कोपात्˚ ष्पे स्मरयति मां लोचने तस्याः V.4.15. (-ष्पः) suppressed tears, inward tears; निगृह्य ˚ष्पम् Bh.3.6; Māl.5. -भावः, भावना see under अन्तर्भू separately. -भिन्न a. split or broken inside, perforated, bored (said of a pearl) Pt.4 (also torn by dissensions). -भूमिः f. interior of the earth. -भेदः discord, internal dissensions; ˚जर्जरं राजकुलम् Mk.4 torn by internal dissensions; अन्तर्भेदाकुलं गेहं न चिराद्विनशिष्यति 'a house divided against itself cannot stand long.' -भौम a. subterranean, underground. -मदावस्थ a. having the rutting state concealed within; आसीदनाविष्कृतदानराजि- रन्तर्मदावस्थ इव द्विपेन्द्रः R.2.7. -मनस् a. 1 sad, disconsolate, dejected, distracted. -2 one who has concentrated and turned his mind inward, lost in abstract meditation. -मुख a. (-खी f.) 1 going into the mouth, pointing or turned inward; प्रचण्डपरिपिण्डितः स्तिमितवृत्तिरन्तर्मुखः Mv. 5.26. -2 having an inward entrance of opening (बाह्यवस्तुपरिहारेण परमात्मविषयकतया प्रवेशयुक्तं चित्तादि). -3 an epithet of the soul called प्राज्ञ, when it is enjoying the sweet bliss of sleep (आनन्दभुक् चेतोमुखः प्राज्ञः इति श्रुतेः). -4 Spiritual minded, looking inwardly into the soul; 'अन्तर्मुखाः सततमात्मविदो महान्तः' Viś. Guṇā.139. (-खम्) a sort of surgical scissors (having an opening inside), one of the 2 instruments mentioned by Suśruta in chapter 8 of Sūtrasthāna. -मातृका [अन्तःस्थाः ष़ट्चक्रस्थाः मातृकाः अकारादिवर्णाः] a name given in the Tantras for the letters of the alphabet assigned to the six lotuses (पद्म) of the body; ˚न्यासः a term used in Tantra literature for the mental assignment of the several letters of the alphabet to the different parts of the body. -मुद्र a. sealed inside; N. of a form of devotion. -मृत a. still-born. -यागः mental sacrifice or worship, a mode of worship referred to in the Tantras. -यामः 1 suppression of the breath and voice. -2 ˚पात्रम्, a sacrificial vessel (ग्रहरूपं सामापराख्यं यज्ञियपात्रम्); according to others, a Soma libation made during the suppression of breath and voice; सुहवा सूर्यायान्तर्याममनु- मन्त्रयेत् Ait. Br. -यामिन् m. 1 regulating the soul or internal feelings, soul; Providence, Supreme Spirit as guiding and regulating mankind. Brahman; (according to the Bṛi. Ār. Up. अन्तर्यामिन 'the internal check' is the Supreme Being and not the individual soul; who standing in the earth is other than the earth, whom the earth knows not, whose body the earth is, who internally restrains and governs the earth; the same is thy soul (and mine, the internal check अन्तर्यामिन्, &c. &c.); अन्तराविश्य भूतानि यो बिभर्त्यात्मकेतुभिः । अन्तर्या- मीश्वरः साक्षाद्भवेत् &c. -2 wind; ˚ब्राह्मणम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa included in the Bṛi. Ār. Up. -योगः deep meditation, abstraction -लम्ब a. acute-angular. (-बः) an acute-angled triangle (opp. बहिर्लम्ब) (the perpendicular from the vertex or लम्ब falling within अन्तर् the triangle). -लीन a. 1 latent, hidden, concealed inside; ˚नस्य दुःखाग्नेः U.3.9; ˚भुजङ्गमम् Pt.1. -2 inherent. -लोम a. (P.V.4.117) covered with hair on the inside; (-मम्) [अन्तर्गतमाज्छाद्यं लोम अच्] the hair to be covered. -वंशः = ˚पुरम् q. v. -वंशिकः, -वासिकः [अन्तर्वंशे वासे नियुक्तः ठक्] a superintendent of the women's apartment.; Pt.3, K.93. Ak.2.8.8. -वण (वन) a. situated in a forest; ˚णो देशः P.VI.2.179 Sk. (-णम्) ind. within a forest. P.VIII.4.5. -वत् a. being in the interior; having something in the interior. -वती (वत्नी) Ved. [अन्तरस्त्यस्यां गर्भः] a pregnant woman; अन्तर्वत्नी प्रजावती R.15.13. -वमिः [अन्तः स्थित एव उद्गारशब्दं कारयति, वम्-इन्] indigestion, flatulence; belching. -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् a. being or dwelling inside, included or comprised in -वसुः N. of a Soma sacrifice (for राज्यकाम and पशुकाम). -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an undergarment; गृहीत्वा तत्र तस्यान्तर्वस्त्राण्याभरणानि च । चेलखण्डं तमेकं च दत्वान्तर्वाससः कृते ॥. Ks.4.52. -वा a. [अन्तः अन्तरङ्गभावं अन्तःकरणं वा वाति गच्छति स्निग्धत्वेन, वा-विच् Tv.] forming part of oneself such as children, cattle &c. ˚वत् a. (अस्त्यर्थे मतुप् मस्य वः) having progeny, cattle &c; अन्तर्वावत्क्षयं दधे Rv.1.4.7; abounding with precious things inside. -adv. inwardly. -वाणि a. [अन्तःस्थिता शास्त्रवाक्यात्मिका वाणी यस्य] skilled or versed in scriptures, very learned (शास्त्रविद्). -विगाहः, -हनम् entering within, penetration. -विद्वस् a. Ved. (विदुषी f.) knowing correctly or exactly (knowing the paths between heaven and earth) Rv.1.72.7. -वेगः inward uneasiness or anxiety, inward fever. -वेदि a. pertaining to the inside of the sacrificial ground. -adv. within this ground. (-दिः -दी f.) [अन्तर्गता वेदिर्यत्र देशे] the tract of land (the Doab) between the rivers Gaṅgā and Yamunā, regarded as a sacred region and the principal seat of Āryan Brāhmaṇas; cf. एते भगवत्यौ भूमिदेवानां मूलमायतनमन्तर्वेदिपूर्वेण कलिन्दकन्यामन्दाकिन्यौ संगच्छेते A.R.7; it is supposed to have extended from Prayāga to Haradvāra and is also known by the names of शशस्थली and ब्रह्मावर्त. -m. (pl.) inhabitants of this land. -वेश्मन् n. the inner apartments, interior of a house. -वेश्मिकः n. a chamberlain. -वैशिकः Officer in charge of the harem. समुद्रमुपकरणमन्तर्वैशिकहस्तादादाय परिचरेयुः Kau. A.1.21. -शरः internal arrow or disease. -शरीरम् internal and spiritual part of man; the interior of the body. -शल्य a. having in the interior an arrow, pin or any such extraneous matter; rankling inside. -शीला N. of a river rising from the Vindhya mountain. -श्लेषः, -श्लेषणम् Ved. internal support (scaffolding &c.) एतानि ह वै वेदानामन्तः- श्लेषणानि यदेता व्याहृतयः Ait. Br. -संज्ञ a. inwardly conscious (said of trees &c.); ˚ज्ञा भवन्त्येते सुखदुःखसमन्विताः Ms.1.49. -सत्त्व a. having inward strength &c. (˚त्त्वा) 1 a pregnant woman. -2 the marking nut. -सन्तापः internal pain, sorrow, regret. -सरल a. upright at heart, or having Sarala trees inside; K.51. -सलिल a. with water (flowing) underground; नदीमिवान्तःसलिलां सरस्वतीम् R.3.9. -सार a. having inward strength and vigour, full of strong inside; powerful, strong, heavy or ponderous; ˚रैर्मन्त्रिभिर्घार्यते राज्यं सुस्तम्भैरिव मन्दिरम् Pt.1. 126; साराणि इन्धनानि Dk.132; ˚रं घन तुलयितुं नानिलः शक्ष्यति त्वाम् Me.2. (-रः) internal treasure or store, inner store or contents; वमन्त्युच्चैरन्तःसारम् H.2.13 internal matter or essence (and pus). -सुख a. whose delight is in self, inwardly happy यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामः Bg. 5.24 -सेनम् ind. into the midst of armies. -स्थ a. (also written अन्तःस्थ) being between or in the midst. (-स्थः, -स्था) a term applied to the semivowels, य्, र्, ल्, व् as standing between vowels and consonants and being formed by a slight contact of the vocal organs (ईषत्स्पृष्टं अन्तस्थानाम्); or they are so called because they stand between स्पर्श (क-म) letters and ऊष्मन् (श, ष, स, ह). -स्था 1 a deity of the vital organs. -2 N. of one of the Ṛigveda hymns. ˚मुद्गरः the malleus of the ear. -स्वेदः [अन्तः स्वेदो मदजलस्यन्दनं यस्य] an elephant (in rut). -हणनम् striking in the middle. -हननम् N. of a country बाहीक P.VIII.4.24 Sk. -हस्तम् ind. in the hand, within reach of the hand. -हस्तीन a. being in the hand or within reach of the hand. -हासः laughing inwardly (in the sleeves), a secret or suppressed laugh; सान्तर्हासं कथितम् Me.113 with a suppressed laugh, with a gentle smile. -हृदयम् the interior of the heart.
annam अन्नम् [अद्-क्त; अनित्यनेन, अन्-नन्; according to Yāska from अद्, अद्यते अत्ति च भूतानि; or from आ-नम्, आ आभि मुख्येन ह्येतन्नतं प्रह्वीभूतं भवति भोजनाय भूतानाम्] 1 Food (in general); अद्यते$त्ति च भूतानि तस्मादन्नं तदुच्यते Tait. Up.; मदो$सृङ्मांसमज्जास्थि वदन्त्यन्नं मनीषिणः Ms.3.8.182; अहमन्नं भवान् भोक्ता H.1.51. I am your prey &c.; चराणामन्नमचराः Ms.5.29. -2 Food as representing the lowest form in which the Supreme Soul is manifested, being the coarsest and last of the 5 vestures (कोश) in which the soul is clothed and passes from body to body in the long process of metempsychosis - "the nutrimentitious vesture or visible body in the world of sense" (स्थूल- शरीर called अन्नमयकोश). -3 Boiled rice; अन्नेन व्यञ्जनम् P. II.1.34. -4 Corn (bread corn); ता (आपः) अन्नम- सृजन्त तस्माद्यत्र क्व च वर्षति तदेव भूयिष्ठमन्नं भवति Ch. Up. 6.2.4.; आदित्याज्जायते वृष्टिर्वृष्टेरन्नं ततः प्रजाः Ms.3.76; कृत˚ 9.219;1.86,12.65. -5 Water. -6 Earth (पृथिव्या अन्नहेतुत्वादन्नशब्दवाच्यता). -7 N. of Viṣṇu. -न्नः The sun (स हि अन्नहेतुवृष्टिहेतुः). -Comp. -अकालः = अनाकाल q. v. -अत्तृ, -आदिन्, -आहारिन् eating food. -अद a. eating food. -2 having a good appetite (दीप्ताग्नि). (-दः) N. of Viṣṇu. -अद्यम् proper food, food in general; कुर्यादहरहः श्राद्धमन्नाद्येनोदकेन वा Ms.3.82,4.112, 11.144. अन्नाद्येन प्रजापतिः (तृप्तः) Mb.3.2.68. -आच्छा- दनम्, -वस्त्रम् food and clothing, food and raiment, the bare necessaries of life. -आयुः (अन्नायु) consisting of, living by, food; desirous of food (अन्नबन्धनः, अन्नजीवनः). -काम a. desirous of food; स इद्भोजो यो गृहवे ददात्यन्नकामाय Rv.1.117.3. -कालः hour of dinner; meal-time. -किट्टः = ˚मल q. v. -कूटः a large heap of boiled rice. -कोष्ठकः 1 a cupboard; granary. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 the sun. -गतिः f. the passage of food, gullet (cf. बहिः- स्रोतस्). -गन्धिः dysentery, diarrhoea. -ज, जात a. produced from food as the primitive substance. -जम् rice-gruel of three days. -जा f. a hickup. -जलम् food and water, bare subsistence. -तेजस् a. having the vigour caused by food. -द, -दातृ, -दायिन्, -प्रद a. 1 giving food. वारिदस्तृप्तिमाप्नोति सुखमक्षय्यमन्नदः Ms.4.229. -2 epithet of Śiva. -दा N. of Durgā or Annapūrṇā. -दासः [अन्नेन पालितो दासः शाक. त.] a servant who works for food only, one who becomes a servant or slave by getting food only. -देवता the deity supposed to preside over articles of food. -दोषः 1 sin arising from eating prohibited food; Ms.5.4. -2 a defect in the food eaten; derangement of food or the humours of the body; आलस्यादन्नदोषाच्च मृत्युर्विप्राञ् जिघांसति Ms.5.4. -द्वेषः dislike of food, loss of appetite. -पतिः lord or possessor of food, epithet of Savitṛ, Agni, and Śiva. अन्नपते$न्नस्य नो देहि Tait. Saṁ.11.83;34.58. -पाकः cooking of food; digestion of food; (by the fire in the stomach). -पू a. purifying food, epithet of the Sun. -पूर्ण a. filled with, possessed of, food. (-र्णा) a form of Durgā (the goddess of plenty); ˚ईश्वरी N. of Durgā or a form of Bhairavī. -पेयम् = वाज- पेयम् q. v. -प्रलय a. being dissolved into food after death. -प्राशः, प्राशनम् the ceremony of giving a new-born child food to eat for the first time, one of the 16 Saṁskāras performed between the 5th and 8th month (usually in the sixth, Ms.2.34) with preliminary oblations to fire (Mar.उष्टावण); षष्ठे$न्नप्राशन मासि Ms.2.34; Y.1.12. -ब्रह्मन्, -आत्मन् m. Brahman as represented by food. -भक्त a. [अन्नार्थं भक्तः दासः] = अन्नदास q. v. -भुज् a. eating food, epithet of Śiva. -मय a. see below. -मलम् 1 excrement, faeces; P.VI.1.148 Sk. -2 spirituous liquor; सुरा वै मलमन्नानाम् Ms.11.93. -रक्षा precautions as to eating food. -रसः essence of food, chyle; food and drink, nutriment; नानाविधानन्नरसान् वन्यमूलफलाश्रयान् । तेभ्यो ददौ Rām. -वत् a. possessed of food; अन्नवान्त्सन् रफितायोपज- ग्मुषे Rv.1.117.2. -वस्त्रम् = ˚आच्छादनम् q. v. -विकारः. 1 transformation of food, assimilation. -2 disorder of the stomach caused by indigestion. -3 seminal discharge (of man); semen itself; cf. अन्नाद्रेतः संभवति. -विद् a. acquiring food; कार्षीवणा अन्नविदो न विद्यया Av.6.116.1. -व्यवहारः the law or custom relating to food; i. e. the custom of eating together or not with other persons. -शेषः leavings of food, offal. -संस्कारः consecration of food. -होमः a sacrifice (with 1 materials) connected with the Aśvamedha sacrifice.
abhāva अभाव a. [न. ब.] Without love or affection. कच्चिन्ना- भिहतो$भावैः शब्दादिभिरमङ्गलैः Bhāg.1.14.4. -2 Nonexistent. -वः 1 Not being or existing, non-existence; गतो भावो$भावम् Mk.1 has disappeared. -2 Absence, want, failure; सर्वेषामप्यभावे तु ब्राह्मणा रिक्थभागिनः Ms.9.188; mostly in comp.; सर्वाभावे हरेन्नृपः 189 in the absence of all, failing all; तोय˚, अन्न˚, आहार˚ &c. -3 Annihilation, death, destruction; (वचो...पथ्यमुक्तम्) राक्षसानामभावाय त्वं वा न प्रतिपद्यसे Rām.5.21.1. non-entity; नाभाव उपलब्धेः Ś B.; क्षणमात्रभवामभावकाले Śi.2.64; Ki.18.1. -4 (In phil.) Privation, non-existence, nullity or negation, supposed to be the seventh category or पदार्थ in the system of Kaṇāda. (Strictly speaking अभाव is not a separate predicament, like द्रव्य, गुण, but is only a negative arrangement of those predicaments; all nameable things being divided into positive (भाव) and negative (अभाव), the first division including द्रव्य, गुण, कर्म, सामान्य, विशेष and समवाय; and the second only one अभाव; cf. अत्र सप्तमस्याभावकथनादेव षण्णां भावत्वं प्राप्तं तेन भावत्वेन पृथगुपन्यासो न कृतः Muktā.) अभाव is defined as भावभिन्नो$भावः (प्रतियोगिज्ञानाधीनविषयत्वम्) that whose knowledge is dependent on the knowledge of its प्रतियोगी. It is of two principal kinds संसर्गाभाव and अन्योन्याभाव; the first comprising three varieties प्रागभाव, प्रध्वंसाभाव, and अत्यन्ताभाव. -Comp. -संपत्तिः f. false attribution (= अध्यास q. v.)
ardha अर्ध (Written also as अर्द्ध) a. [ऋध्-णिच्-अच्; according to Nir. from धृ, or ऋध्] Half, forming a half (divided into 2 parts); अर्ध-अर्ध the one half-the other half. -र्धः [ऋध्-घञ्] 1 A place, region, country; house, habitation (Ved.). -2 Increase (वृद्धि). -3 Wind. -4 A part, portion, side. -र्धम्, -र्धः 1 A half, half portion; पचाति नेमो न हि पक्षदर्धः Rv.1.27.18. सर्वनाशे समुत्पन्ने अर्धं त्यजति पण्डितः, गतमर्धं दिवसस्य V.2; पूर्वार्धः first half; so उत्तर˚ latter half; दक्षिण˚ southern half (half on the right side); so अवर˚, जघन˚, पर˚, ग्राम˚ &c.; यदर्धे विच्छिन्नम् Ś.1.9 divided in half; ऋज्वायतार्धम् M.27; R.3.59; 12.99; रात्रौ तदर्धं गतम् Bh.3.17; one part of two, apart, partly (Ved.); -2 Nearness, proximity; see अर्धदेव. (अर्ध may be compounded with almost every noun and adjective; as first member of compound with nouns it means 'a half of' and forms an एकदेशिसमास or तत्पुरुष; ˚कायः = अर्धं कायस्य; ˚पिप्पली, ˚मार्गः; ˚पुरुषः &c.; with adjectives, it has an adverbial force; ˚श्याम half dark; ˚भुक्त half eaten; so ˚पिष्ट, ˚पूर्ण &c.; with numeral adjectives it may mean either 'a half of' or 'with an additional half'; ˚शतम् half of 1 i. e. 5; or अर्धेन सहितं शतम् i. e. 15; with ordinal numerals 'with a half or that number'; ˚तृतीयम् containing two and the third only half; i. e. two and a half; so ˚चतुर्थ three and a half. cf. अर्धं खण्डे समांशके Nm. -Comp. -अक्षि n. side-look, wink. नगरस्त्रीशङ्कितार्धाक्षिदृष्टम् Mk.8.42. -अङ्गम् half the body. -अन्तरम् half the distance; ˚एकपदता a fault in composition; see S. D. 575. -अंशः a half, the half. -अंशिन् a. sharing a half. -अर्धः, -र्धम् 1 half of a half, quarter; चरर्धार्धभागाभ्यां तामयोजयतामुभे R.1.56. -3 half and half. -अवभेदकः 1 pain in half the head, hemicrania (Mar. अर्धशिशी). (-कम्) dividing in equal parts. -अवशेष a. having only a half left. -अकारः 1 half the letter अ. -2 N. of अवग्रह q. v. -असिः A sword with one edge, a small sword; अर्धासिभिस्तथा खङ्गैः Mb.7.137.15. -आसनम् 1 half a seat; अर्धासनं गोत्रभिदो$धितष्ठौ R.6.73; मम हि दिवौकसां समक्षमर्धासनोपवेशितस्य Ś.7 (it being considered a mark of a very great respect to make room for a guest &c. on the same seat with oneself). -2 greeting kindly or with great respect. -3 exemption from censure. -इन्दुः 1 the half or crescent moon. -2 semicircular impresion of a finger-nail, crescent-shaped nail-print; कुचयोर्नखाङ्कैरर्धेन्दुलीलैः N.6.25. -3 an arrow with a crescent-shaped head (= अर्धचन्द्र below.); ˚मौलि N. of Śiva तत्र व्यक्तं दृषदि चरणन्यासमर्धेन्दुमौलेः Me.57. -इन्द्र a. that of which a half belongs to Indra. -उक्त a. half said or uttered; रामभद्र इति अर्धोक्ते महाराज U.1. -उक्तिः f. a broken speech; an interrupted speech. -उदकम् water reaching half the body. -उदयः 1 the rising of the half moon. -2 partial rise. -3 a kind of parvan; ˚आसनम् a sort of posture in meditatiou. -उदित a. 1 half risen. -2 half uttered. -ऊरुक a. [अर्धमूरोः अर्धोरु तत्र काशते] reaching to the middle of the thighs. (-कम्) 1 a short petti-coat (Mar. परकर); see चण्डातक. -2 mantle, veil. -कर्णः Radius, half the diameter. -कृत a. half done, incomplete. -केतुः N. of Rudra. -कोशः a moiety of one's treasure. -कौडविक a. measuring half a kuḍava. -खारम्, -री a kind of measure, half a Khāri; P.V.4.11. -गङ्गा N. of the river Kāverī; (स्नानादौ गङ्गास्नानार्धफलदायिनी); so ˚जाह्नवी -गर्भ a. Ved. 1 in the middle of the womb; सप्तार्धगर्भा भुवनस्य रेतो Rv. 1.164.36. -2 N. of the rays of the Sun. -गुच्छः a necklace of 24 strings. -गुञ्जा half a gunja. -गोलः a hemisphere. -चक्रवर्तिन्, -चक्रिन् m. N. of the nine black Vasudevas and the nine enemies of Viṣṇu. -चन्द्र a. crescent-shaped. (-न्द्रः) 1 the half moon, crescent moon; सार्धचन्द्रं बिभर्ति यः Ku.6.75. -2 the semicircular marks on a peacock's tail. -3 an arrow with a crescent-shaped head; अर्धचन्द्रमुखैर्बाणैश्चिच्छेद कदलीसुखम् R.12.96. cf. अर्धचन्द्रस्तदाकारे बाणे बर्हे शिखण्डिनः Nm. -4 crescent-shaped nail-print. -5 the hand bent into a semicircle, as for the purpose of seizing or clutching anything; ˚न्द्र दा to seize by the neck and turn out; दीयतामेतस्यार्धचन्द्रः Pt.1. (-द्रा) N. of a plant (कर्णस्फोट). -चन्द्राकार, -चन्द्राकृति a. half-moonshaped. -चन्द्रकम् A semi-circular pearl. Kau. (-रः, -ति f.) meniscus. -चन्द्रिका N. of a climbing plant. (Mar. तिळवण). -चित्र a. Half-transparent; A kind of marble; अर्धाङ्गदृश्यमानं च तदर्धचित्रमिति स्मृतम् Māna.51.1. -चोलकः a short bodice. -जरतीयन्यायः a kind of न्याय, न चेदानीमर्धजरतीयं लभ्यं वृद्धिर्मे भविष्यति स्वरो नेति MBh.4.1. 78. See under न्याय. -जीविका, -ज्या The sine of an arc. -तनुः f. half the body. -तिक्तः N. of a plant (नेपालनिम्ब Mar. चिराईत). -तूरः a kind of musical instrument. -दिनम्, दिवसः 1 half a day, mid-day. -2 a day of 12 hours. -देवः 1 demi-god. इन्द्रं न वृत्रतुरमर्धदेवम् Rv. 4.42.8-9. -2 Ved. being near the gods; (देवानां समीपे बर्तमानः Sāy.). -द्रौणिक a. measuring a half droṇa. -धारः a knife or lancet with a single edge (one of the 2 surgical instruments mentioned by Suśruta). -नाराचः a crescent-shaped iron-pointed arrow; नाराचानर्धनाराचाञ्शस्त्राणि विविधानि च Mbh.2.51.35; गृध- लक्षवेधी अर्धनाराचः V.5. -नारायणः a form of Viṣṇu. -नारीशः, -नारीश्वरः, -नारी, -नटेश्वरः a form of Śiva, (half male and half female) cf.... पतिरपि जगता- मर्धनारीश्वरो$भूत् Sūkti.5.99. -नावम् half a boat. -निशा midnight. -पञ्चम a. Four and half; युक्तश्छन्दांस्य- धीयीत मासान्विप्रो$र्धपञ्चमान् Ms.4.95. -पञ्चशत् f. twenty five Ms.8.268. -पणः a measure containing half paṇa Ms.8.44. -पथम् half way. (-पथे) midway भृतिमर्ध- पथे सर्वान्प्रदाप्य Y.2.198. -पादः half a pāda or foot; अर्धपादं किष्कुविष्कम्भमुद्धृत्य Dk.19. -पादा The plant भूम्यामलकी (Mar. भूईआवळी). -पादिक a. having half a foot; सद्यः कार्यो$र्धपादिकः Ms.8.325. -पाञ्चालिक a. born or produced in the ardhapanchāla. -पारावतः a kind of pigeon (अर्धेनाङ्गेन पारावत इव). The francolin partridge. -पुलायितः a half gallop, canter; चित्रं चकार पदमर्धपुलायितेन Śi.5.1. -प्रहर half a watch, one hour and a half. -प्राणम् A kind of joinery resembling the shape of a bisected heart; मूलाग्रे कीलकं युक्तमर्धप्राणमिति स्मृतम् । Māna.17.99. -भागः a half, half a share or part; तदर्धभागेन लभस्व काङ्क्षितम् Ku.5.5; R.7.45. -भागिक a. sharing a half; मृते पितरि कुर्युस्तं भ्रातरस्त्वर्धभागिकम्म् Y.2.134. -भाज् a. sharing entitled to a half; अर्धभाग्रक्षणाद्राजा Ms.8.39. -2 a companion, sharer; देवानामर्धभागासि Av.6.86.3. -भास्करः mid-day. -भेदः Hemiplegia (अर्धाङ्गवायुः); Suś. -भोटिका a kind of cake. -भ्रमः -मकः a kind of artificial composition; for instances see Ki.15.27; Śi.19.72. The Sar. K. describes it as a figure of speech thus :-- आहुरर्धभ्रमं नाम श्लोकार्धभ्रमणं यदि. -मागधी N. of a dialect in which many of Jaina Canonical books are written. It is so named perhaps because many of the characteristics of Māgadhi are found in it. -माणवकः, -माणवः a necklace of 12 strings (माणवक consisting of 24.) -मात्रा 1 half a (short) syllable. अर्धमात्रालाघवेन पुत्रोत्सवं मन्यन्ते वैयाकरणाः Pari Sik. -2 a term for a consonant (व्यञ्जनं चार्धमात्रकम्). -मार्गे ind. mid-way; बन्दीकृता विबुधशत्रुभिरर्धमार्गे V.1.3. -मासः half a month, a fortnight. -मासतम = ˚मासिक see P.V.2.57. -मासिक a. 1 happening every fortnight. -2 lasting for a fortnight; ये$र्धमासाश्च च मासाश्च Mahānārā. 25. Y.2.177. -मुष्टिः f. a half-clenched hand. -यामः half a watch. -रथः [अर्धः असंपूर्णः रथः रथी] a warrior who fights on a car with another (who is not so skilled as a रथी); रणे रणे$भिमानी च विमुखश्चापि दृश्यते । घृणी कर्णः प्रमादी च तेन मे$र्धरथो मतः Mb. -रात्रः [अर्ध रात्रेः] 1 midnight; अथार्धरात्रे स्तिमितप्रदीपे R.16.4; स्थिते$र्धरात्रे Dk.19. -2 a night containing half a whole day of 24 hours. -रात्रार्धदिवसः equinox. -लभ्मीहरिः Hari having a form half like Lakṣmī. -विसर्गः, -विसर्ज- नीयः the Visarga sound before क्, ख्, प्, and फ्, so called because its sign () is the half of a Visarga (). -वीक्षणम् a side-look, glance, leer. -वृद्ध a. middle-aged. -वृद्धिः The half of the interest or rent; Ms.8.15. -वैनाशिकः N. of the followers of Kaṇāda (arguing half perishableness). -वैशसम् half or incomplete murder; विधिना कृतमर्धवैशसं ननु मां कामवधे विमुञ्चता Ku.4.31. -व्यासः the radius of a circle. -शतम् 1 fifty. -2 One hundred and fifty; Ms.8.267. -शनम् [अर्धमशनस्य शकन्ध्वा˚] half a meal. -शफरः a kind of fish. -शब्द a. having a low voice. -शेष a. having only a half left. -श्याम a. half clouded. -श्लोकः half a śloka or verse. -सम a. equal to a half. (-मम्) N. of a class of metres in which the 1st and 3rd and 2nd and 4th lines have the same syllables and Gaṇas; such as पुष्पिताग्रा. -सस्य a. half the crops, half grown. -सहः An owl. -सीरिन् m. 1 a cultivator, ploughman who takes half the crop for his labour; शूद्रेषु दासगोपालकुलमित्रार्धसीरिणः Y.1.166. -2 = अर्धिक q. v. -हर, -हारिन् a. occupying the half (of the body); Ku.1.5; एको रागिषु राजते प्रियतमादेहार्ध- हारी हरः Bh.3.121. -हारः a necklace of 64 strings. A half chain, a kind of ornament; नक्षत्रमालामपि चार्धहारं सुवर्णसूत्रं परितः स्तनाभ्याम् Māna.5.297-98. cf. also Kau. A.2.11. -ह्रस्वः half a (short) syllable.
ādaraḥ आदरः [आ-दृ-कप्] 1 Respect, reverence, honour; निर्माणमेव हि तदादरलालनीयम् Māl.9.5; न जातहार्देन न विद्धि- षादरः Ki.1.33; Ku.6.2. -2 Attention, care, notice, close application; आदरप्रयत्न Māl.7 careful efforts; तां प्रणामादरस्रस्तजाम्बूनदवतंसकाम् Ku.6.91. -3 (a) Eagerness, desire, regard; भूयान्दारार्थमादरः Ku.6.13; आदरादुपसर्पित- तुरंङ्गः K.119 eagerly; यत्किंचनकारितायामादरः 12; अन्वेष्टु- मादरमकरवम् 152 made up my mind; Ki.8.26,41; 13.58. (b) Earnest desire, request; Ś.6. -4 Effort, endeavour; गृहयन्त्रपताकाश्रीरपौरादरनिर्मिता Ku.6.41. -5 Commencement, beginning. -6 Love, attachment. -7 Acceptance; तस्मादेषां व्यर्थहिंसानिवृत्त्यै स्यादुत्कृष्टः पिष्टपश्वा- दरो$पि Viś. Guṇā.182.
āra आर (रा) वः [आ-रु-अप् पक्षे घञ्] 1 A cry, howling; वानराश्चक्रुरारवम् Rām. -2 Sound; दधति दधनि धीरानारवान् वारिणीव Śi.11.8,12.18, नारावं व्यतनुत मेखलाकलापः 8.45. Humming; प्रतिमिलिन्दमारावाः Viś. Guṇā.167. -3 N. of a people. -Comp. -डिण्डिमः A kind of drum; चण्डि रसितरशनारवडिण़्डिममभिसर सरसमल़ज्वम् Gīt.11.6.
ārya आर्य a. [ऋ-ण्यत्] 1 Āryan, an inhabitant of आर्यावर्त, N. of the race migrated into India in Vedic times. -2 Worthy of an Ārya. -3 Worthy, venerable, respectable, honourable, noble, high; यदार्यमस्यामभिलाषि मे मनः Ś.1.22; R.2.33; so आर्यवेषः respectable dress; oft. used in theatrical language as an honorific adjective and a respectful mode of address; आर्यचाणक्यः, आर्या अरुन्धती &c.; आर्य revered or honoured Sir; आर्ये revered or honoured lady. The following rules are laid down for the use of आर्य in addressing persons:-(1) वाच्यौ नटीसूत्रधारावार्यनाम्ना परस्परम् । (2) वयस्येत्युत्तमैर्वाच्यो मध्यैरार्येति चाग्रजः । (3) (वक्तव्यो) अमात्य आर्येति चेतरैः । (4) स्वेच्छया नामभिर्विप्रैर्विप्र आर्येति चेतरैः । S. D.431. -4 Noble, fine, excellent. -र्यः 1 N. of the Hindu and Iranian people, as distinguished from अनार्य, दस्यु and दास; विजानीह्यार्यान्ये च दस्यवः Rv.1.51.8. -2 A man who is faithful to the religion and laws of his country; कर्तव्यमाचरन् कार्यमकर्तव्यमनाचरन् । तिष्ठति प्रकृताचारे स वा आर्य इति स्मृतः ॥ -3 N. of the first three castes (as opp. to शूद्र). -4 respectable or honourable man, esteemed person; वृत्तेन हि भवत्यार्यो न धनेन न विद्यया Mb.; परमार्यः परमां कृपां बभार Bu. Ch.5.6. -5 A man of noble birth. -6 A man of noble character. -7 A master, owner. -8 A preceptor; वैमानि- कार्यसमभूमा Viś. Guṇā.124; Mu.3.33. -9 A friend. -1 A Vaiśya. -11 A father-in-law (as in आर्यपुत्र). -12 A Buddha. -13 (With the Buddhists) A man who has thought on the four chief principles of Buddhism and lives according to them. -14 A son of Manu Sāvarṇa. -र्या 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 A mother-in-law. -3 A respectable woman; यत्रार्या रुदती भीता पाण़्डवानिदमब्रवीत् Mb.3.12.87. -4 N. of a metre; राजानमुद्दिश्य आर्यामिमां पपाठ K. ˚गीतिः f. A variety of the Āry&amacr metre, see Appendix. -5That which comes from truth; आराद् याता तत्त्वेभ्य इति आर्या. -र्यम् 1 Virtue, sacredness; नहि दुष्टा- त्मनामार्यमावसत्यालये चिरम् Rām.3.5.12. -2 Discrimination (विवेक); कोपमार्येण यो हन्ति स वीरः पुरुषोत्तमः Rām.4.31.6. -Comp. -अष्टशतम् title of a work of Ārya Bhaṭṭa consisting of eight hundred verses. -आगमः The approaching an Ārya woman sexually; अन्त्यस्यार्यागमे वधः Y.2.294. -आवर्तः [आर्यां आवर्तन्ते अत्र] 'abode of the noble or excellent (Āryas)'; particularly N. of the tract extending from the eastern to the western ocean, and bounded on the north and south by the Himālaya and Vindhya respectively; cf. Ms..2.22; आ समुद्रात्तु वै पूर्वादा समुद्राच्च पश्चिमात् । तयोरेवान्तरं गिर्योः (हिमवद्विन्ध्ययोः) आर्यावर्तं विदुर्बुधाः ॥; also 1.34. -गृह्य a. [आर्यस्य गृह्यः पक्षः] 1 to be respected by the noble. -2 a friend of the noble, readily accessible to honourable men; तमार्यगृह्यं निगृहीतधेनुः R.2.33. -3 respectable, right, decorous. -जुष्ट a. liked by or agreeable to noble ones. -देशः a country inhabited by the Āryas. -पुत्रः 1 son of an honourable man. -2 the son of a spiritual preceptor. -3 honorific designation of the son of the elder brother; of a husband by his wife; or of a prince by his general &c. -4 the son of the father-in-law, i. e. a husband (occurring in every drama; mostly in the vocative case in the last two senses). -प्राय a. 1 inhabited by the Āryas. -2 a bounding with respectable people; Ms.7.69. -बलः N. of a Bodhisattva. -भट्टः N. of a renowned astronomer, the inventor of Algebra among the Hindus; he flourished before the 5th century of the Christian era. Hence his work is called आर्यभटीय. -भावः honourable character or behaviour. -मतिः One having a noble intellect; संक्षिप्तमार्यमतिना Sāṅ. K.71. -मार्गः the path or course of the respectable, a respectable way. -मिश्र a. respectable, worthy, distinguished. (-श्रः) a gentleman, a man of consequence; (pl.) 1 worthy or respectable men, an assembly of honourable men; आर्य- मिश्रान् विज्ञापयामि V.1. -2 your reverence or honour (a respectful address); नन्वार्यमिश्रैः प्रथममेव आज्ञप्तम् Ś.1; आर्य- मिश्राः प्रमाणम् M.1. -युवन् m. an Āryan youth. -रूप a. having only the form of an Āryan, a hypocrite, impostor; आर्यरूपमिवानार्यं कर्मभिः स्वैर्विभावयेत् Ms.1.57. -लिङ्गिन् m. an impostor; Ms.9.26. -वाक् a. speaking the Aryan language; म्लेच्छवाचश्चार्यवाचः सर्वे ते दस्यवः स्मृताः Ms.1.45. -वृत्त a. virtuous, good, pious; Ms.9. 253; R.14.55. (-त्तम्) the conduct of an Āryan or nobleman; Ms.4.175. -वेश a. well-clothed, having a respectable dress, fine. -व्रत a. observing the laws and ordinances of the Āryans or noblemen. (-तम्) the duty of an Aryan. -शील a. Having an honest character. -श्वेतः a noble or honourable man. -संघः the whole body of the Āryans, especially Buddhists; it is also the name of a renowned philosopher (founder of the school of Yogāchāras). -सत्यम् a noble or sublime truth; (there are four such truths forming the chief principles of Buddhism. In Pāli they are called चत्तारि अरियसच्चानि. They are, (1) life is suffering, (2) Desire of life is the cause of suffering, (3) Extinction of that desire is the cessation of suffering, (4) The eightfold path leads to that extinction). -सिद्धान्तः N. of a work of आर्यभट्ट. -स्त्री An Āryan woman, or a woman of the first three castes. -हलम् ind. forcibly. -हृद्य a. liked by the noble.
indraḥ इन्द्रः [इन्द्-रन्; इन्दतीति इन्द्रः; इदि ऐश्वर्ये Malli.] 1 The lord of gods. -2 The god of rain, rain; cloud; इन्द्रो वरुणः सोमो रुद्रः । शं न इन्द्रो बृहस्पतिः Tait. Vp.1.1.1. Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. -3 A lord or ruler (as of men &c.). इन्द्रो- मायाभिः पुरुरूप ईयते Bṛi. Up.2.5.19. first or best (of any class of objects), always as the last member of comp.; नरेन्द्रः a lord of men i. e. a king; so मृगेन्द्रः a lion; गजेन्द्रः the lord or chief of elephants; so योगीन्द्रः, कपीन्द्रः. -4 A prince, king. -5 The pupil of the right eye. -6 N. of the plant कुटज. -7 Night. -8 One of the divisions of भारतवर्ष. -9 N. of the 26th Yoga. -1 The human or animal soul. -11 A vegetable poison. -12 The Yoga star in the 26th Nakṣatra. -13 Greatness. -14 The five objects of senses. -द्रा 1 The wife of Indra, Indrāṇī. -2 N. of a plant (मरुबक Mar. मरवा) [Indra, the god of the firmament, is the Jupiter Pluvius of the Indian Āryans. In the Vedas he is placed in the first rank among the gods; yet he is not regarded as an uncreated being, being distinctly spoken of in various passages of the Vedas as being born, and as having a father and a mother. He is sometimes represented as having been produced by the gods as a destroyer of enemies, as the son of Ekāṣṭakā, and in Rv.1.9.13 he is said to have sprung from the mouth of Puruṣa. He is of a ruddy or golden colour, and can assume any form at will. He rides in a bright golden chariot drawn by two tawny horses. His most famous weapon is the thunderbolt which he uses with deadly effect in his warfare with the demons of darkness, drought and inclement weather, variously called Ahi, Vṛitra, Śambar, Namuchi &c. He storms and breaks through their castles, and sends down fertilizing showers of rain to the great delight of his worshippers. He is thus the lord of the atmosphere, the dispenser of rain, and governor of the weather. He is represented as being assisted by the Maruts or storm-gods in his warfare. Besides the thunderbolt he uses arrows, a large hook, and a net. The Soma juice is his most favourite food, and under its exhilarating influence he performs great achievements (cf. Rv.1.119), and pleases his devout worshippers, who are said to invite the god to drink the juice. He is their friend and even their brother; a father, and the most fatherly of fathers; the helper of the poor, and the deliverer and comforter of his servants. He is a wall of defence; his friend is never slain or defeated. He richly rewards his adorers, particularly those who bring him libations of Soma, and he is supplicated for all sorts of temporal blessings as cows, horses, chariots, health, intelligence, prosperous days, long life, and victory in war. In the Vedas Indra's wife is Indrānī, who is invoked among the goddesses. Such is the Vedic conception of Indra. But in later mythology he falls in the second rank. He is said to be one of the sons of Kaśyapa and Dākṣāyaṇī or Aditi. He is inferior to the triad Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśa (though in some places Viṣṇu is regarded as his younger brother, cf. R.14.59,15.4), but he is the chief of all the other gods, and is commonly styled Sureśa, Devendra &c. As in the Vedas so in later mythology, he is the regent of the atmosphere, and of the east quarter, and his world is called Svarga. He sends the lightning, uses the thunderbolt and sends down rain. He is frequently at war with Asuras, whom he constantly dreads, and by whom he is sometimes defeated. The Indra of mythology is famous for his incontinence and adultery, one prominent instance of which is his seduction of Ahalyā, the wife of Gautama (see Ahalyā), and for which he is often spoken of as Ahalyā-jāra. The curse of the sage impressed upon him a 1 marks resembling the female organ, and he was therefore called Sayoni; but these marks were afterwards changed into eyes, and he is hence called Netra-yoni and Sahasrākṣa. In the Rāmāyana Indra is represented as having been defeated and carried off to Laṅkā by Ravaṇa's son called Meghanāda, who for this exploit received the title of 'Indrajit'. It was only at the intercession of Brahmā and the gods that Indra was released, and this humiliation was regarded as a punishment for his seduction of Ahalyā. He is also represented as being in constant dread of sages practising potent penances, and as sending down nymphs to beguile their minds (see Apsaras). In the Purāṇas he is said to have destroyed the offspring of Diti in her womb, and to have cut off the wings of mountains when they grew troublesome. Other stories are also told in which Indra was once worsted by Raja, grandson of Purūravas, owing to the curse of Durvāsas, and other accounts show that he and Kṛiṣna were at war with each other for the Pārijāta tree which the latter wanted to remove from Svarga, and which he succeeded in doing in spite of Indra's resistance. His wife is Indrāṇī, the daughter of the demon Puloman, and his son is named Jayanta. He is also said to be father of Arjuna. His epithets are numerous; mostly descriptive of his achievements, e. g. वृत्रहन्, बलभिद्, पाकशासन, गोत्रभिद्, पुरंदर, शतक्रतु, जिष्णु, नमुचिसूदन &c. (see Ak.I.1.44.47). The Heaven of Indra is Svarga; its capital, Amarāvatī; his garden, Nandana; his elephant, Airāvata; his horse, Uchchaiśravas; his bow, the rain-bow, and his sword, Paranja.]. -Comp. -अग्निः the fire produced from the contact of clouds; ˚धूमः frost, snow; ˚देवता the 16th lunar mansion. -अनुजः, -अवरजः an epithet of Viṣṇu and of Nārāyaṇa (उपेन्द्र); तस्थौ भ्रातृसमीपस्थः शक्रस्येन्द्रानुजो यथा Rām.6.91.4. -अरिः an Asura or demon. -अवसानः a desert. -अशनः 1 hemp (dried and chewed). -2 the shrub which bears the seed used in jeweller's weight, (गुंजावृक्ष). -आयुधम् Indra's weapon, the rainbow; इन्द्रा- युधद्योतिततोरणाङ्कम् R.7.4,12.79; K.127. (-ध) 1 N. of the horse in Kādambarī (i. e. Kapiñjala changed into a horse). -2 a horse marked with black about the eyes. -3 a diamond. (-धा) a kind of leech. -आसनम् 1 the throne of Indra. -2 a throne in general. -3 a foot of five short syllables. -इज्यः N. of बृहस्पति the preceptor of gods. -ईश्वरः one of the forms of Śiva-liṅga. -उत्सवः a festival honouring Indra. -ऋषभ a. having Indra as a bull, or impregnated by Indra, an epithet of the earth. इन्द्रऋषभा द्रविणे नो दधातु Av.12.1.6. -कर्मन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu (performing Indra's deeds). -कान्तः A class of the four-storeyed buildings. (Mānasāra 21.6-68). -कीलः 1 N. of the mountain मन्दर. -2 a rock. (-लम्) 1 the banner of Indra. -2 A pin, nail, bolt फालका भाजनोर्ध्वे तु तदूर्ध्वे चेन्द्रकीलकम् (Mānasāra 12.126). cf. also Kau. A.2.3. -कुञ्जरः Indra's elephant, Airāvata. -कूटः N. of a mountain -कृष्ट a. 'ploughed by Indra', growing exuberantly or in a wild state. (-ष्टः) a kind of corn produced by rain-water. -केतुः Indra's banner. -कोशः, -षः, -षकः, -ष्ठः 1 a couch, sofa, which is generally made up of covering pieces of perforated wooden planks; cf. अट्टालक- प्रतोलीमध्ये त्रिधानुष्काधिष्ठानं-इन्द्रकोशं कारयेत् Kau. A.2.3. -2 a platform. -3 a projection of the roof of a house. -4 A pin or bracket projecting from the wall (नागदन्त). A projection of the roof of a house forming a kind of balcony; Kau. A.24. -गिरिः the महेन्द्र mountain. -गुरुः, -आचार्यः the teacher of Indra; i. e. बृहस्पति. -गोपः, -गोपकः [इन्द्रो गोपो रक्षको$स्य, वर्षाभवत्वात्तस्य] a kind of insect of red or white colour; Śukra.4.157; K.1. -चन्दनम् the white sandal wood. -चापम्, -धनुस् n. 1 a rainbow; विद्युत्वन्तं ललितवनिताः सेन्द्रचापं सचित्राः Me.64; Śi.7.4. -2 the bow of Indra -चिर्भटा A mild variety of Colocynth. The leaf is tripartite, rough and wrinkled. (Mar. कंवडळ, applied often as इन्द्रावण in the sense of vile, malignant, dark and hateful.) -च्छदः A necklace of pearls having 18 strings. -च्छन्दस् n. [इन्द्र इव सहस्रनेत्रेण सहस्रगुच्छेन च्छाद्यते] a necklace consisting of 1 strings. -जः N. of Vālī. -जतु n. Bitumen (Mar. शिलाजित). -जननम् Indra's birth. -जननीय a. treating of Indra's birth (as a work). -जा a. Ved. born or arising from Indra. Av.4.3.7. -जालम् [इन्द्रस्य परमेश्वरस्य जालं मायेव] 1 the net of Indra. तेनाह- मिन्द्रजालेनामूंस्तमसाभि दधामि सर्वान् Av.8.8.8. -2 a weapon used by Arjuna; a stratagem or trick in war. -3 deception, cheating. -4 conjuring, jugglery, magical tricks; इन्द्रजालं च मायां वै कुहका वा$पि भीषणा Mb.5.16.55. स्वप्नेन्द्रजालसदृशः खलु जीवलोकः Śānti.2.2; K.15. -जालिक a. [इन्द्रजाल-ठन्] deceptive, unreal, delusive. (-कः) a juggler, conjurer. -जित् m. 'conqueror of Indra', N. of a son of Rāvaṇa who was killed by Lakṣmaṇa. [Indrajit is another name of Meghanāda a son of Rāvaṇa. When Rāvaṇa warred against Indra in his own heaven, his son Meghanāda was with him, and fought most valiantly. During the combat, Meghanāda, by virtue of the magical power of becoming invisible which he had obtained from Śiva, bound Indra, and bore him off in triumph to Laṅkā. Brahmā and the other gods hurried thither to obtain his release, and gave to Meghanāda the title of Indrajit, 'conqueror of Indra'; but the victor refused to release his prisoners unless he were promised immortality. Brahmā refused to grant this extravagant demand, but he strenuously persisted, and achieved his object. In the Rāmāyaṇa he is represented to have been decapitated by Lakṣmaṇa while he was engaged in a sacrifice]. ˚हन्तृ or विजयिन् m. N. of Lakṣmaṇa. -ज्येष्ठ a. Ved. led by Indra. -तापनः the thundering of clouds. -तूलम्, -तूलकम् a flock of cotton. -दमनः the son of Bāṇāsura. -दारुः the tree Pinus Devadāru. -द्युति Sandal -द्रुः, -द्रुमः 1 the plant Terminalia Arjuna (अर्जुन). -2 The plant कुटज. -द्वीपः, -पम् one of the 9 Dvīpas or Divisions of the continent (of India). -धनुः N. of Indra's bow, the rainbow; स एकव्रा- त्यो$भवत्स धनुरादत्त तदेवेन्द्रधनुः Av.15.1.6. -ध्वजः 1 a flag raised on the 12th day of the bright half of Bhādra. -2 Indra's weapon; विस्रस्ताकल्पकेशस्रगिन्द्रध्वज इवापतत् Bhāg.1.44.22. -नक्षत्रम् Indra's lunar mansion फल्गुनी. -नेत्रम् 1 the eye of Indra. -2 the number one thousand. -नीलः [इन्द्र इव नीलः श्यामः] a sapphire; परीक्षाप्रत्ययैर्यैश्च पद्मरागः परीक्ष्यते । त एव प्रत्यया दृष्टा इन्द्रनीलमणेरपि ॥ Garuḍa. P.; R.13.54;16.69; Me.48,79. -नीलकः an emerald. -पत्नी 1 Indra's wife, शची. -पर्णी, -पुष्पा N. of a medicinal plant (Mar. कळलावी). -पर्वतः 1 the महेन्द्र mountain. -2 a blue mountain. -पुत्रा N. of अदिति. -पुरोगम, -पुरःसर, -श्रेष्ठ a. led or preceded by Indra, having Indra at the head. -पुरोहितः N. of बृहस्पति. (-ता) the asterism Puṣya. -प्रमतिः N. of the pupil of Paila and the author of some ṛiks of the Rv. -प्रस्थम् N. of a city on the Yamunā, the residence of the Paṇḍavas (identified with the modern Delhi); इन्द्रप्रस्थगमस्तावत्कारि मा सन्तु चेदयः Śi.2.63. -प्रहरणम् Indra's weapon, the thunderbolt. -भगिनी N. of Pārvatī. -भेषजम् dried ginger. -मखः a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -महः 1 a festival in honour of Indra. -2 the rainy season; ˚कामुकः a dog. -मादन a. animating or delighting Indra; ये वायव इन्द्रमादनासः Rv.7.92.4. -मेदिन् a. Ved. whose friend or ally is Indra; इन्द्रमेदी सत्वनो नि ह्वयस्व Av.5.2-.8. -यज्ञः (See इन्द्रमह and इन्द्रमख) श्वो$स्माकं घोषस्योचित इन्द्रयज्ञो नामोत्सवः भविष्यति Bālacharita I. -यवः, -वम् seed of the Kutaja tree. -लुप्तः, -प्तम्, -लुप्तकम् 1 excessive baldness of the head. -2 loss of beard. -लोकः Indra's world, Svarga or Paradise. -लोकेशः 1 lord of Indra's world, i. e. Indra. -2 a guest (who, if hospitably received, confers paradise on his host). -वंशा, -वज्रा N. of two metres, see Appendix. -वल्लरी, -वल्ली N. of a plant (पारिजात) or of इन्द्रवारुणी. -वस्तिः [इन्द्रस्य आत्मनः वस्तिरिव] the calf (of the leg). -वाततम a. Ved. desired by Indra. अस्मे ऊतीरिन्द्रवाततमाः Rv.1.6.6. -वानकम् A variety of diamonds. Kau. A.2.11. -वायू (du.) Indra and Vāyu. इन्द्रवायू उभाविह सुहवेह हवामहे Av.3.2.6. -वारुणी, -वारुणिका Colocynth, a wild bitter gourd cucumis colocynthis. (Mar. मोठी कंवडळ) किमिन्द्रवारुणी राम सितया कटुकीयते Laghu Yoga-vāsiṣṭha-sāra X. सौवर्चलं हरिद्रा च पिप्पली चेन्द्रवारुणिः । मूत्र- कृच्छ्रे प्रशंसन्ति पिण्डो$यं वाजिनां हितः ॥ शालिहोत्र of भोज 33. -वाह् a. carrying Indra. -वृक्षः the Devadāru tree. -वृद्धा a kind of abscess. -वैडूर्यम् a kind of precious stone. -व्रतम् Indra's rule of conduct; one of the duties of a king (who is said to follow इन्द्रव्रत when he distributes benefits as Indra pours down rain); वार्षिकांश्चतुरो मासान् यथेन्द्रो$प्यभिवर्षति । तथाभिवर्षेत्स्वं राष्ट्रं कामैरिन्द्रव्रतं चरन् ॥ Ms.9.34. -शक्तिः f. Indrāṇī, the wife of Indra, or his energy personified. -शत्रुः 1 an enemy or destroyer of Indra (when the accent is on the last syllable), an epithet of प्रह्लाद; इन्द्रशत्रो विवर्धस्व मा चिरं जहि विद्विषम् Bhāg.6.9.12. बलिप्रदिष्टां श्रियमाददानं त्रैविक्रमं पादमिवेन्द्रशत्रुः R.7.35. -2 [इन्द्रः शत्रुः यस्य] one whose enemy is Indra, an epithet of वृत्र (when the accent is on the first syllable). (This refers to a legend in the Śat. Br., where it is said that Vṛitra's father intended his son to become the destroyer of Indra, and asked him to say इन्द्रशत्रुर्वधस्व &c. but who, through mistake, accented the word on the first syllable, and was killed by Indra; cf. Śik.52; मन्त्रो हीनः स्वरतो वर्णतो वा मिथ्याप्रयुक्तो न तमर्थमाह । स वाग्वज्रो यजमानं हिनस्ति यथेन्द्रशत्रुः स्वरतो$पराधात् ॥ -शलभः a kind of insect (इन्द्रगोप). -संजयम् N. of a sāman. Arṣeya Br. -संधा connection or alliance with Indra. तयाहमिन्द्रसंधया सर्वान् देवानिह हुव Av.11.1.9. -सारथिः 1 N. of Mātali. -2 an epithet of Vāyu, driving in the same carriage with Indra; Rv.4.46.2. -सावर्णिः N. of the fourteenth Manu. -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 N. of (a) Jayanta; (b) Arjuna; (c) Vāli, the king of monkeys. -2 N. of the अर्जुन tree. -सुरसः, -सुरा a shrub the leaves of which are used in discutient applications (निर्गुंडी). -सेनः N. of several men; of Bali; of a mountain; Bhāg.8.2.23. -सेना 1 Indra's missile or host. -2 Indra's army; Rv.1.12.2. -सेनानीः the leader of Indra's armies, epithet of Kārtikeya. -स्तुत् m. -स्तोमः 1 praise of Indra; N. of a particular hymn addressed to Indra in certain ceremonies. -2 a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -हवः invocation of Indra; भद्रान् कृण्वन्निन्द्रहवान्त्सखिभ्य Rv.9.96.1. -हस्तः a kind of medicament.
ujjvala उज्ज्वल a. 1 Bright, shining, luminous, splendid; उज्ज्वलकपोलं मुखम् Śi.9.48,47; -2 Burning. -3 Clean, clear, white; उज्ज्वलकाञ्चनकान्तिः Śi.6.5. -4 Lovely, beautiful; सर्गो निसर्गोज्ज्वलः N.3.136. -5 Mixed with, seasoned; हिङ्गूज्ज्वला जीरकभद्रमुस्ता Mk.8.13. -6 Blown, expanded. -7 Unrestrained, full; स्वातन्त्र्यमुज्ज्वलमवाप Śi.5.48. -लः Love, passion. -ला 1 Splendour, brightness. -2 Clearness. -3 A form of the Jagatī metre. -लम् Gold. -Comp. -अक्षी N. of a bird (Mar. साळुंखी). -दत्तः N. of the author of a commentary on the Uṇādi Sūtras.
utkocaḥ उत्कोचः [उत्कुच्-अञ्] 1 A bribe (lit. bending one from the right path); Śukra.1.297; उत्कोचमिव ददती K.232; Dk.155; उत्कोचजीविनो द्रव्यहीनान् कृत्वा विवासयेत् Y.1. 339. संगम्योत्कोचदानादि दत्त्वा सैन्यं प्रयाच्यताम् Parṇāl.5.44. -2 Receiving a bribe; उत्कोचैर्वञ्चनाभिश्च कार्याण्यनुविहन्ति च Mb.12.56.51. -3 Penalty, tribute; Hch.4. (Gīrvāṇa.)
uditvara उदित्वर a. 1 Going up, rising; अविहतगतिर्दैवोद्रेकादुदि- त्वरविक्रमः Śiva. B.14.16. -2 Exceeding, extra-ordinary; गोप्तुं शौरिरुदित्वरत्वर उदैद् ग्राहग्रहार्तं गजम् Viś. Guṇā.18.
upagrāhya उपग्राह्य pot. p. To be favoured or retained in service; Mu.5. -ह्यः 1 An offering or present. -2 Particularly, a present or offering to a great man or king; the modern Nazarāṇā.
upaḍhaukanam उपढौकनम् A respectful offering or present, Nazarāṇā.
upadā उपदा a. Ved. Giving a present; Vāj.3.9. -दा (cf. आतश्चोपसर्गे P.III.3.16) 1 A present, an offering to a king or a great man, a Nazarāṇā; पञ्च उपदा दीयन्ते$स्मै पञ्चकः Mbh.V.1.47. उपदा विविशुः शश्वन्नोत्सेकाः कोसलेश्वरम् R.4.7,5.41,7.3; P.V.1.47. cf. also प्रीणयित्वोपदाभिः Śiva B.15.53. -2 A bribe.
upavīṇayati उपवीणयति Den. P. [P.III.1.25] To play on the Vīṇā or lute (before a deity &c.); उपवीणयितुं ययौ रवेरुदगावृत्तिपथेन नारदः R.8.33; N.6.65; K.131.
upavartanam उपवर्तनम् 1 A place for exercise. -2 A place whether inhabited or not. -3 A district or Pargaṇā. -4 A kingdom (राज्य) उपवर्तनमाहर्तुमुद्यतो$स्म्यहमञ्जसा Śiva. B.31.11. -5 A bog, marshy place.
upaskāraḥ उपस्कारः 1 Anything additional, a supplement. -2 (Supplying) An ellipsis; वानप्रस्थानां च द्रव्योपस्कार इति Mb.12.191.11. साकाङ्क्षमनुपस्कारं विष्वग्गति निराकुलम् Ki.11.38. -3 Beautifying, ornamenting by way of adding grace; उक्तमेवार्थं सोपस्कारमाह Malli. on R.11.47. -4 An ornament; सोपस्काराः प्रावहन्नस्रतोयाः Śi.18.72. -5 A stroke. -6 A collection. -7 Condiment, seasoning material; उपस्कारैः स्कारैरुपचितरसामोदभरणम् Viś. Guṇā.472.
upādhyāyaḥ उपाध्यायः [उपेत्याधीयते अस्मात्, उप-अधि-इ-घञ्] 1 A teacher or preceptor in general. -2 Particularly, a spiritual teacher, religious preceptor; य उदात्ते कर्तव्ये$ नुदात्तं करोति खण्डिकोपाध्यायस्तमै चपेटां ददाति Mbh.I.1.1. (by Y.1.35 a sub-teacher who instructs for wages only in a part of the Veda and is inferior to an आचार्य; एकदेशमुपाध्यायः); cf. Ms.2.141; एकदेशं तु वेदस्य वेदाङ्गान्यपि वा पुनः । यो$ध्यापयति वृत्त्यर्थमुपाध्यायः स उच्यते ॥ see अध्यापक, and under आचार्य also. -या A female preceptor. -यी 1 A female preceptor. उपेत्य अधीयते तस्या उपाध्यायी, उपाध्याया and Vārt. या तु स्वयमेवाध्यापिका तत्र वा ङीष् वाच्यः on P.IV.1.49 Sk. -2 The wife of a preceptor. -Comp. -सर्वस्वम् N. of a grammar frequently referred to by the commentary on the Uṇādi Sūtras.
ulba उल्ब (ल्व) ण a. 1 Thick, clotted, copious, abundant (blood &c.); स्यन्नस्वेदकणोल्बणः Bk.5.83. ˚रुधिरम् Mv. 6.33. -2 Much, excessive, intense; प्रववर्ष च तत्रैव सहसा तोयमुल्बणम् Mb.3.9.18. केनचिन्मधुरमुल्बणरागम् Śi.1.54, 68,12.37; Ku.7.84. -3 Strong, powerful, great; आम्लादिभिरुल्बणैः Bhāg.3.31.7. रिपुरुल्बणभीमभोगभाजां भुजगानां जननीं जजाप विद्याम् Śi.2.41; ˚रसः U.5.26 the heroic sentiment; Dk.23,25; K.299,32. तेनैवा- त्युल्बणं तेषां कटकं घटिकात्रयम् (विहितम्) Parṇāl.5.71. -4 Manifest, clear; तस्यासीदुल्बणो मार्गः पादपैरिव दन्तिनः R.4.33. विनिशश्वसुरुल्बणं शयाना विकृताक्षिप्तभुजा जजृम्भिरे च Bu. Ch.5.59. -5 Gaudy, showy; मृगैर्मयूरैश्च समाकुलो- ल्बणम् Rām.2.15.41; अनुल्बणवेषेण K.66. -6 Dreadful; मया सह दहन्तीभिर्दिशश्चक्षुर्भिरुल्बणैः Bhāg.3.12.17. -7 Sinful; भवत्यल्पफलं कर्म सेवितं नित्यमुल्बणम् । अबुद्धिपूर्वं धर्मज्ञ कृतमु- ग्रेण कर्मणा ॥ Mb.12.291.16. -णः A particular position of hands in dancing. -णम् ind. Much, heavily (as sighing). -Comp. -रसः Valour (वीररस); विकच विकरालो- ल्बणरसः U.5.26.
usra उस्र a. 1 Relating to, or seen in, the morning. -2 Bright, shining. -स्रः 1 A ray (of light), beam; सर्वैरुस्रैः समग्रैस्त्वमिव नृपगुणैर्दीप्यते सप्तसप्तिः M.2.13; R.4.66; Ki.5.31,34. शीर्षपुष्पोच्छ्रितैरुस्रैरुत्तंसितशिरोरुहाम्; Parṇāl. 4.36. -2 A bull; Rv.6.12.4. -3 A god. -4 The sun. -5 A day. -6 The two Aśvinīkumāras; Rv.2.39.3. -स्रा 1 Morning, dawn. -2 Light; bright sky. -3 A cow; स्वयमुस्राश्च दुह्यन्ते Mb.12.263.31. -4 The earth. -Comp. -धन्वन् a. having a bright bow. -m. N. of Indra. -यामन् a. going out early in the morning (as the Aśvins); Rv.7.74.1.
aulūkyaḥ औलूक्यः [उलूकस्यापत्यं, यञ्] N. of Kaṇāda, the propounder of the Vaiśeṣika philosophy; (see औलूक्य- दर्शन in Sarva. S.
kakṣaḥ कक्षः 1 A lurking or hiding place; क्रोष्टा वराहं निरतक्त कक्षात् Rv.1.28.4. -2 The end of the lower garment; see कक्षा. -3 A climbing plant, creeper. -4 Grass, dry grass; यतस्तु कक्षस्तत एव वह्निः R.7.55,11.75; यथोद्धरति निर्दाता कक्षं धान्यं च रक्षति Ms.7.11. -5 A forest of dead trees, dry wood; Bṛī. Up.2.9.7. -6 The arm-pit; ˚अन्तर Pt.1 the cavity of the armpit; प्रक्षिप्योदर्चिषं कक्षे शेरते ते$भिमारुतम् Śi.2.42. -7 The harem of a king. -8 The interior of a forest; आशु निर्गत्य कक्षात् Ṛs.1.27; कक्षान्तरगतो वायुः Rām. -9 The side of flank (of anything); ते सरांसि सरित्कक्षान् Rām.4.47.2. -1 A woman's girdle; as in आबद्धनिबिडकक्षैः. -11 A surrounding wall. -12 A part of a boat. -13 The orbit of a planet. -14 A buffalo. -15 A gate; उपेत्य स यदुश्रेष्टो बाह्यकक्षाद्विनिर्गतः Mb.2.2.12. -16 The Beleric Myrobalan or Terminalia Belerica (Mar. गुग्गुळ, बेह़डा). -17 A marshy ground. -क्षा 1 Painful boils in the arm-pit. -2 An elephant's rope; also his girth. -3 A woman's girdle or zone; a girdle, waist-band (in general); 'कक्षा बृहति- कायां स्यात्काञ्च्यां मध्येभबन्धने' इति विश्वः; युघे परैः सह दृढबद्ध- कक्षया Śi.17.24. -4 A surrounding wall; a wall, -5 The waist, middle part; एते हि विद्युद्गुणबद्धकक्षा Mk.5.21. -6 A courtyard; area, Rām.4.33.19 (सप्तकक्षा); त्रीणि गुल्मान्यतीयाय तिस्रः कक्षाश्च स द्विजः Bhāg.1.8.16. -7 An enclosure. -8 An inner apartment, a private chamber; room in general; 'कक्षा कच्छे वस्त्रायां काञ्च्यां गेहे प्रकोष्ठके' इति यादवः; Ku.7.7; Ms.7.224; गृहकलहंसकान- नुसरन् कक्षान्तरप्रधावितः K.63,182; कक्षासु रक्षितैर्दक्षैस्तार्क्ष्यः सर्पेष्विवापतत् Parṇāl.3.38. -9 A harem. -1 Similarity. -11 An upper garment; दुर्योधनो हस्तिनं पद्मवर्णं सुवर्णकक्षम् Mb.6.2.7. -12 Objection or reply in argument (in Logic &c.). -13 Emulation or rivalry. -14 A secluded part of an edifice; गत्वा कक्षान्तरं त्वन्यत् Ms.7.224. -15 A particular part of a carriage. -16 The jeweller's weight, Rati. -17 The end of the lower garment which, after the cloth is girt round the lower part of the body, is brought up behind and tucked into the waistband (Mar. कांसोटा) -18 Tying up the waist. -19 The wrist. -2 Border or lace; स्वर्णकक्ष- पताकाभिः Bhāg.9.1.37. -21 The basin of a balance (कक्षः also). -क्षम् 1 A star. -2 Sin. -Comp. -अग्निः wild fire, conflagration; कक्षाग्निलङ्घिततरोरिव वृष्टिपातः R.11.92. -अन्तरम् inner or private apartment. -अवेक्षकः 1 a superintendent of the harem. -2 a keeper of a royal garden. -3 a door-keeper. -4 a poet. -5 a debauchee. -6 a player; painter. -7 an actor. -8 a paramour. -9 strength of feeling or sentiment (Wilson). -उत्था a fragrant grass, (भद्रमुस्ता Cyperus, Mar. नागरमोथा). -धरम् the shoulder-joint. -पः 1 a tortoise. -2 one of the 9 treasures of Kubera. -(क्षा) पटः a cloth passed between the legs to cover the privities. -पुटः 1 the arm-pit. -2 N. of a work on magic. -रुहा = नागरमुस्ता q. v. -शायः, -युः a dog. -स्थ a. seated on the hip or the flank.
kaṇaḥ कणः 1 A grain, a single seed; तण्डुलकणान् H.1; कणान् वा भक्षयेदब्दम् Ms.11.93. -2 An atom or particle (of anything). -3 A very small quantity; द्रविण˚ Śānti. 1.19;3.5. -4 A grain of dust. रजःकणैः खुरोद्धूतैः R.1. 85; or of pollen; ईषद्बद्धरजःकणाग्रकपिशा V.2.7. -5 A drop (of water) or spray; कणवाही मालिनीतरङ्गाणाम् Ś.3.7; अम्बु˚, अश्रु˚; उद्यानानां नवजलकणैर्यूथिकाजालकानि Me.26,47, 71; Amaru.54. -6 An ear of corn. -7 Spark (as of fire). -8 The spark or facet of a gem. -9 Flake (of snow). -1 श्वेतजीरक; cf. 'कणो$तिसूक्ष्मे धान्यांशे पिप्पल्यां जीरके शरे' Nm. -णा 1 A kind of fly. -2 Long pepper. -3 Cumin seed. -णी 1 An atom, a drop. -2 A kind of corn. -3 The plant Premna Spinosa or Longifolia. -4 A crocodile; Gīrvāṇa. -Comp. -अदः, -भक्षः, -भुज् m. a nickname given to the philosopher who propounded the Vaiśeṣika system of philosophy (which may be said to be a 'doctrine of atoms'). -अन्न a. one whose food consists of grains. ˚ता the state of one who is made to live on grains; द्वादशाहं कणान्नता Ms.11. 167. -गुग्गुलः a kind of plant. -जीरः a white kind of cumin seed. -जीरकम् small cumin seed. -धूमः A kind of penance; Matsya P. -प्रियः A sparrow. -भक्षः, -भक्षकः, -भुज् m. N. of Kaṇāda. -भक्षकः a kind of bird. -लाभः a whirlpool. -वीरकः A kind of arsenic (Mar. मनशीळ); Gīrvāṇa.
kaṇabhaḥ कणभः A kind of fly with a sting. कणाटीनः kaṇāṭīnḥ टीरः ṭīrḥ टारकः ṭārakḥ कणाटीनः टीरः टारकः A wagtail.
kapāṭikā कपाटिका A door (कपाट); हठाद्विदधते मरुत्पुरकपाटिकोद्घा- टनम् Viś. Guṇā.164.
karṇālavādyam कर्णालवाद्यम् A semi-circular ear-like wind-instrument; तूर्णं कर्णालवाद्यस्य शब्दं चक्रुः समन्ततः Parṇāl.3.33; 5.35. कर्णाटः karṇāṭḥ कर्णाटकः karṇāṭakḥ कर्णाटः कर्णाटकः (pl.) N. of a country in the south of the Indian Peninsula; (काव्यम्) कर्णाटेन्दोर्जगति विदुषां कण्ठभूषत्वमेतु Vikr.18.12 -टी f. 1 A woman of the above country; कर्णाटीचीनपीनस्तनवसनदशादोलनस्पन्दमन्दः Udb. कर्णाटीचिकुराणां ताण्डवकरः Vb.1.29. -2 The हंसपदी plant. -3 One of the Rāgintod;īs or musical modes.
kalaviṅkaḥ कलविङ्कः गः 1 A sparrow; Ms.5.12; Y.1.174. कलविङ्कस्वर उत्तरं बभाषे Bu. Ch.5.34. -2 A spot, stain. कलशः, -सः (-शम्, -सम्) [केन जलेन लश-स-ति Tv.] 1 A pitcher, water-pot, a jar, dish; हिरण्मयं कलशं विभर्षि Mbh. on P.VI.4.174; Śi.11; स्तनौ मांसग्रन्थी कनककलशा- वित्युपमितौ Bh.3.2,1.97; Amaru 54. ˚जन्मन्, ˚उद्भवः N. of Agastya. -2 A churn. -3 A kind of measure. -4 A rounded pinnacle on the top of a temple -5 The ocean; क्षोभ्यतां कलशः सर्वैर्मन्दरः परिवर्त्यताम् Mb.1.18.32. -Comp. (स) -अम्भोधिः, -अर्णवः, -उदधि 1 the ocean. -2 Kṣīrasāgara (Note on शाहेन्द्रविलास 2.68.). ककुस्थकुल- पर्यायकलशार्णवकौस्तुभः Viś. Guṇā.5. कलशी, -शिः (-सी, -सिः f.) 1 A pitcher, a jar. -2 A churn; कलशिमुदधिगुर्वीं बल्लवा लोडयन्ति; Śi.11.8. -3 Hemionitis Cordifolia (Mar. रिंगणी); -Comp. -सुतः N. of Agastya.
kalpakaḥ कल्पकः [क्लॄप्-ण्वुल्] 1 A rite. -2 A barber, Kau. A. 1.12. -3 See कल्पवृक्षः; कल्पकप्रसवोदयः Viś. Guṇā.5. -4 A kind of tree, Curcurna (Mar. कचोरा). a. conformng to a settled rule or standard; याजयित्वाश्वमेधैस्तं त्रिभि- रुत्तमकल्पकैः Bhāg.1.8.6.
kāśyapaḥ काश्यपः 1 N. of a celebrated sage. -2 N. of Kaṇāda. -3 An epithet of Aruṇa. -पी The earth; Mb.13.62.62. तानपि दधासि मातः काश्यपि यातस्तवापि च विवेकः Bv.1.68. -पम् Flesh. -Comp. -नन्दनः 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 N. of Aruṇa. -3 a god. -4 a demon.
kirātaḥ किरातः [किरं पर्यन्तभूमिं अतति गच्छतीति किरातः] 1 N. of a degraded mountain tribe who live by hunting, a mountaineer; वैयाकरणकिरातादपशब्दमृगाः क्व यान्तु संत्रस्ताः । यदि नटगणकचिकित्सकवैतालिकवदनकन्दरा न स्युः ॥ Subhāṣ.; Pt.1.17; पर्यन्ताश्रयिभिर्निजस्य सदृशं नाम्नः किरातैः कृतम् Ratn.2.3; Ku.1.6,15. जवार इति यद्राज्यं किरातानां पुरातनम् Parṇāl 1.39. -2 A savage, barbarian. -3 A dwarf. -4 A groom, a horseman. -5 N. of Śiva in the disguise of a Kirāta. -6 A species of fish; किरातो लुब्धके देववाहिनीमत्स्यभेदयोः Nm. -7 N. of a medicinal herb (Mar. किराईत, चिराईत, भूनिंब) -ताः (pl.) N. of a country. -Comp. -अर्जुनीयम् N. of a poem by Bhāravi (in which the combat of Arjuna with Śiva in the form of a Kirāta or mountaineer is poetically described.) -आशिन् m. an epithet of Garuḍa. -तिक्तः N. of a medicinal herb (Mar. किराईत, चिराईत).
kuṭī कुटी 1 A curve. -2 A cottage, hut; प्रासादीयति कुट्याम् Sk.; Ms.11.73; पर्ण˚, अश्व˚ &c. -3 A vessel with openings used for fumigation. -4 A nosegay -5 A kind of perfume (मुरा). -6 Spirituous liquor. -7 A bawd, procuress. -8 A bower (लतागृह); कुटीषु गोपीरुचि- रासु यो$र्कभूतटीषु गोपाल इति श्रुतो$चरत् Viś. Guṇā.461. -Comp. -चकः a religious mendicant of a particular order; चतुर्विधाभिक्षवस्ते कुटीचकबहूदकौ । हंसः परमहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात् स उत्तमः ॥ Mb.; Bhāg.3.12.42. -चरः a kind of ascetic who entrusts the care of his family to his son and devotes himself solely to religious penance and austerities. कुटीरः kuṭīrḥ रम् ram कुटीरकः kuṭīrakḥ कुटीरः रम् कुटीरकः [कुटीशमीशुण्डाभ्यो रः P.V.3.88] A hut, cottage; U.2.29; Amaru.56 (प्रक्षिप्तश्लोक in the note). -रम् 1 Sexual intercourse. -2 Exclusiveness.
kuhana कुहन a. 1 Envious. -2 Hypocritical. -नः 1 A mouse -2 A snake. -ना 1 Hypocrisy; 'कुहना दम्भचर्यायामीर्ष्यालौ कुहनस्त्रिषु' Medini; Viś. Guṇā.388. -2 Assumed and false sanctity. -3 The interested performance of religious austerities, hypocrisy. -नम् 1 A small earthen vessel; 'कुहनं मृत्तिकाभाण्डविशेषे काचभाजने' Medini. -2 A glass vessel.
koṭiḥ कोटिः टी f. [कुट्-इञ्] 1 The curved end of a bow; भूमिनिहितैककोटिकार्मुकम् R.11.81; U.4.29. -2 The end or extremity, edge or point in general; सहचरीं दन्तस्य कोट्या लिखन् Māl.9.32; अङ्गदकोटिलग्नम् R.6.14;7.46;8.36. -3 The edge or point of a weapon. -4 The highest point, excess, pitch, climax, excellence; परां कोटिमानन्दस्याध्यगच्छन् K.369; so कोपकोटिमापन्ना Pt.4; excessively angry; कल्याणीं कलयामि कञ्जनिलयां कल्याणकोटिस्थिताम् Viś. Guṇā.275. -5 The horns or digits of the moon; आवर्जितजटामौलिविलम्बिशशि- कोटयः Ku.2.26. -6 Ten millions, a crore; वित्तस्य विद्यापरि- संख्यया मे कोटीश्चतस्रो दश चाहरेति R.5.21;12.82; Ms.6.63. -7 The complement of an arc to 9˚ (in math.). -8 The perpendicular side of a right-angled triangle (in math.). -9 A class, department, kingdom; मनुष्य˚, प्राणि˚ &c. -1 One side of a question in dispute, an alternative. -11 The pinnacle, peak (शिखर); कोटिं तस्य समुद्रस्य काञ्चनीं शतयोजनाम् Rām.4.42.19. -Comp. -ईश्वरः a millionaire; ततः कोटीश्वराख्येन वणिजा स समं ययौ Ks.56.64; नवनवतिशतद्रव्यकोटीश्वरास्ते नन्दाः ... हताः पश्यतो राक्षसस्य Mu. -जित् m. an epithet of Kālidāsa. -जीवा, -ज्या the cosine of an angle in a right-angled triangle (in math.). -द्वयम् two alternatives. -पात्रम् a rudder. -पालः the guard of a stronghold. -वर्षम् N. of the capital of the demon-chief Bāṇa. -वेधिन् a. (lit.) striking a point; (fig.) performing the most difficult things; कोटिवेधिनि सिद्धे हि Rāj. T.1.11. -श्रीः an epithet of Durgā. -होमः a kind of sacrificial offering.
koṭīraḥ कोटीरः [कोटिमीरयति ईर् अण् Tv.] 1 A diadem, crown; यत्पादाम्बुजचुम्बिनां सुरपतेः कोटीरगारुत्मतस्तोमानां तुलसीदलप्रकरतः Viś. Guṇā.26. -2 A crest. -3 The hair collected (by ascetics) on the forehead in the shape of a horn, matted hair in general; कोटीरबन्धनधनुर्गुणयोगपट्टव्यापारपार- गममुं भज भूतभर्तुः N.11.18; कठोरे कोटीरे स्खलसि जहि जम्भा- रिमुकुटम् Ā. L.
kṣamāpanam क्षमापनम् Begging pardon. क्षमापनैश्च सा देवी प्रसन्नवदना- म्बुजा Parṇāl.4.47.
khāraḥ खारः रिः री f. A measure of grain equal to 16 droṇas. [ 4 मुष्टिs = 1 निष्टिका; 2 निष्टिकाs = 1 अष्टिका; 2 अष्टिकाs = 1 कुडव; 4 कुटवs = 1 प्रस्थ; 4 प्रस्थs = 1 आढकी; 4 आढकीs = 1 द्रोण; 16 or 2 द्रोणs = 1 खारी.] खारीशतसहस्रेण धान्यैनापूरितौ ततः Parṇāl.4.73; Pt.4.26. -री A scar.
gaṇḍaḥ गण्डः 1 The cheek, the whole side of the face including the temples; गण्डाभोगे पुलकपटलम् Māl.2.5; तदीष- दार्द्रारुणगण्डलेखम् Ku.7.82; Me.26,93; Amaru.83; Ṛs.4.6;6.1; Ś.6.18; Śi.12.54. -2 An elephant's temple; गण्डोड्डीनालिमाला˚ Māl.1.1. -3 A bubble. -4 A boil, tumour, swelling, pimple; अयमपरो गण्डस्योपरि विस्फोटः Mu.5; तदा गण्डस्योपरि पिटिका संवृत्ता Ś.2. -5 Goitre and other excrescences of the neck. -6 A joint, knot. -7 A mark, spot; गण्डोज्ज्वलामुज्ज्वलनाभिचक्रया Śi.12.8. -8 A rhinoceros. -9 The bladder. -1 A hero, warrior. -11 Part of a horse's trappings, a stud or button fixed as an ornament upon the harness. -12 An unexpected combination of words consisting in putting one speech immediately after another, so as to be syntactically connected; see वीथि; e. g. राक्षसः- अपि नाम दुरात्मा चाणक्यबटुः । दौवारिकः -- जयतु । -रा˚ -अति- संधातुं शक्यः स्यात् । --दौ˚ -अमात्यः । Mu.4; so किमस्या न प्रेयो यदि पुनरसह्यस्तु विरहः. --दौ˚ -देव उपस्थितः U.1. -13 The tenth yoga or one of the twenty-seven portions of a circle on the plane of the ecliptic. -14 An astronomical period. -Comp. -अङ्गः a rhinoceros. -उपधानम् a pillow; मृदुगण्डोपधानानि शयनानि सुखानि च Suśr. -कुसुमम् the juice that exudes from the elephant's temples during rut, ichor. -कूपः 1 a well on the peak or summit of a mountain. -2 Upper region or table-land of a mountain. -ग्रामः any large or considerable village. -देशः, -प्रदेशः, -स्थलम्, -पाली, -पिण्डः 1 the cheek, the temples of an elephant. -2 temple-region (in general); कण्डूलद्विपगण्डपिण्डकषणम् U.2.9; Māl.9.31. -फलकम् a broad cheek; धृतमुग्धगण्डफलकैर्विबभुर्विकसद्भिरास्यकमलैः प्रमदाः Śi.9.47. -भित्तिः f. 1 the opening in the temples of an elephant from which ichor exudes during rut. -2 'a wall-like cheek', an excellent i. e. broad and expansive cheek; निर्धौतदानामलगण्डभित्तिः (गजः) R.5.43 (where Malli. says प्रशस्तौ गण्डौ गण्डभित्ति, see et seq.); 12.12. -भेदः a thief; गण़्डभेददास्याः शीलं जानन्नापि आत्मनो भोजनविस्रम्भेण छलितो$स्मि Avimāraka 2. -मालः, -माला inflammation of the glands of the neck. -मूर्ख a. exceedingly foolish, very stupid. -शिला any large rock; दृष्टो$ङ्गुष्ठशिरोमात्रः क्षणाद्गण्डशिलासमः Bhāg.3.13.22. -शैलः 1 a huge rock thrown down by an earthquake or storm; Ki.7.37; cf. also गण्डशैलैः कारवेल्लैर्लोहकण्टकवेष्टितैः । (अचलः परिपूर्णो$यम् ...) Parṇāl 4.75. -2 the forehead; गण्डशैलः कपोले च द्रोणपाषा- णभेदयोः । Nm.; किं पुत्रि गण्डशैलभ्रमेण नवनीरदेषु निद्रासि । Āryā Saptaśatī. -साह्वया N. of a river, also called गण्डकी. -स्थलम्, -स्थली 1 the cheek; गण्डस्थलेषु मदवारिषु Pt.1.123; Ś. Til.7; गण्डस्थलीः प्रोषितपत्रलेखाः R.6.72; Amaru.82. -2 temples of an elephant.
giri गिरि a. [गॄ-इ किच्च Uṇ.4.142] Venerable, respectable, worshipful. -रिः 1 A hill, mountain, an elevation; पश्याधः खनने मूढ गिरयो न पतन्ति किम् Subhāṣ.; ननु प्रवाते$पि निष्कम्पा गिरयः Ś.6. -2 a huge rock. -3*** A disease of the eyes. -4 An honorific title given to Saṁnyāsins; e. g. आनन्दगिरिः -5 (In math.) The number 'eight'. -6 A ball with which children play (गेन्दुक). -7 A cloud. -8 A peculiar defect in quicksilver. -रिः f. 1 Swallowing. -2 A rat; mouse (written also गिरी in this sense). -Comp. -इन्द्रः 1 a high mountain. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 the Himālaya mountain. -4 a term for the number 'eight'. -ईशः 1 an epithet of the Himālaya mountain. -2 an epithet of Śiva; सुतां गिरीशप्रतिसक्तमानसाम् Ku.5.3. -कच्छपः a species of tortoise living in mountains. -कण्टकः Indra's thunderbolt. -कदम्बः, -म्बकः a species of the Kadamba tree. -कन्दरः a cave, cavern. -कर्णिका the earth. -काणः a blind or one-eyed man. -काननम् a mountain-grove. -कूटम् the summit of a mountain. -गङ्गा N. of a river. -गुडः a ball for playing with. -गुहा a mountain-cave. -चर a. roaming or wandering on a mountain; गिरिचर इव नागः प्राणसारं बिभर्ति Ś.2.4. (-रः) a thief. -ज a. mountain-born. (-जम्) 1 talc. -2 red chalk. -3 benzoin. -4 bitumen. -5 iron. (-जा) 1 N. of Pārvatī (the daughter of Himālaya). -2 the hill plantain (पर्वतकदली) -3 the Mallikā creeper. -4 an epithet of the Ganges. -तनयः, -नन्दनः, -सुतः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 of Gaṇeśa. ˚धवः, ˚पतिः an epithet of Śiva; Ks.56.43. ˚मलम् talc. -जालम् a range of mountains. -ज्वरः Indra's thunderbolt. -त्रः N. of Śiva; अहं गिरित्रश्च Bhāg.8.6.15. -दुर्गम् a hill-fort, any stronghold among mountains; नृदुर्गं गिरिदुर्गं वा समाश्रित्य वसेत्पुरम् Ms.7.7,71. -द्वारम् a mountain-pass. -धातुः red chalk; बालार्कसमवर्णेन तेजसा गिरिधातुना Rām.2.95.19. (v. l.) -ध्वजम् Indra's thunderbolt. -नगरम् N. of a district in Dakṣiṇāpatha. -णदी or नदी a mountain-torrent, rill. -णद्ध (नद्ध) a. enclosed by a mountain. -नन्दिनी 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 of the Ganges. -3 a river in general (flowing from a mountain;) कलिन्दगिरिनन्दिनी- तटसुरद्रुमालम्बिनी Bv.4.3. -णितम्बः (नितम्बः) the declivity of a mountain. -पीलुः N. of a fruit-tree. -पुष्पकम् bitumen. -पृष्ठः the top of a hill; Ms.7.147. -प्रपातः the declivity or slope of a mountain; -प्रस्थः the tableland of a mountain; Rām.2. -प्रिया a female of the Bos Grunniens. -बान्धवः an epithet of Śiva -भिद् m. an epithet of Indra. (-f.) a river (breaking through a mountain). -भू a. mountain-born. (-भूः f.) 1 an epithet of the Ganges. -2 of Pārvatī. -मल्लिका the Kuṭaja tree. -मानः an elephant, especially a large and powerful one. -मृद् f., -मृद्भवम् 1 red chalk. -2 mountain soil. -राज् m. 1 a high mountain. -2 an epithet of the Himālaya. -राजः the Himālaya mountain. -व्रजम् N. of a city in Magadha. -शालः a kind of bird. -शृङ्गः an epithet of Gaṇeśa. (-गम्) the peak of a mountain. -षद् (सद्) m. an epithet of Śiva. -सानु n. table-land. -सारः 1 iron. -2 tin. -3 an epithet of the Malaya mountain. -सुतः the Maināka mountain. -सुता an epithet of Pārvatī. -स्रवा a mountaintorrent; गिरिस्रवाभिः सर्वाभिः पृष्ठतो$नुगता शुभा Mb.13.14.25.
guṭikā गुटिका 1 A pill. -2 A round pebble, any small globe or ball; लोष्टगुटिकाः क्षिपति Mk.5. -3 The cocoon of the silk worm. -4 A pearl; निर्धौतहारगुटिकाविशदं हिमाम्भः R.5.7; विभ्राणो धूमकेतुं मधुकरगुटिका दन्तमुद्दण्डदण्डम् Rājapraśasti (गणेशस्तुतिः). -5 A small pustule. -Comp. -अञ्जनम् a kind of collyrium. -अस्त्रम् A missile for throwing stones; गुटिकास्त्रैर्लोहगोलैः शिलीमुखशरासनैः Parṇāl 4. 76. -यन्त्रम् a rifle, a musket; जागरूकैरहोरात्रं गुटिकायन्त्र- धारिभिः Śiva. B.17.72.
guṇanikā गुणनिका [गुण् भावे युच् स्वार्थे क] 1 Study, repeated reading, repetition; विशेषविदुषः शास्त्रं यत्तवोद्ग्राह्यते पुरः । हेतुः परिचयस्थैर्ये वक्तुर्गुणनिकैव सा ॥ Śi.2.75 (आम्रेडितम् Malli.); श्रुतेर्गुणनिकानिकामपरिपूतवक्त्राम्बुजान् Viś. Guṇā.159. -2 Dancing, the science or profession of dancing. -3 The prologue or introduction to a drama. -4 A garland, necklace; दरिद्राणां चिन्तामणिगुणनिका A. L.3. -5 Determining the value of the various readings of a manuscript. -6 A cipher, the character in arithmetic which expresses nothing.
ghaṭṭanam घट्टनम् 1 Shaking, moving; सुप्तसर्प इव दण्डघट्टनाद्रोषितो$स्मि R.11.71. -2 Effecting, forming; प्रणयविघटनार्थं किं नु तद् घट्टनार्थम् Parṇāl 2.54.
ghumaghumita घुमघुमित a. Scented, sweet smelling; घुमघुमितदेहाः Viś. Guṇā.115.
ghusṛṇam घुसृणम् Saffron; यत्र स्त्रीणां मसृणघुसृणालेपनोष्णा कुचश्रीः Vikr.18.31; प्रसस्रुराराद् घुसृणस्य रेणवः Rām. Ch.2.38; Viś. Guṇā.115.
ghoṭaḥ घोटः घोटकः A horse; शाटीहाटक घोटक स्फुटघटाटोपाय तुभ्यं नमः Udb.; यद्येको$पि बलात्तुरुष्कयवनेष्वारूढघोटो भटः Viś. Guṇā.163. -Comp. -अरिः a buffalo.
cakram चक्रम् [क्रियते अनेन, कृ घञर्थे< क नि˚ द्वित्वम् Tv.] 1 The wheel of a carriage; चक्रवत्परिवर्तन्ते दुःखानि च सुखानि च H.1.173. -2 A potter's wheel. -3 A sharp circular missile, weapon, a disc (especially applied to the weapon of Viṣṇu). -4 An oil-mill; दशसूनासमं चक्रं दशचक्रसमो ध्वजः Mb.13.125.9. -5 A circle, ring; कलाप- चक्रेषु निवेशिताननम् Ṛs.2.14. -6 A troop, multitude, collection, Śi.2.17. -7 A realm, sovereignty; स्वस्थं स्वचक्रं परचक्रमुक्तम् Bu. Ch.2.15; cf. चक्रं सैन्यथाङ्गयोः । राष्ट्रे दम्भान्तरे ... । Medinī. -8 A province, district, a group of villages. -9 A form of military array in a circle. -1 A circle or depression of the body. -11 A cycle, cycle of years. -12 The horizon; यावदावर्तते चक्रं तावती मे वसुन्धरा Rām.2.1.36. -13 An army, a host. -14 Section of a book. -15 A whirlpool. -16 The winding of a river. -17 An astronomical circle; राशि˚ the zodiac. -18 Circular flight (of birds &c.). -19 A particular constellation in the form of a hexagon. -2 Range, department in general. -21 The convolutions or spiral marks of the शालिग्राम. -22 A crooked or fraudulent contrivance. -क्रः 1 The ruddy goose (also called चक्रवाक); पद्मोल्लासविधायिनि सत्पथदीप्तिकृति चक्रभव्यकरे Viś. Guṇā.274. -2 A multitude, troop, group. -Comp. -अङ्गः 1 a gander having a curved neck. -2 a carriage. _x001F_+-3 the ruddy goose (चक्रवाक); चक्राङ्गान् स च नित्यं वै सर्वतो वनगोच- रान् Mb.12.268.36. (-ङ्गी) a goose. (-ङ्गम्) a parasol. -अटः 1 a juggler, snake-catcher. -2 a rogue, knave, cheat. -3 a particular coin, a dināra. -अधिवासिन् m. the orange tree. -अरः, (-रम्) the spoke of a wheel; चक्रारपङ्क्तिरिव गच्छति भाग्यपङ्क्तिः । Svapna.1.4. -अश्मन् n. a machine to hurl stones at a distance; अयःकणपचक्राश्म- भुशुण्ड्युद्यतबाहवः Mb.1.227.25. -आकार, -आकृति a. circular, round. -आयुधः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -आवर्तः whirling or rotatory motion. -आह्वः, -आह्वयः the ruddy goose; -ईश्वरः 1 'lord of the discus', N. of Viṣṇu. -2 the officer in charge of a district. -ईश्वरी N. of the Jaina goddess of learning. -उपजीविन् m. an oil-man. -कारकम् 1 a nail. -2 a kind of perfume. -गजः the plant Cassia Tora. -गण्डुः a round pillow. -गतिः f. rotation, revolution. -गुच्छः the Aśoka tree. -ग्रहणम्, -णी f. a rampart, an entrenchment. -चक्रम् A flock of चक्रवाक birds; अस्ताद्रिपद्मा- करचक्रचक्रे तत्कालविज्ञातपतङ्गपाते । सद्यो दिदीपे विरहानलः ...... । Rām. Ch.6.19. -चर a. moving in a circle; (-रः) a juggler. -चारिन् m. a chariot. -चूडामणिः a round jewel in a coronet or diadem. -जीवकः, -जीविन् m. a potter. -तीर्थम् N. of a holy place. -तुण्डः a kind of fish; रोहितांश्चक्रतुण्डांश्च नलमीनांश्च राघव Rām.3.73.14. -दंष्ट्रः a hog. -घनः a thunder cloud. -धर a. 1 bearing or having a wheel. -2 carrying a discus. -3 driving in a carriage. (-रः) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu; चक्रघरप्रभावः R. 16.55. -2 a sovereign, governor or ruler of a province; वृद्धानां भारतप्तानां स्त्रीणां चक्रधरस्य च Mb.13.162.38. -3 a village tumbler or juggler. -4 a snake; भवेच्चक्रधरो विष्णौ भुजङ्गे ग्रामजालिनि Viśvalochana. -धारा the periphery of a wheel. -नदी the Gaṇḍakī river. -नाभिः the nave of a wheel. -नामन् m. 1 the ruddy goose (चक्रवाक). -2 a pyritic ore of iron. -नायकः 1 the leader of a troop. -2 a kind of perfume. -नेमिः f. the periphery or circumference of a wheel; नीचैर्गच्छत्युपरि च दशा चक्रनेमिक्रमेण Me.19. -पाणिः an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bg.11.49. -पादः, -पादकः 1 a carriage. -2 an elephant. -पालः 1 the governor of a province. -2 an officer in charge of a division of an army. -3 horizon. -4 a circle. -5 one who carries a discus. -फलम् a kind of discus. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः the sun. -बालः, -डः, -वालः, -लम्, -डम् 1 a ring, circle. -2 a collection, group, multitude, mass; कैरव- चक्रवालम् Bh.2.74; प्रकटयसि कुमुच्चैरर्चिषां चक्रवालं Rati.4.16; Mv.6.4; Mu.3.21.; K.126,178. -3 horizon. (-लः) 1 a mythical range of mountains supposed to encircle the orb of the earth like a wall and to be the limit of light and darkness. -2 the ruddy goose. -बालधिः a dog. -भृत् m. 1 one who holds a discus. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -भेदिनी night. -भ्रमः, -भ्रमिः f. a lathe or grindstone; आरोप्य चक्रभ्रमिमुष्णतेजास्त्वष्ट्रेव यत्नोल्लिखितो विभाति R.6. 32; चक्रभ्रमीवद्धृतशरीरः Sāṅ. K.67. -भ्रान्तिः f. revolution of wheels; V.1.5. -मण्डलिन् m. a species of cobra. -मुखः a hog. -मुषलः a battle carried on with the discus and club. -यानम् a wheel-carriage. -रदः a hog. -वर्तिन् m. 1 an emperor, universal monarch, sovereign of the world, a ruler whose dominions extend as far as the ocean (आसमुद्रक्षितीश Ak.); पुत्रमेवंगुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12; तव तन्वि कुचावेतौ नियतं चक्रवर्तिनौ । आसमुद्रक्षितीशो$पि भवान् यत्र करप्रदः ॥ Udb. (where there is a pun on the word चक्रवर्तिन्, the other meaning being 'resembling in shape the ruddy goose', 'round'); -2 (hence) head, foremost; आपद्गतः किल महाशयचक्रवर्ती विस्तारयत्यकृतपूर्वमुदार- भावम् Bv.1.7; कवयस्तर्कयाञ्चक्रुरित्थं ते चक्रवर्तिनः Parṇal.5.38. -3 a kind of horse having one or three curls on the shoulder; स्कन्धपार्श्वे यदावर्त एको वा यदि वा त्रयः । चक्रवर्ती स विज्ञेयो वाजी भूपालमन्दिरे ॥ Śālihotra of Bhoj. -वर्मन् m. N. of a king of Kashmir; चक्रवर्माभिधं राज्ये क्षीणपुण्यो व्यपद्यत Rāj. T.5.287. -वाकः 1 (-की f.) the ruddy goose; दूरी- भूते मयि सहचरे चक्रवाकीमिवैकाम् Me.83. ˚बन्धुः the sun. -2 a kind of horse, having white feet and white eyes; श्वेताभः श्वेतपादश्च तथा स्यात् श्वेतलोचनः । चक्रवाकः स विज्ञेयो राजार्हो वाजि सत्तमः ॥ Śālihotra of Bhoj. -वाटः 1 a limit, boundary. -2 a lamp-stand. -3 engaging in an action. -वातः a whirlwind, hurricane; चक्रवातस्वरूपेण जहारासीनमर्भकम् Bhāg.1. 7.2. -वृद्धिः f. 1. interest upon interest, compound interest; Ms.8.153,156. -2 wages for transporting goods in a carriage. -व्यूहः a circular array of troops. -संज्ञम् tin. (-ज्ञः) the ruddy goose. -साह्वयः the ruddy goose. -हस्तः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
cala चल a. [चल्-अच्] 1 (a) Moving trembling, shaking, tremulous, rolling (as eyes &c.); चलापाङ्गां दृष्टिं स्पृशसि Ś.1.24; चलकाकपक्षकैरमात्यपुत्रैः R.3.28 waving; Bh.1.16. (b) Movable (opp. स्थिर), moving; चले लक्ष्ये Ś.2.5; परिचयं चललक्ष्यनिपातने R.9.49. -2 Unsteady, fickle, inconstant, loose, unfixed; दयितास्वनवस्थितं नृणां न खलु प्रेम चलं सुहृज्जने Ku.4.28; प्रायश्चलं गौरवमाश्रितेषु 3.1. -3 Frail, transitory, perishable; चला लक्ष्मीश्चलाः प्राणाश्चलं जीवितयौवनम् Bh.3.128. -4 Confused. -लः 1 Trembling, shaking, agitation. -2 Wind. -3 Quicksilver. -4 The supreme being. -ला 1 Lakṣmī, the goddess of wealth. -2 Lightning. -3 A kind of perfume. -Comp. -अचल a. 1 movable and immovable. -2 fickle, unsteady, very transitory (= अतिचल); चलाचले च संसारे धर्म एको हि निश्चलः Bh.3.128; लक्ष्मीमिव चलाचलाम् Ki.11.3 (चलाचला = चञ्चला Malli.); कस्य न भवति चलाचलं धनम् Mk.2.14; N.1.6; चलाचलैरनुपदमाहताः खुरैः Śi. (-लः) a crow. -आतङ्कः rheumatism. -आत्मन् a. inconstant, fickle-minded. -इन्द्रिय a. 1 sensitive. -2 sensual. -इषुः one whose arrow flies unsteadily or misses the mark, a bad archer. -कर्णः the true distance of a planet from the earth. -चञ्चुः the Chakora bird. -चित्त a. fickle-minded. -दलः, -पत्रः the Aśvattha tree; बिल्वै- श्चलदलैरपि Parṇāl.4.62; लीलाचलाचलं भाले हैमं चलदलच्छदम् (Mar. पिंपळपान) Śiva. B.6.83. ˚च्छदः An ornament worn on the forehead, having the shape of the leaf of the Aśvattha tree. -सन्धिः movable articulation of the bones.
chandas छन्दस् n. [छन्दयति असुन्] 1 Wish, desire, fancy, will, pleasure; (गृह्णीयात्) मूर्खं छन्दो$नुवृत्तेन याथातथ्येन पण्डितम् Chāṇ.33. -2 Free will, free or wilful conduct. -3 Meaning, intention. -4 Fraud, trick, deceit. -5 The Vedas, the sacred text of the Vedic hymns; स च कुल- पतिराद्यश्छन्दसां यः प्रयोक्ता U.3.48; बहुलं छन्दसि frequently used by Pāṇini; प्रणवश्छन्दसामिव R.1.11; Y.1.143; Ms.4.95. -6 A metre; ऋक्छन्दसा आशास्ते &Sacute.4; गायत्री छन्दसामहम् Bg.1.35;13.4. -7 Metrical science, prosody; (regarded as one of the six Vedāṅgas or auxiliaries to the Vedas, the other five being शिक्षा, कल्प, व्याकरण, निरुक्त and ज्योतिष). -8 A metrical composition. ... मया काव्यानि तन्वता छन्दो विनिर्मितं तस्मिन् कृतः सर्वस्य संग्रहः Parṇāl.1.23. -9 A festival; वेदे वाक्ये वृत्तभेदे उत्सवे$पि नपुंसकम् । Nm. -Comp. -कृतम् any metrical part of the Vedas or other sacred compositions; यथो- दितेन विधिना नित्यं छन्दस्कृतं पठेत् Ms.4.1. -गः (-छन्दोगः) 1 a reciter in metre. -2 a student or chanter of the Sāmaveda; Ms.3.145; (छन्दोगः सामवेदाध्यायी) -3 The Sāmaveda; साम्नां जैमिनये प्राह तथा छन्दोगसंहिताम् Bhāg. 12.6.53. -भङ्गः a violation of the laws of metre. -विचितिः f. 'examination of metres', N. of a work on metres, sometimes ascribed to Daṇḍin; छन्दोविचित्यां सकलस्तत्प्रपञ्चो निदर्शितः Kāv.1.12. -वृत्तम् a metre in general. -स्तुभ् m. N. of Aruṇa.
jatru जत्रु n. [जन्-रु तो$न्तादेशः Uṇ 4.12] The collar-bone, the clavicle; जत्रुकम् also. आन्त्राणि जत्रवो गुदा वरत्राः Av. 11.3.1; जत्रावभ्यर्दयत् क्रुद्धः Bhāg.1.67.25; जत्रुदेशे विकवचे हत्वा भूमौ निपातितः Parṇāl.5.13.
jārūthya जारूथ्य a. 1 Praiseworthy; निरर्गलान् सजारूथ्यान् सर्वान् विविधदक्षिणान् Mb.9.49.3. -2 In which three kinds of Dakṣiṇā are given; जारूथ्यान् त्रिगुणदक्षिणानित्यर्जुनमिश्रः Mb. 3.291.7 (com.) -3 Rich in meat or donations of meat; मांसादिदानप्रधानान् पुष्टानित्यर्थः ibid.
jhaṇajhaṇam झणझणम् णा Jingling sound; कुर्वाणमिव तद्वीर्यस्तुतिं झणझणारवैः Ks.25.222. झणझणायमान jhaṇajhaṇāyamāna झणझणायित jhaṇajhaṇāyita झणझणायमान झणझणायित a. Tinkling, jingling, making a tinkling sound; ...... हंसविभ्रमाभिरामचरणसंचरण- झणझणायमान ...... (v. l. रणरणायमान) Māl.1 (between 25-26); U.5.5.
tālaḥ तालः [तल् एव अण्] 1 The palmyra tree, Bhāg. 8.2.12; विधिवशात्तालस्य मूलं गतः Bh.2.9; R.15.23. -2 A banner formed of the palm. -3 Slapping or clapping the hands together, the noise made by it; तलतालांश्च वादयन् Mb.3.178.17; Māl.5.23. -4 Flapping in general; विस्तारितः कुञ्जरकर्णतालैः R.7.39. -5 Flapping of the ears of an elephant. -6 Beating time (in music); करकिसलयतालैर्मुग्धया नर्त्यमानम् U.3.1; Me.81. -7 A musical instrument made of bell-metal, Bhāg. 8.15.21; उषसि स गजयूथकर्णतालैः पटुपटहध्वनिभिर्विनीतनिद्रः R.9.71. -8 The palm of the hand. -9 A lock, bolt. -1 The hilt of a sword. -11 An epithet of Śiva. -12 (In prosody) A trochee. -13 A particular measure of height; Rām.6. -14 A short span; a span measured by the thumb and the middle finger. -15 A dance; S. D.6. -लम् 1 The nut of the palmyra tree. -2 Yellow orpiment. -Comp. -अङ्कः 1 N. of Balarāma; तालाङ्को मुसली हली Ak. ततः शिवमहीपालस्तालाङ्कानुज- बुद्धिमान् Parṇāl.5.47. -2 the plam-leaf used for writing. -3 a book. -4 a saw. -5 N. of Śiva. -6 a man endowed with every fortunate mark or sign. -अव (प) चरः a dancer, an actor; Rām.2.3.17. -केतुः an epithet of Bhīṣma. -क्षीरकम्, -गर्भः the exudation of the palm; toddy. -जटा -प्रलम्बः the fibres of the palm tree (Mar. काथ्या). -ज्ञ a. knowing the measure (in music); Y.3.115. -धारकः a dancer. -ध्वजः, -भृत् m. an epithet of Balarāma. -नवमी The 9th day of the bright half of भाद्रपद. -पत्रम् 1 the palmleaf used for writing. -2 a kind of ear-ornament (hollow cylinder of gold thrust through the lobe of the ear). -पत्री f. A widow; L. D. B. -फलम् the fruit of the plam tree; तालफलादपि गुरुमतिसरसम् । किं विफलीकुरुषे कुचकल- शम् ॥ Gīt.9.2. -बद्ध, -शुद्ध a. measured, rhythmical, regulated by musical time. -भङ्गः The loss of the measure (in music). -मर्दलः a kind of musical instrument, a cymbal. -यन्त्रम् 1 a kind of surgical instrument. -2 a lock, a lock and key. -रेचनकः a dancer, an actor. -लक्षणः an epithet of Balarāma. -वनम् a grove of trees. -वृन्तम् a fan; Ś.3.21; Ku.2.35; तालवृन्तेन किं कार्यं लब्धे मलयमारुते Udb. also तालवृन्तकः.
tuṅga तुङ्ग a. 1 High, elevated, tall, lofty, prominent; जल- निधिमिव विधुमण्डलदर्शनतरलिततुङ्गतरङ्गम् Gīt.11; तुङ्गं नगोत्सङ्ग- मिवारुरोह R.6.3,4.7; Śi.2.48; Me.12,66. -2 Long. -3 Vaulted. -4 Chief, principal. -5 Strong, passionate. -गः 1 A height, elevation. -2 A mountain. -3 Top, summit. -4 The planet Mercury. -5 A rhinoceros. -6 The coco-nut tree; Mb.12.262.7. -7 The aphelion of a planet. -8 (fig.) A throne; निपात्य तुङ्गाद्रिपुयूथनाथम् Bhāg.3.3.1. -9 A wise man. -1 An epithet of Śiva. -11 The Punnāga tree; तुङ्गस्तु शैलपुन्नागयोस्त्रिषु Nm. -गम् The stamina of the lotusblossoms. -Comp. -बीजः quicksilver. -भम् the apsis of a planet. -भद्रः a restive elephant, an elephant in rut. -भद्रा N. of a river (formed by the junction of Tuṅgā and Bhadrā) flowing into the Kṛiṣṇā. -मुखः a rhinoceros. -वेणा N. of a river. -शेखरः a mountain.
tri त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three]. -Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151. -2 a third part. -3 three-fourths. -अक्ष a. triocular. -अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57. -अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265. -2 a matchmaker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables). -3 a genealogist. (-री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या. -अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens. -2 a sort of collyrium. (-टः) N. of Śiva. -अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry). -अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth. -अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन. -अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively. -अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24. -अधिष्ठानः the soul. (नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4. -अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds). -अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (-का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots. -अब्द a. three years old. -ब्दम् three years taken collectively. -अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak. -अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī -अशीत a. eighty-third. -अशीतिः f. eighty-three. -अष्टन् a. twenty-four. -अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (-स्रम्) a triangle. -अहः 1 a period of three days. -2 a festival lasting three days. -आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons. -आहिक a. 1 performed or produced in three days. -2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever). -3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128. -ऋचम् (तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16. -ऐहिक a. having provision for three days. -ककुद् m. 1 N. of the mountain Trikūṭa. -2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa. -3 the highest, chief. -4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights. -ककुभ् m. Ved. 1 Indra. -2 Indra's thunderbolt. -कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62. -कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish. -करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another. -कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa). -काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary. -कायः N. of Buddha. -कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the present, and the future; or morning, noon and evening. -2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (-लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.) 1 a divine sage, seer. -2 a deity. -3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m. 1 a Buddha. -2 an Arhat (with the Jainas). -कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5. -कूटम् sea-salt. कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges. -कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle. (-णः) 1 a triangle. -2 the vulva. -खम् 1 tin. -2 a cucumber. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bedsteads taken collectively. -क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax. -गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below. -गत a. 1 tripled. -2 done in three days. -गर्ताः (pl.) 1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the northwest of India. -2 the people or rulers of that country. -3 a particular mode of calculation. -गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton. -2 a woman in general. -3 a pearl. -4 a kind of cricket. -गुण a. 1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1. -2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25. -3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (-णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways. -णाः m. (pl.) the three qualities or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1. (-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.). -2 an epithet of Durgā. -गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice. -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34. -चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third. -चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three. -जगत् n. -जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmosphere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः ...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74. -जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon). -जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius. -णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61. -णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27. -णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16. -णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajurveda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26. -2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17. -णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband). -णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2. -तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpenters taken collectively. -दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one. -2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (-ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4. -दण्डिन् m. 1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3. -2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -दशाः (pl.) 1 thirty. -2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (-शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunderbolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the mountain Meru. -3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः 1 Indra. -2 Śiva. -3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः 1 Agni. -2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12. -दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day. -दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3. -2 sky, atmosphere. -3 paradise. -4 happiness. (-वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा 1 the Ganges. -2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62. -दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva. -दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ. -धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up. -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa; -तुम् 1 the triple world. -2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours. -धामन् m. 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Vyāsa; -3 of Śiva. -4 of Agni. -5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2. -धारा the Ganges. -नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72. -नवत a. ninety-third. -नवतिः f. ninety three. -नयना Pārvat&imacr. -नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26. -नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon. -नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree. -पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen. -पञ्चाश a. fiftythird. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three. -पुटः glass (काच). -पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect. -2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines. -पत्रकः the Palāśa tree. -पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world. -2 a place where three roads meet. (-था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99. -पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved. 1 Viṣṇu. -2 fever (personified). -पद a. three-footed. (-दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः ...... Śiva. B.22. 62. -पदिका 1 a tripod. -2 a stand with three feet. -पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48. -2 the Gāyatrī metre. -3 a tripod. -4 the plant गोधापदी. -परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire. -पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree. -पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure). -2 the figure formed by such intersection. -पाटिका a beak. पाठिन् a. 1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama. -2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions. -पादः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 fever. -पाद् a. 1 having three feet. -2 consisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96. -3 trinomial. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation. -2 the Supreme Being. -पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म). -पुट a. triangular. (-टः) 1 an arrow. -2 the palm of the hand. -3 a cubit. -4 a bank or shore. -पुटकः a triangle. -पुटा an epithet of Durgā. -पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant. -पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes. -पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities. -2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (-रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā. (-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi. -2 N. of a country. -पुरुष a 1 having the length of three men. -2 having three assistants. (-षम्) the three ancestorsfather, grand-father and great-grand-father. -पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (ष्ठः) Viṣṇu. -पौरुष a. 1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men. 2 offered to three (as oblations). -3 inherited from three (as an estate). -प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut. -फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, arecanut, and cloves). -बन्धनः the individual soul. -बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f. 1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39. -2 the anus. -बलीकम् the anus. -बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords. -ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश. -भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees. -भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body. -भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation. -भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42. -2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac. -भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29). -भुजम् a triangle. -भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu. -भूमः a palace with three floors. -मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43. -मधु n. -मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee. -2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚). -3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B. -4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B. -मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28. -मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain. -मुखः an epithet of Buddha. -मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्. -मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4. -2 Buddha, or Jina. -मूर्धन् m. 1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15. -2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19. -यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134. -यष्टिः a necklace of three strings. -यामकम् sin. -यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22. -2 turmeric. -3 the Indigo plant. -4 the river Yamuṇā. -युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35. -योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, covetousness, or infatuation). -रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्. -रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (-त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (-त्रम्) a period of three nights. -रेखः a conch-shell. -लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective. -2 possessing the three Guṇas. (-गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (-गी) the three genders taken collectively. -लोकम् the three worlds. (-कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of 1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45. -2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6. -लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22. -लोचनः Śiva. (-ना) 1 an unchaste woman. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper. -वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak. -3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्. -4 the three higher castes. -5 the three myrobalans. -6 propriety, decorum. -वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively. -वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7. -वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty) -वली the anus. -वारम् ind. three times, thrice. -विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. -विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -विध a. of three kinds, three-fold. -विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78. -2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god. -वृत् a. 1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42. -2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.) 1 a sacrifice. -2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44. -3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire. -वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms). -वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate. -वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34. -2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं ...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1. -वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31. -शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.] -2 the Chātaka bird. -3 a cat. -4 a grass-hopper. -5 a firefly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra. -शत a. three hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and three. -2 three hundred. -शरणः a Buddha. -शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा). -शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72. -शालम् a house with three halls or chambers. -शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9. -2 a crown or crest (with three points). -शिरस् m. 1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29. -शीर्षः Śiva. -शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and daytime; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B. -शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain. -2 a triangle. -शोकः the soul. -षष्टिः f. sixty-three. -ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables. -संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also -त्रिसवनम् (-षवणम्); Ms.11.216. -संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb. -सप्तत a. seventy-third. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-three. -सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21. -सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral. -सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together. -सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12. -सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1. -साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13. -सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27. -साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4. -सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5). -2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185. -स्थली the three sacred places : काशी, प्रयाग, and गया. -स्थानम् the head, neck and chest together; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a. 1 having 3 dwelling places. -2 extending through the 3 worlds. -स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15. -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field). -हायण a. three years old.
dakṣiṇā दक्षिणा ind. 1 On the right or south of. -2 In the southern direction (with abl.) -णा 1 A present or gift to Brāhmaṇas (at the completion of a religious rite, such as a sacrifice). -2 Dakṣiṇā regarded as a daughter of Prajāpati and as the wife of Sacrifice personified; पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीदध्वरस्येव दक्षिणा R.1.31. -3 A gift, offering or donation in general, fee, remuneration; प्राणदक्षिणा, गुरुदक्षिणा &c.; cf. also दक्षिणाशब्दश्च परिक्रयार्थो भवति ŚB. on Ms.1.2.38; परिक्रयार्थे हि दक्षिणा- शब्दो भवति ŚB. on MS.1.2.48. Etymologically दक्षिणा is so called because it imparts power or strength to the receiver; दक्षकरणी हि दक्षिणा । दक्षश्च बलम् ŚB. on MS. 1.3.45; दक्षिणा नाम दक्षतेरुत्साहकर्मणः । दक्षिणा उत्साहिका इति । ŚB. on MS.1.3.57. -4 A good milch-cow, prolific cow. -5 The south. -6 The southern country, the Deccan. -7 Fame. -8 A kind of heroine thus defined:-- या गौरवं भयं प्रेम सद्भावं पूर्वनायके । न मुञ्चत्यन्यसक्तापि सा ज्ञेया दक्षिणा बुधैः ॥. -9 Completion of any rite. -Comp. -अर्ह a. deserving or worthy of a gift. -आवर्त a. 1 curved to the right (a conch-shell &c.); Bhāg.5.23.5. -2 turned towards the south. (-र्तः) 1 the Deccan. -2 a conch-shell opening to the right; Divyāvadāna 56.71. -कालः the time of receiving Dakṣiṇā. -पथः 1 the southern part of India, the south or Deccan; अस्ति दक्षिणापथे विदर्भेषु पद्मपुरं नाम नगरम् Māl.1. -2 'the path of the दक्षिणा', i. e. the cow, constituting the sacrificial cow. -प्रत्यच् a. south-western. -प्रतीची south-west. -पथिक a. belonging to the Deccan. -प्रवण a. inclining to the south. -बन्धः (in Sāṅ. phil.) the bondage of ritual or cermonial observances. -मूर्तिः m. a Tāntric form of Śiva. -युग्यः the right yoke-horse.
daśan दशन् Num. a. (pl.) Ten; स भूमिं विश्वतो वृत्वा अत्य- तिष्ठद्दशाङ्गुलम् Rv.1.9.1. -Comp. -अङ्गुल a. ten fingers long; Ms.8.271. (-लम्) 1 a length of 1 fingers; Rv.1.9.1. -2 a water-melon. -अधिपतिः a commander of ten men. Mb.12. -अर्ध a. five, (-र्धम्) five; अण्व्यो मात्रा विनाशिन्यो दशार्धानां तु याः स्मृताः Ms.1.27. (-र्धः) an epithet of Buddha. -अर्हः 1 an epithet of Krisna or Visnu. -2 Buddha. -अवताराः m. (pl.) the ten incarnations of Viṣṇu; see under अवतार. -अवर a. consisting of at least ten; दशावरा वा परिषद्यं धर्मं परिकल्पयेत् Ms.12.11. -अश्वः the moon. -आननः, -आस्यः epithets of Rāvaṇā; दशाननकिरीटेभ्यस्तत्क्षणं राक्षसप्रियः R.1.75. -आमयः an epithet of Rudra. -इन्द्रियाणि The five कर्मेन्द्रियs and five ज्ञानेन्द्रियs. -ईशः a superintendent of 1 villages; Ms.7.116. -एकादशिक a. who lends 1 and receives 11 in return; i. e. who lends money at ten per cent. -कण्ठः, -कन्धरः epithets of Rāvaṇa; सप्तलोकैकवीरस्य दशकण्ठ- कुलद्विषः U.4.27. ˚अरिः, ˚जित् m., ˚रिपुः epithets of Rāma; दशकण्ठारिगुरुं विदुर्बुधाः R.8.29. -कर्मन् n. the ten ceremonies prescribed to the three twice-born classes. -कुमार- चरितम् a prose work by Dandin. -क्षीर a. mixed with 1 parts of milk. -गुण a. ten-fold, ten times larger. -गुणित a. multiplied by 1; दशगुणितमिव प्राप्तवान् वीरधर्मम B. R.9.53. -ग्रन्थाः (pl.) संहिता, ब्राह्मण, आरण्यक, शिक्षा, कल्प, व्याकरण, निघण्टु, छन्द and निरुक्त; hence दशग्रन्थिन् = A person who has learnt by heart all these ten books. -ग्रामपतिः, -ग्रामिकः, -ग्रामिन् m., -पः a superintendent of ten villages. -ग्रामी a collection or corporation of ten villages. -ग्रीवः = दशकण्ठ q.v. -चतुष्कम् N. of a sport; Sinhās.27. -धर्मः unfavourable condition, distress; अभ्यस्तो बहुभिर्बाणैर्दशधर्मगतेन वै Mb.7.147.2. (see com.). -पारमिताध्वरः 'possessing the ten perfections', an epithet of Buddha. -पुरम् N. of an ancient city, capital of king Rantideva; पात्रीकुर्वन्दशपुरवधूनेत्रकौतू- हलानाम् Me.49. -बन्धः a tenth part; Ms.8.17; also ˚बन्धक; Y.2.76. -बलः, -भूमिगः epithets of Buddha. -बाहुः an epithet of Śiva. -भुजा, -महाविद्या N. of Durgā. -मालिकाः (pl.) 1 N. of a country. -2 the people or rulers of this country. -मास्य a. 1 ten months old; एवा ते गर्भ एजतु निरैतु दशमास्यः Rv.5.78.7-8. -2 ten months in the womb (as a child before birth). -मुखः an epithet of Rāvaṇa. ˚रिपुः an epithet of Rāma; सीतां हित्वा दशमुखरिपुर्नोपयेमे यदन्याम् R.14.87. -मूत्रकम् The urine of 1 (elephant, buffalo, camel, cow, goat, sheep, horse, donkey, man and woman). -मूलम् a tonic medicine prepared from the roots of ten plants; (Mar. सालवण, पिटवण (पृष्टिपर्णी), रिंगणी, डोरली, गोखरूं, बेल, ऐरण, टेंटू, पहाडमूळ, शिवण). -योजनम् a distance of 1 Yojanas; पादाङ्गुष्ठेन चिक्षेप संपूर्णं दशयोजनम् Rām.1.1.65; also दशयोजनी; मोहितेन्द्रियवृत्तिं तं व्यतीत्य दशयोजनीम् Ks.94.14. -रथः N. of a celebrated king of Ayodhyā, son of Aja, and father of Rāma and his three brothers. [He had three wives Kausalyā, Sumitrā, and Kaikeyī, but was for several years without issue. He was therefore recommended by Vasiṣṭha to perform a sacrifice which he successfully did with the assistance of Ṛiṣyaśṛiṅga. On the completion of this sacrifice Kausalyā bore to him Rāma, Sumitrā Laksmana and Śatrughna, and Kaikeyī Bharata. Daśaratha was extremely fond of his sons, but Rāma was his greatest favourite 'his life, his very soul.' Thus when Kaikeyī at the instigation of Mantharā demanded the fulfilment of the two boons he had previously promised to her, the king tried to dissuade her mind from her wicked resolve by threats, and, failing these, by the most servile supplications. But Kaikeyī remained inexorable, and the poor monarch was obliged to send his beloved son into exile. He soon afterwards died of a broken heart]. Bhāg.9.1.1 ˚ललिता The fourth day of the dark fortnight of Āśvina. -रश्मिशतः the sun; दशरश्मिशतोपमद्युतिम् R.8.29. -रात्रम् a period of ten nights. (-त्रः) a particular sacrifice lasting for ten days. -रूपकम् the 1 kinds of drama. -रूपभृत् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -लक्षण a. relating to 1 objects; इदं भागवतं पुराणं दक्षलक्षणम् Bhāg.2.9.43. -णम् ten marks or attributes. -लक्षणकः religion; cf. धृतिः क्षमा दमो$स्तेयं शौचमिन्द्रियनिग्रहः । धीर्विद्या सत्यमक्रोधो दशकं धर्मलक्षणम् ॥ Ms.7. 92. -वक्त्रः, -वदनः see दशमुख; Bk.9.137. -वर्गः the double five classes of अमात्य, राष्ट्र, दुर्ग, कोश and दण्ड; वेत्ता च दशवर्गस्य स्थानवृद्धिक्षयात्मनः Mb.12.57.18 (com. 'अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गाणि कोशो दण्डश्च पञ्चमः' इति प्रकृतिपञ्चकं स्वपक्षे परपक्षे चेति दशको वर्गः). -वाजिन् m. the moon. -वार्षिक a. happening after, or lasting for, ten years; Y.2.24. -विध a. of ten kinds. -शतम् 1 a thousand; ये सहस्रम- राजन्नासन् दशशता उत Av.5.18.1. -2 one hundred and ten. ˚रश्मिः the sun. ˚अक्षः, ˚नयनः Indra; दशशताक्षककुब्दरि- निःसृतः Mb 7.184.47. -शती a thousand. -स (सा)- हस्रम् ten thousand. -हरा 1 an epithet of the Ganges (taking away the 1 sins). -2 a festival in honour of the Ganges held on the 1th day of Jyeṣṭha. -3 a festival in honour of Durgā held on the tenth of Āśvina.
dahara दहर a. [दह्-अर्] Small, subtle, fine, thin; अस्मिन् ब्रह्मपुरे दहरं पुण्डरीकं वेश्म Ch. Up.8.1.1. -2 Young in age. -3 Unintelligible. -रः 1 A child, an infant. -2 Any young animal. -3 A younger brother. -4 The cavity of the heart, or the heart itself; परिसरपद्धतिं हृदयमारुणयो दहरम् Bhāg.1.87.18; दहरकुहरवर्ती देवता चक्रवर्ती Viś. Guṇā.459. -5 A mouse or rat.
dāyaḥ दायः [दा भावे-घञ्] 1 A gift, present, donation; रहसि रमते प्रीत्या दायं ददात्यनुवर्तते Māl.3.2; प्रीतिदायः Māl.4; Ms.8.199. -2 A nuptial present (given to the bride or the bridegroom). -3 Share, portion, inheritance, patrimony; अनपत्यस्य पुत्रस्य माता दायमवाप्नुयात् Ms.9.217, 77,164,23. -4 A part or share in general. -5 Delivering, handing over. -6 Dividing, distributing. -7 Loss, destruction. -8 Irony. -9 Site, place. -1 Alms given to a student at his initiation, &c. -11 A relative or a kinsman; तेलङ्गदायसहिता निष्पेतुरहिते तदा Parṇāl.5. 79. -Comp. -अपवर्तनम् forfeiture of inheritance; Ms.9.79. -अर्ह a. claiming inheritance. -आदः [दायमादत्ते, आदा-क] 1 one entitled to a share of patrimony; an heir; पुमान् दायादो$दायादा स्त्री Nir.; Y.2.118; Ms.8.16. -2 a son; दितेर्द्वावेव दायादौ दैत्यदानववन्दितौ Bhāg.6.18.11. -3 a relative, kinsman, near or remote; स्थितः प्रास्तस्य दायादैर्भ्रातुर्ज्येष्ठस्य शासने Ki.11.45; a distant descendant; अयमिक्ष्वाकुदायादः Rām.1.6.2. -4 a claimant or pretender in general; गवां गोषु वा दायादः Sk. -आदा, -दी 1 an heiress. -2 a daughter. -आद्यम् 1 inheritance; Ms.11. 184. -2 the state of being an inheritor. -कालः the time of the partition of an inheritance. -बन्धुः 1 a partner in the inheritance. -2 a brother. -भागः division of property among heirs, partition (of inheritance); दायभागं निबोधत Ms.9.13. -विभागः division of property. -हरः a receiver of inheritance, an heir.
dilīpaḥ दिलीपः A king of the Solar race, son of अंशुमत् and father of भगीरथ, but according to Kālidāsa, of रघु. [He is described by Kālidāsa as a grand ideal of what a king should be. His wife was Sudakṣiṇā, a woman in every respect worthy of her husband; but they had no issue. For this he went to his family priest Vasiṣṭha who told him and his wife to serve the celestial cow Nandinī. They accordingly served her for 21 days and were on the 22nd day favoured by the cow. A glorious boy was then born who conquered the whole world and became the founder of the line of the Raghus.]
dur दुर् ind. (A prefix substituted for दुस् before words beginning with vowels or soft consonants in the sense of 'bad'. 'hard' or 'difficult to do a certain thing'; for compounds with दुस् as first member see दुस् s. v.). -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 weak-eyed. -2 evileyed. (-क्षः) 1 a loaded or false die. -2 dishonest gambling. -अक्षरम् an evil word; श्रुतिं ममाविश्य भवद्दुरक्षरं सृजत्यदः कीटकवदुत्कटा रुजः N.9.63. -अतिक्रम a. difficult to be overcome or conquered, unconquerable; सर्वं तु तपसा साध्यं तपो हि दुरति- क्रमम् Ms.11.2.38; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः 'nature cannot be changed'; स्वजातिर्दुरतिक्रमा Pt.1. -2 insurmountable, impassable; B. R.6.18-19. -3 inevitable. (-मः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अत्यय a. 1 difficult to be overcome; स्वर्गमार्गपरिघो दुरत्ययः R.11.88. -2 hard to be attained or fathomed; स एष आत्मा स्वपरेत्यबुद्धिभिर्दुरत्यया- नुक्रमणो निरूप्यते Bhāg.7.5.13. -अदृष्टम् ill-luck, misfortune. -अधिग, -अधिगम a. 1 hard to reach or attain, unattainable; Bhāg.3.23.8; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत्पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33. -2 insurmountable. -3 hard to be studied or understood; इह दुरधिगमैः किञ्चि- देवागमैः Ki.5.18. -अधिष्ठित a. badly performed, managed, or executed. (-तम्) improper stay at a place. -अधीत a. badly learnt or read. -अध्यय a. 1 difficult of attainment; सहस्रवर्त्मा चपलैर्दुरध्ययः Śi.12.11. -2 hard to be studied. -अध्यवसायः a foolish undertaking. -अध्वः a bad road; स्वयं दुरध्वार्णवनाविकाः कथं स्पृशन्तु विज्ञाय हृदापि तादृशीम् N.9.33. -अन्त a. 1 whose end is difficult to be reached, endless, infinite; संकर्षणाय सूक्ष्माय दुरन्तायान्तकाय च Bhāg. -2 ending ill or in misery, unhappy; अहो दुरन्ता बलवद्विरोधिता Ki.1.23; नृत्यति युवति- जनेन समं सखि विरहिजनस्य दुरन्ते (वसन्ते) Gīt.1; इयमुदरदरी- दुरन्तधारा यदि न भवेदभिमानभङ्गभूमिः Udb. -3 hard to be understood or known. -4 insurmountable. -अन्तक a. = दुरन्त q. v. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -अन्वय a. 1 difficult to be passed along; Mb.14.51.17. -2 hard to be carried out or followed. -3 difficult to be attained. or understood; बुद्धिश्च ते महाप्राज्ञ देवैरपि दुरन्वया Rām.3. 66.18. -4 not suitable, improper; वचो दुरन्वयं विप्रास्तूष्णी- मासन्भ्रमद्धियः Bhāg.1.84.14. (-यः) 1 a wrong conclusion, one wrongly inferred from given premisses. -2 (in gram.) a false agreement. -अपवादः ill report. slander. -अभिग्रह a. difficult to be caught. -अभि- मानिन् a. vain-glorious, disagreeably proud. -अवगम a. incomprehensible; Bhāg.5.13.26. -अवग्रह a. 1 difficult to be restrained or subjugated; भक्ता भजस्व दुरवग्रह मा त्यजास्मान् Bhāg.1.29.31. -2 disagreeable. -अवग्राह a. difficult to be attained; Bhāg.7.1.19. -अवच्छद a. difficult to be hidden; हेतुभिर्लक्षयांचक्रुराप्रीतां दुरवच्छदैः Bhāg.1.62.28. -अवबोध a. unintelligible. Bhāg.1.49.29. -अवसित a. unfathomed, difficult to be ascertained, द्युपतिभिरजशक्रशंकराद्यैर्दुरवसितस्तवमच्युतं नतो$स्मि Bhāg.12.12.67. -अवस्थ a. ill off, badly or poorly circumstanced. -अवस्था, -स्थानम् a wretched or miserable state; Bhāg.5.3.12. -अवाप a. difficult to be gained or fulfilled; Ś.1. -अवेक्षितम् an improper look. -अह्नः a bad day. -आकृति a. ugly, mis-shaped. -आक्रन्द a. crying bitterly or miserably; किं क्रन्दसि दुराक्रन्द स्वपक्ष- क्षयकारक Pt.4.29. -आक्रम a. 1 invincible, unconquerable. -2 difficult to be passed. -आक्रमणम् 1 unfair attack. -2 difficult approach. -आगमः improper or illegal acquisition. -आग्रहः foolish obstinacy, headstrongness, pertinacity; ममाहमित्यूढदुराग्रहाणां पुंसाम् Bhāg.3. 5.43. -आचर a. 1 hard to be performed. -2 incurable (as a disease). -आचार a. 1 ill-conducted, badly behaved. -2 following bad practices, wicked, depraved; अपि चेत्सुदुराचारो भजते मामनन्यभाक् Bg.9.3. (-रः) bad practice, ill-conduct, wikedness. -आढ्य a. not rich, poor. -आत्मता vileness, baseness, wickedness. -आत्मन् a. evil-natured, low, wicked, vile, base, mean; ये च प्राहुर्दुरात्मानो दुराराध्या महीभुजः Pt.1.39. (-m.) a rascal, villain, scoundrel. -आधर a. difficult to be withstood or overpowered, irresistible. -आधर्ष a. hard to be approached or assailed, unassailable जगन्नाथो दुराधर्षो गङ्गां भागीरथीं प्रति Mb. -2 not to be attacked with impunity. -3 haughty. (-र्षः) white mustard. -आधारः an epithet of Śiva. -आधिः (m.) 1 distress or anxiety of mind; निरस्तनारीसमया दुराधयः Ki.1.28. -2 indignation. -आधी a. Ved. malignant, thinking ill of. -आनम a. difficult to bend or draw; स विचिन्त्य धनुर्दुरानमम् R.11.38. -आप a. 1 difficult to be obtained; श्रिया दुरापः कथमीप्सितो भवेत् Ś.3.13; R.1.72;6.62. -2 difficult to be approached; Pt.1.67. -3 hard to be overcome. -आपादन a. difficult to be brought about; किं दुरापादनं तेषाम् Bhāg.3.23.42. -आपूर a. difficult to be filled or satisfied; Bhāg.7.6.8. -आबाध a. hard to be molested. (-धः) N. of Śiva. -आमोदः bad scent, stench; शवधूमदुरामोदः शालिभक्ते$त्र विद्यते Ks.82.22. -आराध्य a. difficult to be propitiated, hard to be won over or conciliated; दुराराध्याः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Pt.1.38. -आरुह a. difficult to be mounted. (-हः) 1 the Bilva tree. -2 the cocoanut tree. -3 the date tree. -आरोप a. difficult to be strung (bow); दुरारोपमैन्दुशेखरं धनुर्दुर्निवारा रावणभुजदण्डाः B. R.1.46-47. -आरोह a. difficult of ascent. (-हः) 1 The cocoanut tree. -2 the palm tree. -3 the date tree. -आलापः 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 foul of abusive language. -आलोक a. 1 difficult to be seen or perceived. -2 painfully bright, dazzling; दुरालोकः स समरे निदाघाम्बररत्नवत् K. P.1. (-कः) dazzling splendour. -आव(वा)र a. 1 difficult to be covered or filled up; दुरावरं त्वदन्येन राज्यखण्डमिदं महत् Rām.2.15.5. -2 difficult to be restrained, shut in, kept back or stopped. -आवर्त a. difficult to be convinced or set up; भवन्ति सुदुरावर्ता हेतुमन्तो$पि पण्डिताः Mb.12.19.23. -आशय a. 1 evil-minded, wicked, malicious, स्फुटनिर्भिन्नो दुराशयो$धमः Śi. उपेयिवान् मूलमशेषमूलं दुराशयः कामदुघाङ्घ्रिपस्य Bhāg.3.21.15. -2 having a bad place or rest. (-m.) the subtle body which is not destroyed by death (लिङ्गदेह); एतन्मे जन्म लोके$स्मिन्मुमुक्षूणां दुराशयात् Bhāg.3.24. 36. -आशा 1 a bad or wicked desire. -2 hoping against hope. -आस a. difficult to be abided or associated with; संघर्षिणा सह गुणाभ्यधिकैर्दुरासम् Śi.5.19. -आसद a. 1 difficult to be approached or overtaken; स सभूव दुरासदः परैः R.3.66; 8.4; Mv.2.5; 4.15. -2 difficult to be found or met with. -3 unequalled, unparalleled. -4 hard to be borne, insupportable. -5 difficult to be conquered, unassailable, unconquerable; जहि शत्रुं महाबाहो कामरूपं दुरासदम् Bg.3.43. (-दः) an epithet of Śiva. -इत a. 1 difficult. -2 sinful. (-तम्) 1 a bad course, evil, sin; दरिद्राणां दैन्यं दुरितमथ दुर्वासनहृदां द्रुतं दूरीकुर्वन् G. L.2; R.8.2; Amaru.2; Mv.3.43. -2 a difficulty, danger. -3 a calamity, evil; अपत्ये यत्तादृग्- दुरितमभवत् U.4.3. -इतिः f. Ved. 1 a bad course. -2 difficulty. -इष्टम् 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 a spell or sacrificial rite performed to injure another person. -ईशः a bad lord or master. -ईषणा, -एषणा 1 a curse, an imprecation. -2 an evil eye. -उक्त a. harshly uttered; Pt.1.89. -उक्तम्, -उक्तिः f. offensive speech, reproach, abuse, censure; लक्ष्मि क्षमस्व वचनीयमिदं दुरुक्तम् Udb. -उच्छेद a. difficult to be destroyed. -उत्तर a. 1 unanswerable. -2 difficult to be crossed; दुरुत्तरे पङ्क इवान्धकारे Bk.11.2; प्राप्तः पङ्को दुरुत्तरः Ki.15.17. -उदय a. appearing with difficulty, not easily manifested; यो$ नात्मनां दुरुदयो भगवान्प्रतीतः Bhāg.3.16.5. -उदर्क a. having bad or no consequences; N.5.41. -उदाहर a. difficult to be pronounced or composed; अनुज्झितार्थसंबन्धः प्रबन्धो दुरुदाहरः Śi.2.73. -उद्वह a. burdensome, unbearable. -उपसद a. difficult of approach; Ki.7.9. -उपसर्पिन् a. approaching incautiously; एकमेव दहत्यग्निर्नरं दुरुपसर्पिणम् Ms.7.9. -ऊह a. abstruse; जानीते जयदेव एव शरणः श्लाघ्ये दुरूहद्रुते Gīt. -एव a. Ved. 1 having evil ways. -2 irresistible, unassailable. (-वः) a wicked person. -ओषस् a. Ved. slow, lazy. -ग 1 difficult of access, inaccessible, impervious, impassable; दुर्गस्त्वेष महापन्थाः Mb.12.3. 5; दुर्गं पथस्तत्कवयो वदन्ति Kaṭh.1.3.14. -2 unattainable. -3 incomprehensible. -4 following wicked path, vicious; Rām.2.39.22. (-गः, -गम्) 1 a difficult or narrow passage through a wood or over a stream, mountain &c., a defile, narrow pass. -2 a citadel. fortress, castle; न दुर्गं दुर्गमित्येव दुर्गमं मन्यते जनः । तस्य दुर्गमता सैव यत्प्रभुस्तस्य दुर्गमः ॥ Śiva. B.16.61. -3 rough ground. -4 difficulty, adversity, calamity, distress, danger; निस्तारयतिं दुर्गाच्च Ms.3.98;11.43; मच्चित्तः सर्व- दुर्गाणि मत्प्रसादात्तरिष्यसि; Bg.18.58. (-गः) 1 bdellium. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 N. of an Asura slain by Durgā (thus receiving her name from him). ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚पतिः, ˚पालः the commandant or governor of a castle. ˚अन्तः The suburb of a fort; दुर्गान्ते सिद्धतापसाः Kau. A. 1.12. ˚कर्मन् n. fortification. ˚कारक a. making difficult. (-कः) the birch tree. ˚घ्नी N. of Durgā. ˚तरणी an epithet of Sāvitrī. सावित्री दुर्गतरणी वीणा सप्तविधा तथा Mb. ˚मार्गः a defile, gorge. ˚लङ्घनम् surmounting difficulties. (-नः) a camel. ˚संचरः 1 a difficult passage as to a fort &c., a bridge &c. over a defile. ˚संस्कारः Repairs to the old forts; अतो दुर्गसंस्कार आरब्धव्ये किं कौमुदीमहोत्सवेन Mu. ˚सिंहः N. of the author of कलापपरिशिष्ट. ˚व्यसनम् a defect or weak point in a fortress. (-र्गा) an epithet of Pārvatī, wife of Śiva. -2 the female cuckoo -3 N. of several plants. ˚नवमी the 9th day of the bright half of कार्तिक. ˚पूजा the chief festival in honour of दुर्गा in Bengal in the month of Āśvina. -गत a. 1 unfortunate, in bad circumstances; समाश्वसिमि केनाहं कथं प्राणिमि दुर्गतः Bk.18.1. -2 indigent, poor. -3 distressed, in trouble. -गतता ill-luck, poverty, misery; तावज्जन्मातिदुःखाय ततो दुर्गतता सदा Pt.1.265. -गतिः f. 1 misfortune, poverty, want, trouble, indigence; न हि कल्याणकृत्कश्चिद् दुर्गतिं तात गच्छति Bg.6.4. -2 a difficult situation or path. -3 hell. -गन्ध a. ill-smelling. (-न्धः) 1 bad odour, stink -2 any ill-smelling substance. -3 an onion. -4 the mango tree. (-न्धम्) sochal salt. -गन्धि, -गन्धिन् a. ill-smelling. -गम a. 1 impassable, inaccessible, impervious; कामिनीकायकान्तारे कुचपर्वतदुर्गमे Bh.1.86; Śi. 12.49. -2 unattainable, difficult of attainment. -3 hard to be understood. (-मम्) a difficult place like hill etc; भ्राम्यन्ते दुर्गमेष्वपि Pt.5.81. -गाढ, -गाध, -गाह्य a. difficult to be fathomed or investigated, unfathomable. -गुणितम् not properly studied; चिराम्यस्तपथं याति शास्त्रं दुर्गुणितं यथा Avimārakam.2.4. -गोष्ठी evil association; conspiracy. वृद्धो रक्कः कम्पनेशो दुर्गोष्ठीमध्यगो$भवत् Rāj. T.6. 17. -ग्रह a. 1 difficult to be gained or accomplished. -2 difficult to be conquered or subjugated; दुर्गाणि दुर्ग्रहाण्यासन् तस्य रोद्धुरपि द्विषाम् R.17.52. -3 hard to be understood. (-हः) 1 a cramp, spasm. -2 obstinacy. -3 whim, monomania; कथं न वा दुर्ग्रहदोष एष ते हितेन सम्य- ग्गुरुणापि शम्यते N.9.41. -घट a. 1 difficult. कार्याणि घटयन्नासीद् दुर्घटान्यपि हेलया Rāj. T.4.364. -2 impossible. -घण a. 1 closely packed together, very compact. -घुरुटः An unbeliever; L. D. B. -घोषः 1 a harsh cry. -2 a bear. -जन a. 1 wicked, bad, vile. -2 slanderous, malicious, mischievous; यथा स्त्रीणां तथा वाचां साधुत्वे दुर्जनो जनः U.1.6. (-नः) a bad or wicked person, a malicious or mischievous man, villain; दुर्जनः प्रियवादी च नैतद्विश्वास- कारणम् Chāṇ.24,25; शाम्येत्प्रत्यपकारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. (दुर्जनायते Den. Ā. to become wicked; स्वजनो$पि दरिद्राणां तत्क्षणाद् दुर्जनायते Pt.1.5.). (दुर्जनीकृ [च्वि] to make blameworthy; दुर्जनीकृतास्मि अनेन मां चित्रगतां दर्शयता Nāg.2). -जय a. invincible. (-यः) N. of Viṣṇu. -जर a. 1 ever youthful; तस्मिन्स्तनं दुर्जरवीर्यमुल्बणं घोराङ्कमादाय शिशोर्दधावथ Bhāg.1.6.1. -2 hard (as food), indigestible. -3 difficult to be enjoyed; राजश्रीर्दुर्जरा तस्य नवत्वे भूभुजो$भवत् Rāj. T.5.19. -जात a. 1 unhappy, wretched. -2 bad-tempered, bad, wicked; Rāj. T.3. 142. -3 false, not genuine. ˚जीयिन् a. one who is born in vain; यो न यातयते वैरमल्पसत्त्वोद्यमः पुमान् । अफलं जन्म तस्याहं मन्ये दुर्जातजायिनः ॥ Mb. (-तम्) 1 a misfortune, calamity, difficulty; त्वं तावद् दुर्जाते मे$त्यन्तसाहाय्यकारिणी भव M.3; दुर्जातबन्धुः R.13.72. 'a friend in need or adversity.' -2 impropriety. -जाति a. 1 bad natured, vile, wicked; रुदितशरणा दुर्जातीनां सहस्व रुषां फलम् Amaru.96. -2 outcast. (-तिः f.) misfortune, ill condition. -ज्ञान, -ज्ञेय a. difficult to be known, incomprehensible. उच्चावचेषु भुतेषु दुर्ज्ञेयामकृतात्मभिः Ms.6.73. (-यः) N. of Śiva. -णयः, -नयः, -नीतिः 1 bad conduct. -2 impropriety -3 injustice. -णामन्, -नामन् a. having a bad name. -णीत a. 1 ill-behaved. -2 impolitic. -3 forward. (-तम्) misconduct; दुर्णीतं किमिहास्ति किं सुचरितं कः स्थानलाभे गुणः H. -दम, -दमन, -दम्य a. difficult to be subdued, untamable, indomitable. -दर्श a. 1 difficult to be seen. -2 dazzling; सुदुर्दर्शमिदं रूपं दृष्टवानसि यन्मन Bg.11.52. -दर्शन a. ugly, ill-looking; दुर्दर्शनेन घटतामियमप्यनेन Māl.2.8. -दशा a misfortune, calamity. -दान्त a. 1 hard to be tamed or subdued, untamable; Śi.12.22. -2 intractable, proud, insolent; दुर्दान्तानां दमनविधयः क्षत्रियेष्वायतन्ते Mv.3.34. (-तः) 1 a calf. -2 a strife, quarrel. -3 N. of Śiva. -दिन a. cloudy, rainy. (-नम्) 1 a bad day in general; तद्दिनं दुर्दिनं मन्ये यत्र मित्रागमो हि न Subhāṣ. -2 a rainy or cloudy day, stormy or rainy weather; उन्नमत्यकालदुर्दिनम् Mk.5; Ku.6 43; Mv.4.57. -3 a shower (of anything); द्विषां विषह्य काकुत्स्थस्तत्र नाराचदुर्दिनम् ॥ सन्मङ्गलस्नात इव R.4.41,82;5.47; U.5.5. -4 thick darkness; जीमूतैश्च दिशः सर्वाश्चक्रे तिमिरदुर्दिनाः Mb. (दुर्दिनायते Den. Ā. to become cloudy.) -दिवसः a dark or rainy day; Pt.1.173. -दुरूटः, -ढः 1 an unbeliever -2 an abusive word. -दृश a. 1 disagreeable to the sight, disgusting; दुर्दृशं तत्र राक्षसं घोररूपमपश्यत्सः Mb.1.2.298. -2 difficult to be seen; पादचारमिवादित्यं निष्पतन्तं सुदुर्दृशम् Rām.7.33.5. -दृष्ट a. illjudged or seen, wrongly decided; Y.2.35. -दैवम् ill-luck, misfortune. -द्यूतम् an unfair game. -द्रुमः onion (green). -धर a. 1 irresistible, difficult to be stopped. -2 difficult to be borne or suffered; दुर्धरेण मदनेन साद्यते Ghat.11; Ms.7.28. -3 difficult to be accomplished. -4 difficult to be kept in memory. (-रः) quicksilver. -धर्ष a. 1 inviolable, unassailable. -2 inaccessible; संयोजयति विद्यैव नीचगापि नरं सरित् । समुद्रमिव दुर्धर्षं नृपं भाग्य- मतः परम् ॥ H. Pr.5. -3 fearful, dreadful. -4 haughty. -धी a. stupid, silly. -नयः 1 arrogance. -2 immorality. -3 evil strategy; उन्मूलयितुमीशो$हं त्रिवर्गमिव दुर्नयः Mu.5.22. -नामकः piles. ˚अरिः a kind of bulbous root (Mar. सुरण). -नामन् m. f. a cockle. (-n.) piles. -निग्रह a. irrepressible, unruly; मनो दुर्निग्रहं चलम् Bg.6.35. -निमित a. carelessly put or placed on the ground; पदे पदे दुर्निमिते गलन्ती R.7.1. -निमित्तम् 1 a bad omen; R.14.5. -2 a bad pretext. -निवार, -निवार्य a. difficult to be checked or warded off, irresistible, invincible. -नीतम् 1 misconduct, bad policy, demerit, misbehaviour; दुर्णीतं किमि- हास्ति Pt.2.21; H.1.49. -2 ill-luck. -नीतिः f. maladministration; दुर्नीतिं तव वीक्ष्य कोपदहनज्वालाजटालो$पि सन्; Bv.4.36. -नृपः a bad king; आसीत् पितृकुलं तस्य भक्ष्यं दुर्नृप- रक्षसः Rāj. T.5.417. -न्यस्त a. badly arranged; दुर्न्यस्त- पुष्परचितो$पि Māl.9.44. -बल a. 1 weak, feeble. -2 enfeebled, spiritless; दुर्बलान्यङ्गकानि U.1.24. -3 thin, lean, emaciated; U.3. -4 small, scanty, little; स्वार्थोप- पत्तिं प्रति दुर्बलाशः R.5.12. -बाध a. Unrestrained (अनिवार); दुर्बाधो जनिदिवसान्मम प्रवृद्धः (आधिः); Mv.6.28. -बाल a. 1 bald-headed. -2 void of prepuce. -3 having crooked hair. -बुद्धि a. 1 silly, foolish, stupid. -2 perverse, evil-minded, wicked; धार्तराष्ट्रस्य दुर्बुद्धेर्युद्धे प्रियचिकीर्षवः (समा- गताः) Bg.1.23 -बुध a. wicked-minded, silly; Mb. 11.4.18. -बोध a. unintelligible, unfathomable, inscrutable; निसर्गदुर्बोधमबोधविक्लवाः क्व भूपतीनां चरितं क्व जन्तवः Ki. 1.6. -भग a. 1 unfortunate, unlucky; श्रीवल्लभं दुर्भगाः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -2 not possessed of good features, ill-looking. -भगा 1 a wife disliked by her husband; दुर्भगाभरणप्रायो ज्ञानं भारः क्रियां विना H.1.17. -2 an ill-tempered woman, a shrew. -3 a widow; -भर a. insupportable, burdensome, heavily laden with (comp.); ततो राजाब्रवीदेतं बहुव्यसनदुर्भरः Ks.112.156. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. (ग्यम्) ill-luck. -भावना 1 an evil thought. -2 a bad tendency. -भिक्षम् 1 scarcity of provisions, dearth, famine; Y.2.147; Ms.8.22; उत्सवे व्यसने चैव दुर्भिक्षे... यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः H.1.71; Pt.2. -2 want in general. -भिद, -भेद, -भेद्य a. firm; सुजनस्तु कनकघटवद् दुर्भेद्यश्चाशु संध्येयः Subhāṣ. -भृत्यः a bad servant. -भिषज्यम् incurability; Bṛi. Up.4.3.14. -भ्रातृ m. a bad brother. -मङ्कु a. obstinate, disobedient. -मति a. 1 silly, stupid, foolish, ignorant. -2 wicked, evilminded; न सांपरायिकं तस्य दुर्मतेर्विद्यते फलम् Ms.11.3. -मद a. drunken, ferocious, maddened, infatuated; Bhāg.1.15.7. -दः foolish pride, arrogance. -दम् the generative organ; ग्रामकं नाम विषयं दुर्मदेन समन्वितः Bhāg.4.25.52. -मनस् a. troubled in mind, discouraged, disspirited, sad, malancholy; अद्य बार्हस्पतः श्रीमान् युक्तः पुष्येण राघवः । प्रोच्यतै ब्राह्मणैः प्राज्ञैः केन त्वमसि दुर्मनाः ॥ Rām. [दुर्मनायते Den. Ā. to be troubled in mind, be sad, meditate sorrowfully, to be disconsolate, become vexed or fretted; Māl.3]. -मनुष्यः a bad or wicked man. -मन्त्रः, -मन्त्रितम्, -मन्त्रणा evil advice, bad counsel; दुर्मन्त्रान्नृपतिर्विनश्यति; Pt.1.169. -मरम् a hard or difficult death; Mb.14.61.9. -मरी a kind of दूर्वा grass. -मरणम् violent or unnatural death. -मर्ष a. 1 unbearable; Bhāg.6.5.42. -2 obstinate, hostile. -मर्षणः N. of Viṣṇu. -मर्षित a. provocated, encouraged; एवं दुर्मर्षितो राजा स मात्रा बभ्रुवाहनः Mb.14. 79.13, -मर्याद a. immodest, wicked. -मल्लिका, -मल्ली a minor drama, comedy, farce; S. D.553. -मित्रः 1 a bad friend. -2 an enemy. -मुख a. 1 having a bad face, hideous, ugly; Bh.1.9. -2 foul-mouthed, abusive, scurrilous; Bh.2.69. (-खः) 1 a horse. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 N. of a serpent king (Nm.) -4 N. of a monkey (Nm.) -5 N. of a year (29th year out of 6 years cycle). -मूल्य a. highly priced, dear. -मेधस् a. silly, foolish, dull-headed, dull; Pt.1. (-m.) a dunce, dull-headed man, blockhead; ग्रन्थानधीत्य व्याकर्तु- मिति दुर्मेधसो$प्यलम् Śi.2.26. -मैत्र a. unfriendly, hostile; Bhāg.7.5.27. -यशस् n. ill-repute, dishonour. -योगः 1 bad or clumsy contrivance. -2 a bad combination. -योध, -योधन a. invincible, unconquerable. (-नः) the eldest of the 11 sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Gāndhārī. [From his early years he conceived a deep hatred for his cousins the Pāṇḍavas, but particularly Bhīma, and made every effort he could to compass their destruction. When his father proposed to make Yudhiṣṭhira heir-apparent, Duryodhana did not like the idea, as his father was the reigning sovereign, and prevailed upon his blind father to send the Pāṇḍavas away into exile. Vāraṇāvata was fixed upon as their abode, and under pretext of constructing a palatial building for their residence, Duryodhana caused a palace to be built mostly of lac, resin and other combustible materials, thereby hoping to see them all destroyed when they should enter it. But the Paṇḍavas were forewarned and they safely escaped. They then lived at Indraprastha, and Yudhiṣṭhira performed the Rājasuya sacrifice with great pomp and splendour. This event further excited the anger and jealousy of Duryodhana, who was already vexed to find that his plot for burning them up had signally failed, and he induced his father to invite the Pāṇḍavas to Hastināpura to play with dice (of which Yudhiṣṭhira was particularly fond). In that gambling-match, Duryodhana, who was ably assisted by his maternal uncle Śakuni, won from Yudhiṣṭhira everything that he staked, till the infatuated gambler staked himself, his brothers, and Draupadī herself, all of whom shared the same fate. Yudhiṣṭhira, as a condition of the wager, was forced to go to the forest with his wife and brothers, and to remain there for twelve years and to pass one additional year incognito. But even this period, long as it was, expired, and after their return from exile both the Pāṇḍavas and Kauravas made great preparations for the inevitable struggle and the great Bhāratī war commenced. It lasted for eighteen days during which all the Kauravas, with most of their allies, were slain. It was on the last day of the war that Bhīma fought a duel with Duryodhana and smashed his thigh with his club.] मोघं तवेदं भुवि नामधेयं दुर्योधनेतीह कृतं पुरस्तात् न हीह दुर्योधनता तवास्ति पलायमानस्य रणं विहाय Mb.4.65.17. -योनि a. of a low birth, न कथंचन दुर्योनिः प्रकृतिं स्वां नियच्छति Ms.1.59. -लक्ष्य a. difficult to be seen or perceived, hardly visible. -क्ष्यम् bad aim; मनः प्रकृत्यैव चलं दुर्लक्ष्यं च तथापि मे Ratn.3.2. -लभ a. 1 difficult to be attained, or accomplished; R.1.67;17.7; Ku.4.4;5.46,61; दुर्लभं भारते जन्म मानुष्यं तत्र दुर्लभम् Subhāṣ. -2 difficult to be found or met with, scarce, rare; शुद्धान्तदुर्लभम् Ś.1.17. -3 best, excellent, eminent. -ग्रामः a village situated close to a large village and inhabited by the free-holders (अग्र- हारोपजीविनः); Māna.1.79-8. -4 dear, beloved. -5 costly. -ललित a. 1 spoilt by fondling, fondled too much, hard to please; हा मदङ्कदुर्ललित Ve.4; V.2.8; Māl.9. -2 (hence) wayward, naughty, illbred, unruly; स्पृहयामि खलु दुर्ललितायास्मै Ś.7. (-तम्) waywardness, rudeness. -लेख्यम् a forged document. Y.2.91. -वच a. 1 difficult to be described, indescribable. अपि वागधिपस्य दुर्वचं वचनं तद् विदधीत विस्मयम् Ki.2.2. -2 not to be talked about. -3 speaking improperly, abusing. (-चम्) abuse, censure, foul language. -वचस् n. abuse, censure; असह्यं दुर्वचो ज्ञातेर्मेघा- न्तरितरौद्रवत् Udb. -वर्ण a. bad-coloured. -र्णः 1 bad colour. -2 impurity; यथा हेम्नि स्थितो वह्निर्दुवर्णं हन्ति धातु- जम् Bhāg.12.3.47. (-र्णम्) 1 silver. दुर्वर्णभित्तिरिह सान्द्रसुधासुवर्णा Śi.4.28. -2 a kind of leprosy. -वस a. difficult to be resided in. -वसतिः f. painful residence; R.8.94. -वह a. heavy, difficult to be borne; दुर्वहगर्भखिन्नसीता U.2.1; Ku.1.11. -वाच् a. speaking ill. (-f.) 1 evil words, abuse. -2 inelegant language or speech. -वाच्य a. 1 difficult to be spoken or uttered. -2 abusive, scurrilous. -3 harsh, cruel (as words). (-च्यम्) 1 censure, abuse. -2 scandal, ill-repute. -वातः a fart. ˚वातय Den. P. to break wind or fart; इत्येके विहसन्त्येनमेके दुर्वातयन्ति च Bhāg.11.23.4. -वादः slander, defamation, calumny. -वार, -वारण a. irresistible, unbearable; R.14.87; किं चायमरिदुर्वारः पाणौ पाशः प्रचेतसः Ku.2.21. -वासना 1 evil propensity, wicked desire; कः शत्रुर्वद खेददानकुशलो दुर्वासनासंचयः Bv. 1.86. -2 a chimera. -वासस् a. 1 ill-dressed. -2 naked. (-m.) N. of a very irascible saint or Ṛiṣi, son of Atri and Anasūyā. (He was very hard to please, and he cursed many a male and female to suffer misery and degradation. His anger, like that of Jamadagni, has become almost proverbial.) -वाहितम् a heavy burden; उरोजपूर्णकुम्भाङ्का सदुर्वाहितविभ्रमा Rāj. T.4.18. -विगाह, -विगाह्य a. difficult to be penetrated or fathomed, unfathomable. -विचिन्त्य inconceivable, inscrutable -विद a. difficult to be known or discovered; नूनं गतिः कृतान्तस्य प्राज्ञैरपि सुदुर्विदा Mb.7.78. 2. -विदग्ध 1 unskilled, raw, foolish, stupid, silly. -2 wholly ignorant. -3 foolishly puffed up, elated. vainly proud; वृथाशस्त्रग्रहणदुर्विदग्ध Ve.3; ज्ञानलवदुर्विदग्धं ब्रह्मापि नरं न रञ्जयति Bh.2.3. -विद्ध a. Badly perforated (a pearl); Kau. A.2.11. -विद्य a. uneducated; Rāj. T.1.354. -विध a. 1 mean, base, low. -2 wicked, vile. -3 poor, indigent; विदधाते रुचिगर्वदुर्विधम् N.2.23. -4 stupid, foolish, silly; विविनक्ति न बुद्धिदुर्विधः Śi.16.39. -विनयः misconduct, imprudence. -विनीत a. 1 (a) badly educated, ill-mannered; ill-behaved, wicked; शासितरि दुर्विनीतानाम् Ś.1.24. (b) rude, naughty, mischievous. -2 stubborn, obstinate. (-तः) 1 a restive or untrained horse. -2 a wayward person, reprobate. -विपाक a. producing bad fruit; श्रितासि चन्दनभ्रान्त्या दुर्विपाकं विषद्रुमम् U.1.46. (-कः) 1 bad result or consequence; U.1.4; किं नो विधिरिह वचने$प्यक्षमो दुर्विपाकः Mv. 6.7. -2 evil consequences of acts done either in this or in a former birth. -विभाव्य a. inconceivable; also दुर्विभाव; असद्वृत्तेरहो वृत्तं दुर्विभावं विधेरिव Ki.11.56. -विमर्श a. difficult to be tried or examined; यो दुर्विमर्शपथया निजमाययेदं सृष्ट्वा गुणान्विभजते तदनुप्रविष्टः Bhāg.1.49.29. -विलसितम् a wayward act, rudeness, naughtiness; डिम्भस्य दुर्विलसितानि मुदे गुरूणाम् B. R.4.6. -विलासः a bad or evil turn of fate; U.1. -विवाहः a censurable marriage; इतरेषु तु शिष्टेषु नृशंसानृतवादिनः । जायन्ते दुर्विवाहेषु ब्रह्मधर्मद्विषः सुताः ॥ Ms.3.41. -विष a. ill-natured, malignant. (-षः) N. of Śiva. -विषह a. unbearable, intolerable, irresistible. (-हः) N. of Śiva. -वृत्त a. 1 vile, wicked, ill-behaved. -2 roguish. (-त्तम्) misconduct, ill-behaviour. दुर्वृत्तवृत्तशमनं तव देवि शीलम् Devīmāhātmya. -वृत्तिः f. 1 misconduct. -2 misery, want, distress. -3 fraud. -वृष्टिः f. insufficient rain, drought. -वेद a. difficult to be known or ascertained. -व्यवहारः a wrong judgment in law. -व्यवहृतिः f. ill-report or rumour. -व्यसनम् 1 a fond pursuit or resolve; Mu.3. -2 bad propensity, vice; तेन दुर्व्यसनेनासीद्भोजने$पि कदर्थना Ks.73.73. -व्रत a. not conforming to rules, disobedient. -हुतम् a badly offered sacrifice. -हृद् a. wicked-hearted, ill-disposed, inimical; अकुर्वतोर्वां शुश्रूषां क्लिष्टयोर्दुर्हृदा भृशम् Bhāg.1.45.9. (-m.) an enemy. -हृदय a. evil-minded, evil-intentioned, wicked. -हृषीक a. having defective organs of sense.
devalakaḥ देवलकः An attendant upon an idol; see the preceding word; द्रव्यं देवलका हरन्त्यचकिताः Viś. Guṇā.466.
droṇikā द्रोणिका 1 A tub, bucket. -2 The Indigo plant. द्रौणायनः drauṇāyanḥ निः niḥ द्रौणिः drauṇiḥ द्रौणायनः निः द्रौणिः An epithet of Aśvatthāman; यद् रामेण कृतं तदेव कुरुते द्रौणायनिः क्रोधनः Ve.3.31.
dhiṣaṇaḥ धिषणः N. of Bṙihaspati, preceptor of the gods; बुद्ध्या यो धिषणाधिकः Parṇāl.3.15. -णम् A dwellingplace, an abode, residence; यत्रात्मयोनिधिषणाखिललोकपद्मम् Bhāg.3.28.25. -णा 1 Speech. -2 Praise, hymn. -3 Intellect, understanding; विशुद्धैवोत्पत्त्या पतति न च तत्पाप- धिषणा Mv.6.8; आर्यपुत्रार्यधिषण, प्राणनाथ, शुभव्रत Kāśīkhaṇḍam. -4 Earth. -5 A cup, bowl. -Comp. -अधिपः N. of Bṛihaspati.
naraḥ नरः [नॄ-नये-अच्] 1 A man, male person; संयोजयति विद्यैव नीचगापि नरं सरित् । समुद्रमिव दुर्धर्षं नृपं भाग्यमतः परम् ॥ H. Pr.5; Ms.1.96;2.213. -2 A man or piece at chess. -3 The pin of a sun-dial. -4 The Supreme Spirit, the original or eternal man. -5 Man's length (= पुरुष. q. v.). -6 N. of a primitive sage. -7 N. of Arjuna; see नरनारायण below. -8 A horse. -9 (In gram.) A personal termination. -1 The individual soul (जीवात्मा); Mb.12.28.5. -Comp. -अङ्गः 1 the penis. -2 eruption on the face. -अधमः a wretch, miscreant. -अधिपः, अधिपतिः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः, -देवः, -पतिः, -पालः a king; नरपतिहितकर्ता द्वेष्यतां याति लोके Pt. नराणां च नराधिपम् Bg.1.27; Ms.7.13; R.2.75;3.42;7.62; Me.39; Y.1.311. -अन्तकः death. -अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. नराणामयनं यस्मात् तेन नारायणः स्मृतः Brav.P. -अशः a demon, goblin. -आधारः N. of Śiva. (-रा) the earth. -इतरः 1 a being higher than a man, a god; Bhāg.4.6.9. -2 an animal. -इन्द्रः 1 a king; R.2.18. नरेन्द्रकन्यास्तमवाप्य सत्पतिं तमोनुदं दक्षसुता इवाबभुः 3.33;6.8; Ms.9.253. -2 a physician, dealer in antidotes, curer of poisons; तेषु कश्चि- न्नरेन्द्राभिमानी तां निर्वर्ण्य Dk.51; सुनिग्रहा नरेन्द्रेण फणीन्द्रा इव शत्रवः Śi.2.88. (where the word is used in both senses). ˚मार्गः a high street, main road. -3 a mineralogist; L. D. B. -उत्तमः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 of Buddha. -ऋषभः 'the chief of men', a prince, king. -कपालः a man's skull. -कीलकः the murderer of a spiritual preceptor. -केश(स)रिन् m. 1 Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation; cf. नरसिंह below. -2 the chief of men. -चिह्नम् the moustaches. -देवः 1 the warrior class (क्षत्रिय); शिष्ट्वा वा भूमि- देवानां नरदेवसमागमे Ms.11.82. -2 a king. -धिः the world. -द्विष् m. a demon, goblin; तेन मूर्धानमध्वंसन्नरद्विषः Bk.15. 94. -नारायणः N. of Kṛiṣṇa. (-णौ dual) originally regarded as identical, but in mythology and epic poetry, considered as distinct beings, Arjuna being identified with Nara and Kṛiṣṇa with Nārāyaṇa. [In some places they are called देवौ, पूर्वदेवौ, ऋषी or ऋषिसत्तमौ. They are said to have been practising very austere penance on the Himālaya, which excited the fear of Indra, and he sent down several damsels to disturb their austerities. But Nārāyaṇa put all of them to shame by creating a nymph called Urvaśī from a flower placed on his thigh who excelled them in beauty; cf. स्थाने खलु नारायणमृषिं विलोभयन्त्यस्तदूरुसंभवामिमां दृष्ट्वा व्रीडिताः सर्वा अप्सरस इति V.1.] -पशुः 'a beast-like man', a beast in human form. -पुङ्गवः 'best of men', an excellent man; शैब्यश्च नरपुङ्गवः Bg.1.5. -बलिः a human sacrifice. -भुज् a. man-eating, cannibal. -भूः f. the Bharatavarṣa, i. e. India. -मानिका, मानिनी, -मालिनी 'manlike woman', a woman with a beard, masculine woman or an amazon. -माला a girdle of skulls. -मेधः a human sacrifice. -यन्त्रम् sun-dial. -यानम्, -रथः, -वाहनम् a vehicle drawn by men, a palanquin; नरयानादवातीर्य Parṇāl.4.17; Bhāg.1.59.37. -लोकः 1 'the world of men', the earth, terrestrial world. -2 mankind. -वाहनः an epithet of Kubera; विजयदुन्दुभितां ययुरर्णवा घनरवा नर- वाहनसंपदः R.9.11. -विष्वणः a demon, goblin. -वीरः a brave man, hero. -व्याघ्रः, -शार्दूलः an eminent man. -शृङ्गम् 'man's horn', an impossibility, a chimera, non-entity. -संसर्गः human society. -सखः an epithet of Nārayaṇa; ऊरूद्भवा नरसखस्य मुनेः सुरस्त्री V.1.3. -सिंहः, -हरिः 'man-lion', Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation; cf. तव करकमलवरे नखमद्भुतशृङ्गं दलितहिरण्यकशिपुतनुभृङ्गम् । केशव धृत- नरहरिरूप जय जगदीश हरे ॥ Gīt.1. -सिंहद्वादशी the 12th day in the light half of फाल्गुन. -स्कन्धः a multitude or body of men. -हयम् a fight or enmity between man and horse.
nāradaḥ नारदः [नरस्य धर्मो नारं, तत् ददाति दा-क] N. of a celebrated Devarṣi (deified saint or divine sage). [He is one of the ten mind-born sons of Brahmā, being supposed to have sprung from his thigh (Ms.1. 35). He is represented as a messenger from the gods to men and vice versa and as being very fond of promoting discords among gods and men; hence his epithet of Kalipriya. He is said to have been the inventor of the lute or Vīṇā. He is also the author of a code of laws which goes by his name.] -Comp. -उपनिषद् N. of a Upaniṣad.
nitambaḥ नितम्बः [निभृतं तम्यते कामुकैः, तमु काङ्क्षायाम्] 1 The buttocks, posteriors (of a woman), (the circumference of the hip and loins); यातं यच्च नितम्बयोर्गुरुतया मन्दं विलासा- दिव Ś.2.2; R.4.52;6.17; Me.43; Bh.1.5; M.2.7. -2 The slope, ridge, side, flank of a mountain; सनाक- वनितं नितम्बरुचिरम् (गिरिम्) Ki.5.27; सेव्या नितम्बाः किमु भूधराणामुत स्मरस्मेरविलासिनीनाम् Bh.1.19; V.4.26; Bk. 2.8;7.58. -3 A precipice. -4 The sloping bank of a river; Mb.1.12.12. -5 The shoulder. -6 The sounding-board of the Vīṇā. -Comp. -बिम्बम् round or circular hips; Ṛs.1.4. -स्थलम्, स्थली The region of the hips.
nirūḍha निरूढ a. 1 Conventional, become current in popular usage, accepted (as the meaning of a word, as opposed to its यौगिक or etymological sense); द्यौर्न काचिदथवास्ति निरूढा सैव सा चलति यत्र हि चित्तम् N.5.57. -2 Unmarried. -3 Drawn out, purged. -ढः 1 Inherence (as of 'redness' in the word 'red'). -2 (In Rhet.) The accepted and popular meaning of a word. -Comp. -लक्षणा a Lakṣaṇā or secondary use of a word which is based not on the Vivakṣā or particular intention of the speaker but on its accepted and popular sense.
nilayaḥ निलयः 1 A hiding place, the lair or den of animals, a nest (of birds); निलयाय शाखिन इवाह्वयते Śi.9.4. -2 A cellar; अम्बराख्याननिलयौ कण्ठदध्नं समन्ततः Parṇāl. (Two cellars known as Ambarakhānā.) -3 An abode, residence, house, dwelling; oft. at the end of comp. in the sense of 'living or residing in'; नित्यं निर्मूलयेयुर्निचिततरममी भक्तिनिघ्नात्मनां नः पद्माक्षस्याङ्घ्रिपद्मद्वयतलनिलयाः पांसवः पापपङ्कम् ॥ --विष्णुपादाति स्तोत्रम् 1. -4 Hiding oneself; तस्मान्निलय- मुत्सृज्य यूयं सर्वे त्रिविष्टपम् । यात कालं प्रतीक्षन्तो यतः शत्रोर्विपर्ययः ॥ Bhāg.8.15.31. -5 Total destruction. -6 Setting, disappearance; दिनान्ते निलयाय गन्तुम् R.2.15. (where the word is used in sense I also).
payoṣṇī पयोष्णी N. of a river rising in the Vindhya mountain (identified by some with the modern Tāptī river, but more correctly with Purṇā, a feeder of that river). -Comp. -जाता (पयोष्णी जाता यस्याः सा) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.
parṇam पर्णम् 1 A pinion, wing; as in सुपर्ण. -2 The feather of an arrow. -3 A leaf. -4 The betel-leaf; ततो नृपतिनिदेशात् ते पर्णान्यादाय सैनिकाः (जग्मुः) Parṇāl.5.25. -र्णः The Palāśa tree. -Comp. -अशनम् feeding on leaves. (-नः) a cloud. -असिः a kind of basil. -आहार a. feeding upon leaves; cf. Rām.3.6.2. -उटजम् a hut of leaves, a hermit's hut, a hermitage. -कारः a vendor of betel-leaves. -कुटिका, -कुटी a hut made of leaves. -कूर्चः A kind of religious vow in which one has to drink a decoction of leaves; एतान्येव समस्तानि त्रिरात्रोपोषितः शुचिः । क्वाथयित्वा पिवेदद्भिः पर्णकूर्चो$भि- धीयते ॥ Yama Smṛiti. -कृच्छ्र a kind of expiatory penance which consists in living upon an infusion of leaves and Kuśa grass only for five days; see पर्णोदुम्बर- राजीवबिल्वपत्रकुशोदकैः । प्रत्येकं प्रत्यहं पीतैः पर्णकृच्छ्र उदाहृतः ॥ Y.3.317 and Mitā. thereon. -खण्डः a tree without apparent blossoms. (-डम्) a collection of leaves. -चरः a kind of deer. -चीरपटः an epithet of Śiva. -चोरकः a kind of perfume (gall-nut). -नरः) the figure of a man made of leaves and burnt in place of a lost corpse. -नालः a leaf-stalk. -भेदिनी the Priyaṅgu creeper. -भोजनः a goat. -मुच् m. the winter season (शिशिर). -मृगः any wild animal living in the boughs of trees (as a monkey, squirrel, &c.). -रुह् m. the spring season (वसन्त). -लता the betel-plant. -वाटिका pieces of areca-nut mixed with other spices and rolled up in betel-leaves. -शय्या a bed or couch of leaves. -शाला a hut made of leaves, a hermitage; निर्दिष्टां कुलपतिना स पर्णशालामध्यास्य R.1.95;12.4; -संस्तरः one with a bed of leaves; वनेषु वासतेयेषु निवसन् पर्णसंस्तरः Bk.4.8.
pāṭaliḥ पाटलिः f. The trumpet-flower. -Comp. -पुत्रम् N. of an ancient city, the capital of Magadha, situated near the confluence of the Śoṇa and the Ganges, and identified by some with the modern Pātṇā. It is also known by the names of पुष्पपुर, कुसुमपुर; see Mu.2,3, and 4.16, and R.6.24 also; तदिदं दिव्यं नगरं मायारचितं सपौरमत एव । नाम्ना पाटलिपुत्रं क्षेत्रं लक्ष्मीसरस्वत्योः Ks.3.78. अस्ति भागीरथीतीरे पाटलिपुत्रं नाम नगरम् H.
praṇasa प्रणस a. Having a prominent nose, large-nosed. प्रणाडिका praṇāḍikā प्रणाडी praṇāḍī प्रणाडिका प्रणाडी 1 Intervention, interposition, medium. -2 Ved. a watercourse, drain.
praṇāyya प्रणाय्य a. 1 Dear, beloved. -2 Upright, honest, straight-forward. -3 Disliked, disapproved; न प्रणाय्यो जनः कच्चिन् निकाय्यं ते$धितिष्ठति Bk.6.66. -4 Free from passion, indifferent to worldly attachments (विरक्त). -5 Fit, worthy; प्रबूयात् प्रणाय्याय वान्तेवासिने Ch. Up.3.11.5. प्रणालः praṇālḥ ली lī प्रणालिका praṇālikā प्रणालः ली प्रणालिका 1 A channel, water-course, drain; कौसल्या व्यसृजद् बाष्पं प्रणालीव नवोदकम् Rām.2.62.1; कुर्वन् पूर्णा नयनपयसां चक्रवालैः प्रणालीः Ud. S.2; Śi.3.44. -2 Succession, uninterrupted series. -3 Recension (of a text). -4 Intervention, interposition.
prapātaḥ प्रपातः 1 Going forth or away, departure. -2 Falling down or into, a fall; मनोरथानामतटप्रप्रातः Ś.6.1; Ku.6.57. -3 A sudden attack. -4 A cascade, waterfall, the place over which water falls down; गङ्गा- प्रपातान्तनिरूढशष्पं गौरीगुरोर्गह्वरमाविवेश R.2.26. -5 A bank, shore. -6 A precipice, steep rock; प्राप्ताः प्रपातनिकटं सङ्कटेन महीयसा Parṇāl.3.3. -7 Falling out or loss, as in केशप्रपात. -8 Emission, discharge, efflux, as in वीर्यप्रपात. -9 Throwing oneself down from a rock. -1 A particular mode of flight. -Comp. -अम्बु n. water falling from a rock.
prabhāsaḥ प्रभासः Splendour, beauty, lustre. -सः, -सम् 1 N. of a well-known place of pilgrimage near Dvārakā. -2 N. of one of the eight Vasus. -3 N. of one of the Jaina Gaṇādhipa. -4 N. of one of the Devagaṇas in the eighth Manvantara.
prābhātika प्राभातिक a. (-की f.) Relating to the morning, matutinal. प्राभृतम् prābhṛtam प्राभृतकम् prābhṛtakam प्राभृतम् प्राभृतकम् 1 A present, gift. -2 An offering to a deity or to a king (Nazerāṇā); अहरहश्च नव- नवानि प्राभृतान्युपहरन्ती Dk.2.2;2.8. -3 A bribe.
plakṣaḥ प्लक्षः [प्लक्षते कीटैः प्लक्ष्-कर्मणि घञ्] 1 The Indian fig-tree; प्लक्षप्ररोह इव सौधतलं विभेद R.8.93;13.71; कपित्थैः किंशुकैः प्लक्षैः Parṇāl.4.62. -2 One of the seven Dvīpas or continents of the world; प्लक्षो जम्बूप्रमाणो द्वीपः ख्यातिकरो हिरण्मय उत्थितो यत्राग्निरुपास्ते सप्तजिह्वः Purāṇam. -3 A side or back-door, a private entrance. -4 The space at the side of a door. -Comp. -जाता, -समुद्रवाचका an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -तीर्थम्, -प्रस्रवणम्, -राज् -m. the place where the Sarasvatī rises. -द्वारम् a back-door, a side-entrance; Matsya P.264.15.
bāṇaḥ बाणः 1 An arrow, shaft, reed; Bṛi. Up.3.8.2; धनुष्यमोघं समधत्त बाणम् Ku.3.66. -2 An aim or mark for arrows. -3 The feathered end of an arrow. -4 The udder of a cow. -5 The body (शरीर); ते प्रकाश्श्याभिवदन्ति वयमेतद्बाणमवष्टभ्य विधारयामः Praśna Up.2.2. -6 N. of a demon, son of Bali; cf. उषा. -7 N. of a celebrated poet who lived at the court of king Harṣavardhana and flourished in the first half of the seventh century; see App. II). He is the author of कादम्बरी, हर्षचरित and of some other works; (Govardhana in his Āryāsaptaśatī 37 speaks in these terms of Bāṇa :-- जाता शिखण्डिनी प्राग् यथा शिखण्डी तथावगच्छामि । प्रागल्भ्यधिकमाप्तुं वाणी बाणो बभूवेति ॥; so हृदयवसतिः पञ्चबाणस्तु बाणः P. R.1.22). -8 A symbolical expression for the number 'five'. -9 A sound voice. -1 Fire. -11 Lightning. -12 A form of Śiva. -13 The versed sine of an arc. -णः, -णा The hinder part or feathered end of an arrow. -णः, -णा, -णम् a blue flowering Barleria -नीलझिण्टी (Mar. कोऱ्हांटी); अनाविलोन्मीलितबाणचक्षुषः Ki.4. 28. Śi.6.46. -Comp. -असनम् a bow; स पार्थबाणासन- वेगमुक्तैर्दृढाहतः पत्रिभिरुग्रवेगैः Mb.8.89.86. ˚यन्त्रम् a kind of bow with a mechanical contrivance at one of its ends for tightening the string and letting off the arrow; Dk.1.1. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a series of arrows. -2 a series of five verses forming one sentence. -आश्रयः a quiver. -गङ्गा N. of a river said to have been produced by Rāvaṇa's arrow; सोमेशाद् दक्षिणे भागे बाणेनाभि- बिभिद्य वै । रावणेन प्रकटिता जलधारातिपुण्यदा । बाणगङ्गेति विख्याता या स्नानादघहारिणी ॥ Varāha P. -गोचरः the range of an arrow; अवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1.19/2. -जालम् a number of arrows. -जित् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तूणः, -धिः a quiver; क्षीणबाणो विबाणधिः Mb. 8.63; बबन्धाथ च बाणधी (du.) Bk.14.17; Ki.18.1. -निकृत a. pierced or wounded by an arrow. -पत्रः N. of a bird (कङ्क). -पथः the range of an arrow. -पाणि a. armed with arrows. -पातः 1 an arrowshot (as a measure of distance). -2 the range of an arrow. -3 a bed of arrows (बाणशय्या, शरतल्प); बाणपातान्तरे रामं पातितं पुरुषर्षभम् Rām.6.45.25. ˚वर्तिन् a. being within the range of an arrow. -पुरम् Śoṇitapura, the capital of Bāṇāsura. -मुक्ति f., -मोक्षणम् discharging or shooting an arrow. -योजनम् a quiver. -रेखा a long wound made by an arrow. -लिङ्गम् a white stone found in the river नर्मदा and worshipped as the लिङ्ग of Śiva. -वारः a breast-plate, an armour, cuirass; cf. वारबाणः. -वृष्टिः f. a shower of arrows. -संधानम् the fitting of an arrow to the bow-string; का कथा बाणसंधाने ज्याशब्देनैव दूरतः Ś.3.1. -सिद्धिः f. the hitting of a mark by an arrow. -सुता an epithet of Uṣā, daughter of Bāṇa; see उषा. -हन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
bṛhat बृहत् a. (-ती f.) [बृह्-अति] 1 Large, great, big, bulky; वितरति बृहदश्मा पर्वतः प्रीतिमक्ष्णोः Māl.9.5. -2 Wide, broad, extensive, far-extended; दिलीपसूनोः स बृहद्भुजान्तरम् R.3.54. -3 Vast, ample, abundant. -4 Strong, powerful. -5 Long, tall; देवदारुबृहद्भुजः Ku.6.51. -6 Fullgrown. -7 Compact, dense. -8 Eldest, or oldest. -9 Bright. -1 Clear, loud (as sound). -m. N. of Viṣṇu; अणुर्बृहन् कृशः स्थूलः V. Sah. -f. Speech; शिष्याय बृहतां पत्युः प्रस्तावमदिशद्दृशा Śi.2.68. -ती 1 A large lute. -2 The lute of Nārada. -3 A symbolical expression for the number 'thirty-six'. -4 A part of the body between the breast and backbone. -5 A mantle, wrapper. -6 A reservoir. -7 The egg-plant. -8 N. of a metre. -9 A speech; दक्षां पृश्निं बृहतीं विप्रकृष्टां ...... गङ्गां गता ये त्रिदिवं गतास्ते Mb.13.26.86; अनन्तपारां बृहतीं सृजत्याक्षिपते स्वयम् Bhāg.11.21.4. -n. 1 The Veda; जामदग्न्यो$पि ...... वर्तयिष्यति वै बृहत् Bhāg.9.16.25. -2 N. of a Sāman; बृहत्साम तथा साम्नां गायत्री छन्दसामहम् Bg.1.35; cf. Ch. Up.2.14.1. -3 Brahman; बृहदुपलब्धमेतदवयन्त्यवशेषतया Bhāg.1.87.15. -4 Devoted celibacy (नैष्ठिक ब्रह्मचर्यम्); सावित्रं प्राजापत्यं च ब्राह्मं चाथ बृहत्तथा Bhāg.3.12.42. (बृहत्, बृहता ind. 1 Greatly, highly. -2 Clearly, brightly) -Comp. -अङ्ग, -काय a. large-bodied, gigantic. (-ङ्गः) a large elephant. -आरण्यम्, -आरण्यकम् N. of a celebrated Upaniṣad, forming the last six chapters of the Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa. -उत्तरतापिनी N. of an Upaniṣad. -एला large cardamoms. -कथा N. of a work ascribed to Guṇāḍhya; हरलीलेव नो यस्य विस्मयाय बृहत्कथा Hch. -काय a. big-bodied, bulky, gigantic. -कुक्षि a. large-bellied. -केतुः an epithet of Agni. -गृहः N. of a country. -गोलम् a water-melon. -चित्तः the citron tree. -जनः an illustrious person. -जघन a. broad-hipped. -जीवन्तिका, -जीवन्ती a kind of plant. -ढक्का a large drum. -तृणम् 1 strong grass. -2 the bamboo cane. -तेजस् m. the planet Jupiter. -देवता N. of a large work enumerating Vedic Deities. -नटः, -नलः, -ला the name assumed by Arjuna when residing as dancing and music master at the court of Virāṭa. -नलः the arm. -नारदीयम् N. of an Upapurāṇa. -नालः, -नालिकम्, -नालिकायन्त्रम् a cannon; Śukra 1.254. -निवेश a. large, protuberant. -नेत्र a. far-sighted, prudent. -पाटलिः the thorn-apple (Mar. धोत्रा). -पादः the fig-tree. -पालः the Indian fig-tree. -पालिन् m. wild cumin. -फल a. 1 having or bearing large fruits. -2 yielding good fruit or reward. (-ला) N. of various plants (Mar. कडू भोपळा, कोहळा etc.). -भट्टारिका an epithet of Durgā. -भानुः 1 fire. -2 the sun; वराहो$ग्निर्बृहद्भानुः Mb.12. 43.8. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -भास a. very bright, brightly shining. -रथः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 N. of a king, father of Jarāsandha. -वादिन् a. talking much, a boaster, swaggerer. -राविन् m. a kind of small owl. -शल्कः a sprawn. -श्रवस् a. highly praised, farfamed. -संहिता N. of a work on astrology by Varāhamihira. -सामन् N. of a Sāman; बृहत्साम तथा साम्नाम् Bg.1.35. -स्फिच् a. broad-hipped, having large buttocks.
brahman ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.] 1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the material cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.); ... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb. -2 A hymn of praise. -3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17. -4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15. -5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32. -7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4. -8 Religious penance or austerities. -9 Celibacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1. -1 Final emancipation or beatitude. -11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge. -12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda. -13 Wealth. -14 Food. -15 A Brāhmaṇa. -16 Truth. -17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26. -18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3. -19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31. -2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m. 1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is entrusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.] -2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4. -3 A devout man. -4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice. -5 One conversant with sacred knowledge. -6 The sun. -7 Intellect. -8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis :-मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ. -9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka. -1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18. -11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23. -1 Of Śiva. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om. -अङ्गभूः 1 a horse. -2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon). -अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda. -2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71. -अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī. -अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas. -अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow. -अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas. -अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa. -अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study. -2 N. of a forest. -अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge. -2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit. -3 N. of a spell. -4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered. -अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman. -आत्मभूः a horse. -आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31. -आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71. -आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5. -आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14. -आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation. -आहुतिः f. 1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ. -2 the study of the Vedas. -उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.). -उत्तर a. 1 treating principally of Brahman. -2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas. -उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up. -उपदेशः instruction in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree. -ऋषिः (ब्रह्मर्षिः or ब्रह्माऋषिः) a Brahmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19). -ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice. -कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī. -करः a tax paid to the priestly class. -कर्मन् n. 1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice. -कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man). -कल्पः an age of Brahman. -काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge. -काष्ठः the mulberry tree. -किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas. -कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa. -कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥. -कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9. -गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra. -गिरिः N. of a mountain. -गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata. -गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D. -गोलः the universe. -गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति). -ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body. -2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत. -ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n., -राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāhmaṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also). -ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy. -घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses. -घोषः 1 recital of the Veda. -2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.). -घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up. -2 N. of a magical circle. -चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh. -2 religious study, self-restraint. -3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (-र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (-र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence. -चारिकम् the life of a religious student. -चारिन् a. 1 studying the Vedas. -2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭhaśrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87. -2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 of Skanda. -चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity. -जः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -जन्मन् n. 1 spirtual birth. -2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17. -जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up. -जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra. -जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge. -ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P. -ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma. (-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7. -ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief. -ज्योतिस् n. 1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. -तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -तेजस् n. 1 the glory of Brahman. -2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa. -दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232. -दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām. -2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24. -5 magic, spells, incantation (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27. -दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा). -दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233. -दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge received as an inheritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3. -3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa. -दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa. -दारुः the mulberry tree. -दिनम् a day of Brahman. -दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch. -देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (-यः) the Brāhma form of marriage. (-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19. -2 instruction in the sacred knowledge. -दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह. -द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4. -द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a. 1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.). -2 hostile to religious acts or devotion, impious, godless. -द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas. -धर a. possessing sacred knowledge. -नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39. -निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (-ष्ठः) the mulberry tree. -नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman. -पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the place of the Supreme Spirit. -पवित्रः the Kuśa grass. -परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas. -पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree. -पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge. -पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14. -पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75. -पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman. -2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal. (-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison. -2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (-त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7. -2 the body; Ch. Up. -पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven). -2 N. of Benares. -पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs). -प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up. -प्राप्तिः f. absorption into the Supreme spirit. -बलम् the Brahmanical power. -बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāhmaṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2. -2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa. -बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda. -बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17. -2 the mulberry tree. -ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. -भवनम् the abode of Brahman. -भागः 1 the mulberry tree. -2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br. -भावः absorption into the Supreme Spirit -भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4. -भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many. -भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16. -भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14. -भूतिः f. twilight. -भूमिजा a kind of pepper. -भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98. -2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17. -भूयस n. absorption into Brahma. -मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī. -महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas. -मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends. -मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit. -मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day. -मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman. -मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मेखलः the Munja plant. -यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.) -योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge. -योनि a. 1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (-निः) f. 1 original source in Brahman. -2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74. -रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa. -रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24. -राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17. -रवः muttering of prayers. -रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar. -रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8. -रात्रः early dawn. -रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः) -राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred knowledge. -2 an epithet of Paraśurāma. -3 a particular constellation. -रीतिः f. a kind of brass. -रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man. -लोकः the world of Brahman. -लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक. -वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas. -वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāhmaṇa. -वर्चस् n., -वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94. -2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6. -वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39. -वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त. -वर्धनम् copper. -वाच् f. the sacred text. -वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1. -वादिन् m. 1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1. -2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (-नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra. -वासः the abode of Brāhmaṇas. -विद्, -विद a. 1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher. -विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1. -विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु. -विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra. -विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh. -वीणा a particular Vīṇā. -वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree. -2 the Udumbara tree. -वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42. -वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas. -वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas. -2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma. -3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद). -4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4. -वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्. -वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas -व्रतम् a vow of chastity. -शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ). -शाला 1 the hall of Brahman. -2 a place for reciting the Vedas. -शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas. -2 a command of Brahman. -3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa. -4 instruction about sacred duty. -शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649. -श्री N. of a Sāman. -संसद् f. an assembly of Brāhmaṇas. -संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred knowledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1. -सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4. -2 meditation of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9. -3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit. -सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer. -सदस् n. the residence of Brahman. -सभा the hall or court of Brahman. -संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (-वः) N. of Nārada. -सर्पः a kind of snake. -सवः distillation of Soma. -सायुज्यम् complete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय. -सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232. -सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21. -सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c. -2 a kind of Ketu. -सुवर्चला f. 1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?). -2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159. -सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha. -2 N. of the god of love. -सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51. -2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4. -सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread. -सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48. -स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116. -स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला); ...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते ... Rām.6.1.16. -स्थानः the mulberry tree. -स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property. -स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit. -हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72. -हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74. -हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella).
brāhmaṇasāt ब्राह्मणसात् ind. In the possession of Brāhmaṇas, as in ब्राह्मणसात् भवति धनम्. ब्राह्मणाच्छंसिन् brāhmaṇācchaṃsin ब्राह्मणाच्छंसिन् m. N. of a priest, the assistant of the priest called Brahman q .v.
bhidram भिद्रम् A thunderbolt. भिन्द bhinda (न्दि ndi) पालः pālḥ भिन्द (न्दि) पालः 1 A small javelin thrown from the hand; वानरान् भिन्दिपालैश्च शूलैश्चैव व्यदारयन् Rām.6.42. 45. -2 A sling, an instrument like a sling for throwing stones; उत्काबाणैश्च शतशः भिन्दिपालैश्च भूरिशः Śiva B. 14.2; भिन्दिपालासिपट्टिशैः Parṇāl.4.76.
maṇḍita मण्डित N. of one of the Gaṇādhipas of the Jains.
marut मरुत् m. [मृ-उति Uṇ.1.94] 1 Wind, air, breeze; दिशः प्रसेदुर्मरुतो ववुः सुखाः R.3.14. -2 Vital air or breath, life-wind; (वशमनयत्) अपरः प्रणिधानयोग्यया मरुतः पञ्च शरीर- गोचरान् R.8.19; Ku.3.48. -3 The god of wind; इति दर्शितविक्रियं सुतं मरुतः कोपपरीतमानसम् Ki.2.25. -4 A god, deity; वैमानिकानां मरुतामपश्यदाकृष्टलीलान्नरलोकपालान् R.6.1; 12.11. -5 A kind of plant (मरुवक). -6 Gold. -7 Beauty. -n. A kind of plant (ग्रन्थिपर्ण). -Comp. -आन्दोलः a kind of fan (of a deer's or buffalo's skin). -इष्टम् bdellium. -करः a kind of bean. -कर्मन् n., -क्रिया flatulency. -कोणः the northwest quarter. -गणः the host of the gods. -तनयः, -पुत्रः, -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 epithets of Hanumat. -2 of Bhīma; पूषात्मजो मर्मसु निर्विभेद मरुत्सुतं चायुतशः शराग्ऱ्यैः Mb.8.89.76. -ध्वजम् the down of cotton floating in the air. -पटः a sail. -पतिः, -पालः an epithet of Indra; Bhāg.3.19.25. -पथः sky, atmosphere. -प्लवः a lion. -फलम् hail. -बद्धः 1 an epithet of Vi&stodṇu. -2 A kind of sacrificial vessel. -रथः 1 a car in which idols of gods are moved about. -2 a horse. -लोकः the world of the Maruts. -वर्त्मन् n. sky, atmosphere. -वाहः 1 an epithet of fire. -2 of Indra. -वृद्धा, -वृधा The river Kāverī; अभ्रंलिहानहह पश्य मरुद्- वृधायाः Viś. Guṇā.448.
mahā महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note : The number of compounds of which महा is the first member is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.) -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives. -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky. -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel. -2 a kind of rat. -3 N. of Śiva. -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain. -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity. -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead. -अध्वरः a great sacrifice. -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage. -2 cooking utensils. (-सी) a kitchen-maid. (-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2. -अनिलः a whirlwind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59. -अनुभाव a. 1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3. -2 virtuous, righteous, just. (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person. -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century. -अन्तकः 1 death. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness. -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance. -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country. -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent. -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma. -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king). -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva. -अम्बुजम् a billion. -अम्ल a. very sour. (-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest. -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (-र्घः) a kind of quail. -अर्घ्य a. 1 valuable, precious. -2 invaluable; inestimable; see महार्ह below. -अर्चिस् a. flaming high. -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean. -2 N. of Śiva. -अर्थ a. 1 rich. -2 great, noble, dignified. -3 important, weighty. -4 significant. -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions. -अर्ह a. 1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12. -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (-र्हम्) white sandal-wood. -अवरोहः the fig-tree. -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56. -अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4. -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby. -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता ...... -असिः a large sword. -असुरी N. of Durgā. -अह्नः the afternoon. -आकार a. extensive, large, great. -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree. -आत्मन् a. 1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63. -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4. -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.) 1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54. -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्). -आनकः a kind of large drum. -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss. -2 especially, the great bliss of final beatitude. (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor. -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha. -आपगा a great river. -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva. -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (-म्भः) any great enterprize. -आलयः 1 a temple in general. -2 a sanctuary, an asylum. -3 a great dwelling. -4 a place of pilgrimage. -5 the world of Brahman. -6 the Supreme Spirit. -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity. -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight. -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādrapada. (-या) N. of a particular deity. -आशय a. highsouled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्. (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7. -2 the ocean. -आस्पद a. 1 occupying a great position. -2 mighty, powerful. -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight. -इच्छ a. 1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33. -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां ...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37. -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7. -2 a chief or leader in general. -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52. -इभ्य a. very rich. -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16. -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4. -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree. -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī. -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति). -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55. (-री) 1 N. of Durgā. -2 a kind of bell-metal. -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63. -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (-लः) the Sārasa bird. -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36. -2 the god of love. -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि ...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं ...... Mb.3.91.2. (-हः) 1 perseverance. -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38. -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17. -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conchshell, shell. -उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity. (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence. -2 final beatitude. -3 a lord, master. -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App. -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja. -6 sour milk mixed with honey. -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या). -उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent. -(रम्) 1 a big belly. -2 dropsy. -उदार a. 1 very generous or magnanimous. -2 mighty, powerful. -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते. -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hardworking. -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs). -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (-तः) the palmyra tree. -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank. -उपकारः a great obligation. -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher. -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98. -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva. -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17. -उल्का 1 a great meteor. -2 a great fire-brand. -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacrificial priests. -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence. -ऋषभः a great bull. -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage'). -2 N. of Sacute;iva. -3 of Buddha. -ओघ a. having a strong current. -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37. -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva. -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour. -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी). -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -ओषधिः f. 1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug. -2 the Dūrvā grass. -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं... . -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea. -2 ginger. -3 garlic. -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ). -कच्छः 1 the sea. -2 N. of Varuṇa. -3 a mountain. -कन्दः garlic. -कपर्दः a kind of shell. -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 red garlic. -कम्बु a. stark naked. (-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva. -कर a. 1 large-handed. -2 having a large revenue. -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva. -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -कला the night of the new moon. -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69. -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c. -2 an epithet of Śukra. -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ). -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (-ता) the earth. -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky. (-यः) 1 an elephant. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि). -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate. -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika. -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram. -2 N. of a celebrated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -4 N. of a kind of gourd. -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29. -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form. -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas). -कीर्तनम् a house. -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent. -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent. -कुहः a species of parasitical worm. -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance. -केतुः N. of Śiva. -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a large sheath. -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46. -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षत्रपः a great satrap. -क्षीरः sugar-cane. -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?). -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्. -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa. -गदः fever. -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (-न्धः) a kind of cane. (-न्धम्) a kind of sandalwood. (-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva. -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी. -गल a. longnecked. -गवः Bos gavaeus. -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue. -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः). -गुल्मा the Soma plant. -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump. -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu. -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6. -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama. -ग्रीवः 1 a camel. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -ग्रीविन् m. a camel. -घूर्णा spirituous liquor. -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes). -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (-षम्) a market, fair. (-षः) a loud noise, clamour. -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial. -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch. -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -चपला a kind of metre. -चमूः f. a large army. -छायः the fig-tree. -जङ्घः a camel. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा 1 a great braid of hair. -2 the matted hair of Śiva. -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva. -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25. -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7. -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6. -4 the chief of a caste or trade. -5 a merchant, tradesman. -जवः an antelope. -जातीय a. 1 rather large. -2 of an excellent kind. -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी) -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -ज्ञानिन् m. 1 a very learned man. -2 a great sage. -3 N. of Śiva. -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63. -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -ज्वरः great affliction. -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a sacrificial fire. -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.). -तपस् m. 1 a great ascetic. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल. -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess. -तिक्तः the Nimba tree. -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation. -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (-क्ष्णा) the markingnut plant. -तेजस् a. 1 possessed of great lustre or splendour. -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.) 1 a hero, warrior. -2 fire. -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver. -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva. -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger. -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -दण्डः 1 a long arm. -2 a severe punishment. -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva. -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet. -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt. -दूषकः a kind of grain. -देवः N. of Śiva. (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 the chief queen. -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree. -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple. -धन a. 1 rich. -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13. (-नम्) 1 gold. -2 incense. -3 a costly or rich dress. -4 agriculture, husbandry. -5 anything costly or precious. -6 great booty. -7 a great battle (Ved.). -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 lymph. -4 N. of Meru. -धी a. having a great understanding. -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox. -ध्वजः a camel. -ध्वनिक a. dead. -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh. -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु ...... तनोति ...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās. -नदः a great river. -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1. -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal. -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor. -2 N. of a river. -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता ... . -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells. -नलः a kind of reed. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता. -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D. :-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥ -नाडी sinew, tendon. -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar. -2 a great drum. -3 a thunder-cloud. -4 a shell. -5 an elephant. -6 a lion. -7 the ear. -8 a camel. -9 an epithet of Śiva. (-दम्) a musical instrument. -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda. -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा. -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls. -2 a great head or chief. -नासः an epithet of Śiva. -निद्र a. fast asleep. (-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death. -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen. -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists). -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम् -2 an epithet of Durgā. -नीचः a washerman. -नील a. dark-blue. (-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire. -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva. -नेमिः a crow. -न्यायः the chief rule. -पक्ष a. 1 having many adherents. -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179. (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a kind of duck. (-क्षी) an owl. -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre. -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥ -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥ -पटः the skin. -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3. -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death. -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Kedāra. -6 the way to heaven. -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra. -पथिक a. 1 undertaking great journeys. -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः) -पद्मः 1 a particular high number. -2 N. of Nārada. -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world. -5 an epithet of Nanda. -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera. (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus. -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda. -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch. -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon. -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे ... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324. -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58. -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154. -2 any great sin or transgression. -पात्रः a prime minister. -पादः an epithet of Śiva. -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked. -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P. -पुंसः a great man. -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1. -पुष्पः a kind of worm. -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions. -पृष्ठः a camel. -पोटगलः a kind of large reed. -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu. -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper. -प्रपञ्चः the great universe. -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (-भः) the light of a lamp. -प्रभुः 1 a great lord. -2 a king, sovereign. -3 a chief. -4 an epithet of Indra. -5 of Śiva -6 of Viṣṇu. -7 a great saint or holy man. -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inhabitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत ...... Ve.3.4. -प्रश्नः a knotty question. -प्रसादः 1 a great favour. -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death. -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365. -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates. -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्. -3 a raven. -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K. -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit. -प्लवः a great flood, deluge; ... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71. -फल a. 1 bearing much fruit. -2 bringing much reward. (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd. -2 a kind of spear. (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward. -2 a testicle. -फेना the cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet. -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes. -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām (-लः) 1 wind, storm. -2 a Buddha. -3 a solid bamboo. -4 a palm. -5 a crocodile. -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara. -बाध a. causing great pain or damage. -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere. -2 the heart. -3 a water-jar, pitcher. -4 a hole, cave. -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas. -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva. -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum. -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain). -बुशः barley. -बृहती a kind of metre. -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha. -2 a Buddha. -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa. -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa. -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg. -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā. -भाग a. 1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous. -2 illustrious, distinguished, glorious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192. -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16. -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity. -2 great excellence or merit. -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu. -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous. -भाण्डम् a chief treasury. -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary. -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini. -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni. -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू). -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu. -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly. -भुज a. long-armed, powerful. -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6. (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a great creature. -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment. -2 a great coil or hood; great winding. -3 a serpent. (-गा) an epithet of Durgā. -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5. -2 N. of Śiva. -मति a. 1 high-minded. -2 clever. (-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter. -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster. -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (-दः) an elephant in rut. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. 1 high-minded, nobleminded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7. -2 liberal. -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v. -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas. -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier. -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess. -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi. -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās. -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky). -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor. -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c. -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.). -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha. -मात्र a. 1 great in measure, very great or large. -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37. (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high stateofficial, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1. -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161. -3 a superintendent of elephants. (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister. -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher. -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess. -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6. -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent. -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya. -मायूरम् a particular drug. (-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh. -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads. -मालः N. of Śiva. -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva. -मुखः a crocodile. -मुद्रा a particular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga). -मुनिः 1 a great sage. -2 N. of Vyāsa. -3 an epithet of Buddha. -4 of Agastya. -5 the coriander plant. (-नि n.) 1 coriander seed. -2 any medicinal herb or drug. -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् a large radish. (-लः) a kind of onion. -मूल्य a. very costly. (-ल्यः) a ruby. -मृगः 1 any large animal. -2 an elephant, -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ. -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva. -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug. -मृधम् a great battle. -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P. -मेधा an epithet of Durgā. -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (-हा) an epithet of Durgā. -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.). -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19. -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated. -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares. -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promulgated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान). -याम्यः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men. -योगिन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a cock. -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ. -रक्तम् coral. -रङ्गः a large stage. -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28. -2 the thorn-apple. -रजनम् 1 safflower. -2 gold. -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6. -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56. -रथः 1 a great chariot. -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥). -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ. -रवः a frog. -रस a. very savoury. (-सः) 1 a sugarcane. -2 quicksilver. -3 a precious mineral. -4 the fruit of the date tree. -5 any one of the eight substances given below :-दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (-सम्) sour ricewater. -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184. -2 a respectful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb. -3 a deified Jaina teacher. -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, paramount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree. -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu. -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.). -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign. -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king. -2 N. of Durgā. -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night. -रात्रिः, -त्री f. 1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः. -2 midnight. -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina. -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās. -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34. -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains. -रुज्, -ज a. very painful. -रुद्रः a form of Śiva. -रुरुः a species of antelope. -रूप a. mighty in form. (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 resin. -रूपकम् a kind of drama. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight :-उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥). -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (-द्री) an epithet of Durgā. -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9. -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्. -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival. -लयः 1 a great world destruction. -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्). -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva. -लोलः a crow. -लोहम् a magnet. -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century). -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva. -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana. -वरा Dūrvā grass. -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation. -वर्तनम् high wages; -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper. -2 a large creeping plant. -वसः the porpoise. -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa. -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence. -2 any continuous composition or literary work. -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c. -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25. -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावातातैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22. -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant. -वायुः 1 air (as an element). -2 stormy wind, hurricane, tempest. -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras. -विडम् a kind of factitious salt. -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy. -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः ... ॥ -विपुला a kind of metre. -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः. -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva. -विषः a serpent having two mouths. -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries). -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious. -वीचिः N. of a hell. -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior. -2 a lion. -3 the thunderbolt of Indra. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -5 of Garuḍa. -6 of Hanumat. -7 a cuckoo. -8 a white horse. -9 a sacrificial fire. -1 a sacrificial vessel. -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti. -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful. (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. (-र्या) the wild cotton shrub. -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun. -वृषः a great bull. -वेग a. 1 very sw
mudrā मुद्रा [मुद्-रक्] 1 A seal, an instrument for sealing or stamping; especially a seal-ring, signet-ring; अनया मुद्रया मुद्रयैनम् Mu.1; नाममुद्राक्षराण्यनुवाच्य परस्परमवलोकयतः Ś.1; बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः स-मुद्रः Bk.1.19 (fig. also); इति प्रायो भावाः स्फुरदवधिमुद्रामुकुलिताः Bh.2.114. -2 A stamp, print, mark, impression; चतुःसमुद्रमुद्रः K. 191; सिन्दूरमुद्राङ्कितः (बाहुः) Gīt.4. -3 A pass, passport (as given by a seal-ring); अगृहीतमुद्रः कटकान्निष्कामसि Mu.5; गृहीतमुद्रः सलेखः पुरुषो गृहीतः Mu.5; शाहसूनोः शिवस्यैषा मुद्रा भद्राय राजते (wording on Śivājee's seal). -4 A stamped coin, coin, piece of money. -5 A medal. -6 An image, a sign, badge, token. -7 Shutting, closing, sealing; सैवौष्ठमुद्रा स च कर्णपाशः U.6.27; क्षिपन्निद्रा- मुद्रां मदनकलहच्छेदसुलभाम् Māl.2.12 'removing the seal of sleep' &c. -8 A mystery. -9 (In Rhet.) The expression of things by their right names. -1 N. of certain positions of the fingers practised in devotion or religious worship; योजनात् सर्वदेवानां द्रावणात् पापसंहतेः । तस्मान्मुद्रेति सा ख्याता सर्वकामार्थसाधनी Tantrasāra; Dk.2.2. -11 A particular branch of education (reckoning by the fingers). -12 A dance accordant with tradition. -13 A lock, stopper. -14 A nymph; बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः स- मुद्रः Bk.1.19. -15 "Parched grain" in the form of rice, paddy etc. (Yoginī Tantra, Ch.VI quoted in Woodroffe, Śakti and Śākta, 571). -16 Particular lines, marks; माता पुत्रः पिता भ्राता भार्या मित्रजनस्तथा । अष्टापदपदस्थाने दक्ष मुद्रेव लक्ष्यते ॥ Mb.12.298.4. -17 Type or block for printing. -Comp. -अक्षरम् 1 a letter of the seal. -2 a type (a modern use). -अङ्क, -अङ्कित a. stamped with a seal, sealed, stamped. -अधिपः the keeper of the seal; the officer in charge of the fort; ततो मुद्राधिपो मुख्यः कौक्षेयकसहायवान् Parṇāl.3.37. -अध्यक्षः superintendent of pass-ports; Kau. A.1.1.1. -कारः a maker of seals. -मार्गः an opening believed to exist in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape at death; cf. ब्रह्मरन्ध्र. -यन्त्रम् a press, a printing-press (a modern formation). -रक्षकः the keeper of the seals. -राक्षसम् N. of a drama by Viśākha-datta. -लिपिः an alphabet of written characters; मुद्रालिपिः शिल्पलिपिर्लिपिर्लेखनिसंभवा । गुण्डिका घुणसंभूता लिपयः पञ्चधा मताः ॥ -स्थानम् the place (on the finger) for a seal-ring; Ś.
muṣṭiḥ मुष्टिः m., f. [मुष्-क्तिच्] 1 The clenched hand, fist; कर्णान्तमेत्य विभिदे निबिडो$पि मुष्टिः R.9.58;15.21; Śi.1.59. -2 A handful, fistful; श्यामाकमुष्टिपरिवर्धितकः Ś4.14; R.19.57; Ku.7.69; Me.7. -3 A handle or hilt. -4 A particular measure (= pala). -5 A measure of capacity equal to one handful. -6 The penis. -7 Stealing (only f.). -8 A compendium, abridgment. -9 A measure used in checking the account of the income and expenditure of a country; 'जनपदायव्ययशोधको मुष्टिः' Bhūṣaṇā मुष्टिमर्धमुष्टिं वा$भ्यन्तरीकृत्य कृत्स्नमायव्ययजातम् Dk. 2.8. -Comp. -करणम् clenching the fist. -ग्रहः clasping with one hand. -देशः the middle of a bow, that part of it which is grasped in the hand. -द्यूतम् a kind of game. -पातः boxing. -बन्धः 1 clenching the fist. -2 a handful. -मान्द्यम् slight loosening of the bowstring. -मेय a. to be measured with the fist, to be spanned with the fingers. -युद्धम् a pugilistic encounter, boxing. -योगः the offering of handfuls (i. e. small quantities). -वधः devastation of the crop; अतो मुष्टिवधः सस्यवधो वा यदोत्पद्यते तदा$भियास्यसि Dk.2.3. -वर्चस् n. the feces compacted into a ball.
mauli मौलि a. [मूलस्यादूरभवः इञ्] Head, foremost, best; अखिलपरिमलानां मौलिना सौरभेण Bv.1.121. -लिः 1 The head, the crown of the head; मौलौ वा रचयाञ्जलिम् Ve. 3.4; R.13.59; Ku.5.79. -2 The head or top of anything, top-most point; U.2.3; देव्यग्रदीपमालाया मौलिदीपतुलां दधौ Parṇāl. -3 The Aśoka tree. -लिः (m., f.) 1 A crown, diadem, tiara; अलब्धशाणोत्कषणा नृपाणां न जातु मौलौ मणयो वसन्ति Bv.1.73. -2 Hair on the crown of the head, tuft or lock of hair; जटामौलि Ku.2.26 (जटाजूट Malli.); पुष्पितलतान्तनियमितंविलम्बिमौलिना Ki.12.41. -3 Braided hair, hair braided and ornamented; दुःशासनेन कचकर्षणभिन्नमौलिः Ve.6.34. -लिः, -ली f. The earth. -Comp. -कफः the phlegm secreted in the head. -पृष्ठम् the crown of the head. -बन्धः a diadem for the head. -मणिः, -रत्नम्*** a crest-jewel, a jewel worn in the crown. -मण़्डनम् a head-ornament. -मुकुटम् a crown, tiara.
yāpya याप्य a. 1 To be removed, expelled or rejected. -2 Low, contemptible, trifling, unimportant. -प्यः The father's elder brother. -Comp. -यानम् a litter or palanquin; तिरस्कृतविमानानि याप्ययानान्यनेकधा Śiva B.17. 43; याप्ययानादिदानेन नानावस्त्रैरलंकृतः Parṇāl.3.18.
ratūḥ रतूः f. 1 A celestial river. -2 Truthful words or speech; रतूः तान्थे सत्यवाचि देवनद्यां च कथ्यते Uṇādikośa. But according to कोशकल्पतरु of विश्वनाथकवि (अमुद्रित) 'रतू स्यात् सत्यभाषकः'.
lampaṭa लम्पट a. 1 Greedy, covetous, hankering after; दधिभक्तलम्पट इव Ratn.2. -2 Lustful, libidinous, dissolute, addicted to licentious pleasures; देशे देशे लम्पटाः पर्यटन्तः Viś. Guṇā.143. -टः A libertine, profligate, rake.
luṇṭ लुण्ट् I. 1 P. (लुण्टति) 1 To go. -2 To steal, rob, plunder. -3 To be lame or crippled. -4 To be idle or lazy. -II. 1 P., 1 U. (लुण्टयति-ते) 1 To rob, plunder, steal; कटकं लुण्टयामास स कृष्णो भास्करात्मजः Parṇāl.5.16. -2 To disregard, despise.
lokaḥ लोकः [लोक्यते$सौ लोक्-घञ्] 1 The world, a division of the universe; (roughly speaking there are three lokas स्वर्ग, पृथ्वी and पाताल, but according to fuller classification the lokas are fourteen, seven higher regions rising from the earth one above the other, i. e. भूर्लोक, भुवर्लोक, स्वर्लोक, महर्लोक, जनर्लोक, तपर्लोक, and सत्यलोक or ब्रह्मलोक; and seven lower regions, descending from the earth one below the other; i. e. अतल, वितल, सुतल, रसातल, तलातल, महातल, and पाताल). -2 The earth, terrestrial world (भूलोक); इह- लोके in this world (opp. परत्र). -3 The human race, mankind, men, as in लोकातिग, लोकोत्तर &c. q. v. -4 The people or subjects (opp. the king); स्वसुखनिरभिलाषः खिद्यसे लोकहेतोः Ś.5.7; R.4.8. -5 A collection, group, class, company; आकृष्टलीलान् नरलोकपालान् R.6.1; or शशाम तेन क्षितिपाल- लोकः 7.3. -6 A region, tract, district, province. -7 Common life, ordinary practice (of the world); लोकवत्तु लीलाकैवल्यम् Br. Sūt.II.1.33; यथा लोके कस्यचिदाप्तैषणस्य राज्ञः &c. S. B. (and diverse other places of the same work). -8 Common or worldly usage (opp. Vedic usage or idiom); वेदोक्ता वैदिकाः शब्दाः सिद्धा लोकाच्च लौकिकाः, प्रियतद्धिता दाक्षिणात्या यथा लोके वेदे चेति प्रयोक्तव्ये यथा लौकिक- वैदिकेष्विति प्रयुञ्जते Mbh. (and in diverse other places); अतो$स्मि लोके वेदे च प्रथितः पुरुषोत्तमः Bg.15.18. -9 Sight, looking. -1 The number 'seven', or 'fourteen'. -11 Ved. Open space; space, room. -12 One's own nature (निजस्वरूप); नष्टस्मृतिः पुनरयं प्रवृणीत लोकम् Bhāg.3. 31.15. -13 Enlightenment (प्रकाश); इच्छामि कालेन न यस्य विप्लवस्तस्यात्मलोकावरणस्य मोक्षम् Bhāg.8.3.25. -14 Recompense (फल); अग्नावेव देवेषु लोकमिच्छन्ते Bṛi. Up.1.4.15. -15 An object of enjoyment (भोग्यवस्तु); अथो अयं वा आत्मा सर्वेषां भूतानां लोकः Bṛi. Up 1.4.16. -16 Sight, the faculty of seeing (चक्षुरिन्द्रिय); अग्निर्लोकः Bṛi. Up.3.9. 1. -17 An object of sense (विषय); उपपत्त्योपलब्धेषु लोकेषु च समो भव Mb.12.288.11. (In compounds लोक is often translated by 'universally', 'generally', 'popularly'; as लोकविज्ञात so ˚विद्विष्ट). -Comp. -अक्षः space, sky. -अतिग a. extraordinary, supernatural. -अतिशय a. superior to the world, extraordinary. -अधिक a. extraordinary, uncommon; सर्वं पण्डितराजराजितिलकेनाकारि लोकाधिकम् Bv.4.44; Ki.2.47. -अधिपः 1 a king. -2 a god or deity. -अधिपतिः a lord of the world. -अनुग्रहः prosperity of mankind. -अनुरागः 'love of mankind', universal love, general benevolence, philanthropy. -अनुवृत्तम् obedience of the people. -अन्तरम् 'another world', the next world, future life; लोकान्तरसुखं पुण्यं तपोदानसमुद्भवम् R.1.69;6.45; लोकान्तरं गम्-प्राप् &c. 'to die'. -अन्तरित a. dead. -अपवादः public scandal, popular censure; लोकापवादो बलवान् मतो मे R.14.4. -अभि- भाविन् a. 1 overcoming the world. -2 pervading the whole world (as light). -अभिलक्षित a. generally liked. -अभ्युदयः public weal or welfare. -अयनः N. of Nārāyaṇa. -अलोकः N. of a mythical mountain that encircles the earth and is situated beyond the sea of fresh water which surrounds the last of the seven continents; beyond लोकालोक there is complete darkness, and to this side of it there is light; it thus divides the visible world from the regions of darkness; प्रकाशश्चा- प्रकाशश्च लोकालोक इवाचलः R.1.68; लोकालोकव्याहतं धर्मराशेः शालीनं वा धाम नालं प्रसर्तुम् Śi.16.83; Mv.5.1,45; ऊर्ध्व- मालोकयामासुः लोकालोकमिवोच्छ्रितम् Parṇāl.3.3; (for further explanation see Dr. Bhāṇḍārkar's note on l. 79 of Māl. 1th Act). (-कौ) the visible and the invisible world. -आकाशः 1 space, sky. -2 (with Jains) a worldly region. -आचारः common practice, popular or general custom, ways of the world; अपि शास्त्रेषु कुशला लोकाचारविवर्जिताः Pt.5.43. -आत्मन् m. the soul of the universe. -आदिः 1 the beginning of the world. -2 the creator of the world. -आयत a. atheistical, materialistic. (-तः) a materialist, an atheist, a follower of Chārvāka. (-तम्) materialism, atheism; (for some account see the first chapter of the Sarvadarśanasaṁgraha). -आयतिकः an atheist, a materialist; कच्चिन्न लोकायतिकान् ब्राह्मणांस्तात सेवसे Rām. 2.1.38. -ईशः 1 a king (lord of the world). -2 Brahman. -3 quick-silver. -उक्तिः f. 1 a proverb, popular saying; लोके ख्यातिमुपागतात्र सकले लोकोक्तिरेषा यतो दग्धानां किल वह्निना हितकरः सेको$पि तस्योद्भवः Pt.1.371. -2 common talk, public opinion. -उत्तर a. extraordinary, uncommon, unusual; लोकोत्तरा च कृतिः Bv.1.69.7; U.2.7. (-रः) a king. ˚वादिन् m. pl. N. of a Buddhist school. -उपक्रोशनम् circulating evil reports among the people; असारस्य वाक्संतक्षणैर्लोकोपक्रोशनैः ... अपवाहनम् Dk.2.2. -एकबन्धुः an epithet of Śākyamuni. -एषणा 1 desire for heaven; या वितैषणा सा लोकैषणोभे ह्येते एषणे एव भवतः Bṛi. Up.3.5.1. -2 desire for the good opinion of the public. -कण्टकः 1 a troublesome or wicked man, the curse of mankind. -2 an epithet of Rāvaṇa; see कण्टक. -कथा a popular legend, folk-tale. -कर्तृ, -कृत् m. the creator of the world. -कल्प a. 1 resembling the world. -2 regarded by the world. (-ल्पः) a period or age of the world. -कान्त a. liked by the people, popular; भव पितुरनुरूपस्त्वं गुणैर्लोककान्तैः V.5.21. (-न्ता) a kind of medical herb (Mar. मुरुढशेंग). -कारणकारणः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षित् a. inhabiting heaven. -गतिः f. actions of men. -गाथा a song handed down among people, folk-song. -चक्षुस् n. the sun. -चारित्रम् the ways of the world. -जननी an epithet of Lakṣmī. -जित् m. 1 an epithet of Buddha. -2 any conqueror of the world. -3 a sage. -a. winning heaven; तद्धैतल्लोकजिदेव Bṛi. Up.1.3.28. -ज्ञ a. knowing the world. -ज्येष्ठः an epithet of Buddha. -तत्त्वम् knowledge of mankind. -तन्त्रम् course of the world; निर्मितो लोकतन्त्रो$यं लोकेषु परिवर्तते Bhāg.12.11.29. -तुषारः camphor. -त्रयम्, -त्रयी the three worlds taken collectively; उत्खात- लोकत्रयकण्टकेपि R.14.73. -दम्भक a. cheating mankind; Ms.4.195. -द्वारम् the gate of heaven. -धर्मः 1 a worldly matter. -2 (with Buddhists) worldly condition. -धातुः a particular division of the world (जम्बु- द्वीप). -धातृ m. an epithet of Śiva. -धारिणी N. of the earth. -नाथः 1 Brahman. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 Śiva. -4 a king, sovereign. -5 a Buddha -6 the sun. -नेतृ m. an epithet of Śiva. -पः, -पालः 1 a regent or guardian of a quarter of the world; ललिताभिनयं तमद्य भर्ता मरुतां द्रष्टुमनाः सलोकपालः V.2.18; R.2.75;12.89;17.78; (the lokapālas are eight; see अष्टदिक्पाल). -2 a king, sovereign. -पक्तिः f. esteem of mankind, general respectability. -पतिः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a king, sovereign. -पथः, -पद्धतिः f. the general or usual way, the universally accepted way. -परोक्ष a. hidden from the world. -पितामहः an epithet of Brahman. -प्रकाशनः the sun. -प्रत्ययः universal prevalence. -प्रवादः general rumour, current report, popular talk. -प्रसिद्ध a. well-known, universally known. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 the sun. -2 Śiva. -बाह्य, -वाह्य 1 excluded from society, excommunicated. -2 differing from the world, eccentric, singular; उन्मादवन्नृत्यति लोकबाह्यः Bhāg.11.2.4. (-ह्यः) an outcast. -भर्तृ a. supporter of the people. -भावन, -भाविन् a. promoting the welfare of the world. -मर्यादा an established or current custom. -मातृ f. an epithet of Lakṣmī. -मार्गः an established custom. -यज्ञः desire for the good opinion of the people (लोकैषणा); Mb.1. 18.5. (com. लोकयज्ञो लोकैषणा सर्वो मां साधुमेव जानात्विति वासनारूपः). -यात्रा 1 worldly affairs, the course of worldly life, business of the world; तस्माल्लोकयात्रार्थी नित्यमुद्यत- दण्डः स्यात् Kau. A.1.4; Mb.3.15.31; Dk.2.8; एवं किलेयं लोकयात्रा Mv.7; यावदयं संसारस्तावत् प्रसिद्धैवेयं लोकयात्रा Ve.3. -2 a popular usage or custom; एषोदिता लोकयात्रा नित्यं स्त्रीपुंसयोः शुभा Ms.9.25 -3 worldly existence, career in life; Māl.4,6. -4 support of life, maintenance. -रक्षः a king, sovereign. -रञ्जनम् pleasing the world, popularity. -रवः popular talk or report. -रावण a. tormentor of the people; रावणं लोकरावणम् Rām.3.33.1; Mb.3.148.12. -लेखः 1 a public document. -2 an ordinary letter. -लोचनम् the sun. -वचनम् a popular rumour or report. -वर्तनम् the means by which the world subsists. -वादः public rumour; common talk, popular report; मां लोकवादश्रवणादहासीः R.14.61. -वार्ता popular report, public rumour; कश्चिदक्षर्धूतः कलासु कवित्वेषु लोकवार्तासु चातिवैचक्षण्यान्मया समसृज्यत Dk.2.2. -विद्विष्ट a. disliked by men, generally or universally disliked. -विधिः 1 a mode of proceeding prevalent in the world. -2 the creator of the world. -विनायकाः a class of deities presiding over diseases. -विभ्रमः see लोकव्यवहार; हृष्यत्तनुर्विस्मृतलोकविभ्रमः Bhāg.1.71.26. -विरुद्ध a. opposed to public opinion; यद्यपि शुद्धं लोकविरुद्धं नाकरणीयम् नाचरणीयम्. -विश्रुत a. farfamed, universally known, famous, renowned. -विश्रुतिः f. 1 world-wide fame. -2 unfounded rumour, mere report. -विसर्गः 1 the end of the world; Mb. -2 the creation of the world; Bhāg. -वृत्तम् 1 the way of the world, a custom prevalent in the world; लोकवृत्तमनुष्ठेयं कृतं वो बाष्पमोक्षणम् Rām.4.25.3. -2 an idle talk or gossip; न लोकवृत्तं वर्तेत वृत्तिहेतोः कथंचन Ms.4.11. -वृत्तान्तः, -व्यवहारः 1 the course or ways of the world, general custom; Ś.5. -2 course of events. -व्यवहार a. commonly used, universally current. -व्रतम् general practice or way of the world. -श्रुतिः f. 1 a popular report. -2 world-wide fame. -संसृतिः f. 1 fate, destiny. -2 course through the world. -संकरः general confusion in the world. -संग्रहः 1 the whole universe. -2 the welfare of the world; लोकसंग्रहमेवापि संपश्यन् कर्तुमर्हसि Bg.3.2. -3 worldly experience. -4 propitiation of mankind. -संपन्न a. possessed of worldly wisdom. -संबाधः a throng of men, going and coming; इतस्ततः प्रवेशनिर्गमप्रवृत्तलोकसंबाधम् Dk.2.3. -साक्षिक a. 1 having the world as a witness; in the face of the world; प्रत्यक्षं फलमश्नन्ति कर्मणां लोकसाक्षिकम् Mb.3.32.6. -2 attested by witnesses. -साक्षिन् m. 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 fire. -साधक a. creating worlds. -साधारण a. common (as a topic); Dk. -सिद्ध a. 1 current among the people, usual, customary. -2 generally received or accepted. -सीमातिवर्तिन् a. extraordinary, supernatural. -सुन्दर a. generally admired. -स्थलम् common occurrence. -स्थितिः f. 1 existence or conduct of the universe, worldly existence; the stability or permanence of the world; ये चैवं पुरुषाः कलासु कुशलास्तेष्वेव लोकस्थितिः Bh.2.22. -2 a universal law. -हास्य a. world-derided, the butt of general ridicule. -हित a. beneficial to mankind or to the world. (-तम्) general welfare.
lvīna ल्वीन a. Gone. वंशकरेण तेन R.18.31; न चक्रतुर्वंशकरावृषी तौ Bu. Ch.1.47. (-रः) 1 a son; त्वयि समुत्पन्नस्य वंशकरस्य मुखं प्रेक्षिष्यते V.5. -2 an ancestor. -कर्पूररोचना, -रोचना, -लोचना bamboo-manna. -कर्मन् n. bamboo-work. ˚कृत् a bambooworker. -कीर्ति a. celebrated. -कृत् m. the founder or perpetuator of a family. -कृत्यम् flute-playing. -क्रमः family succession. -क्षयः family decay. -क्षीरी bamboo-manna. -घटिका a kind of children's game; Buddh. -चरितम् the history of a family. -चर्मकृत् a worker in bamboo and leather; Rām.2.8.3. -चिन्तकः a genealogist. -छेत्तृ a. the last of a family. -ज a. 1 born in the family of; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा R.1.31. -2 made of bamboos. -3 sprung from a good family. (-जः) 1 progeny, issue, lineal descendant. -2 the seed of the bamboo. (-जम्) bamboo-manna. (-जा) bamboomanna; वंशजा बृंहणी वृष्या बल्या स्वाद्वी च शीतला Bhāva P. -तण्डुलः the seed of the bamboo. -धर a. 1 perpetuating a family; अन्तर्जले प्रसूतासि रघुवंशधरौ सुतौ U.7.3. -2 supporting a family. (-रः) 1 the continuer of a family. -2 a descendant. -धान्यम् = वंशतण्डुल q. v. -नर्तिन् m. a buffoon. -नाडि(ली)का a pipe made of bamboo. -नाथः the chief or head of a race. -नेत्रम् the root of sugarcane. -पत्रम् a bamboo-leaf. (-त्रः) a reed. ˚पतितम् N. of a kind of metre of seventeen syllables; दिङ्मुनिवंशपत्रपतितं भरनभनलगैः Chand. M. -पत्रकः 1 a reed. -2 a white kind of sugar-cane. (-कम्) yellow orpiment. -परंपरा lineal descent, family succession. -पात्रम् a bamboovessel. -पूरकम् the root of sugarcane. -बाह्य a. repudiated by a family. -ब्राह्मणम् 1 N. of a Brāhmaṇa (belonging to the Sāma-veda.) -भृत् m. the supporter or head of a family. -भोज्य a. hereditary. (-ज्यम्) a hereditary estate. -राजः a very high bamboo. -लक्ष्मीः f. the fortune of a family. -लून a. alone in the world. -वनम् a bamboo-forest; रात्रा वंशवनस्येव दह्यमानस्य पर्वते Mb.7.154.24. -वर्धनः a son. -विततिः f. 1 a family, descent. -2 a thicket of bamboos. -विस्तरः a complete genealogy. -शर्करा bamboo-manna. -शलाका a small bamboo peg at the lower end of a Vīṇā. -संपत् high birth and wealth, noble descent; Dk.1.4. -स्तनितम्, -स्थविलम् N. of a metre of twelve syllables; वदन्ति वंशस्थविलम् जतौ जरौ Chand. M. -स्थितिः f. the perpetuation of a family; वंशस्थितिं वंशकरेण तेन संभाव्य भावी स सखा मघोनः R.18.31; किं सुन्दरि प्ररुदितासि ममोपपन्ने वंशस्थितेरधि- गमान्महति प्रमोदे V.5.15.
vākyam वाक्यम् [वच्-ण्यत् चस्य कः] 1 Speech, words, a sentence, saying, what is spoken; शृणु मे वाक्यम् 'hear my words', 'hear me'; वाक्ये न संतिष्ठते 'does not obey'; संक्षिप्तस्याप्यतो$स्यैव वाक्यस्यार्थगरीयसः Śi.1.2.24. -2 A sentence, period (complete utterance of a thought); वाक्यं स्याद्योग्यताकाङ्क्षासत्तियुक्तः पदोच्चयः S. D.6; पदसमूहो वाक्यम् Tarka K.; श्रौत्यार्थी च भवेद्वाक्ये समासे तद्धिते तथा K. P.1. -3 An argument or syllogism (in logic). -4 A precept, rule, an aphorism. -5 (In astr.) The solar process for all astronomical computations. -6 An assertion, statement. -7 Command. -8 (In law) Declaration, legal evidence. -9 Betrothment. -Comp. -आडम्बरः bombastic language. -अर्थः 1 the meaning of a sentence. -2 (in Mīmāṁsā) the sense of a sentence derived on the strength of वाक्यप्रमाण as distinguished from श्रुति, लिङ्ग and other प्रमाणs. This is weaker than and hence sublated by the श्रुत्यर्थ or श्रुति; यत्र श्रुत्यर्थो न संभवति तत्र वाक्यार्थो गृह्यते ŚB. on MS. 6.2.14. वाक्यार्थः श्रुत्या बाध्यते ŚB. on MS.6.2.14. According to Mīmāṁsā view the अर्थs of पदs are सामान्य and when these form a sentence to yield the वाक्यार्थ, they get restricted or modified. Hence वाक्यार्थ means the पदार्थs modified or restricted; सामान्येनाभिप्रवृत्तानां पदार्थानां यद्विशेषे$वस्थानं स वाक्यार्थः ŚB. on MS.3.1.12. ˚उपमा a variety of Upamā according to Daṇḍin; वाक्यार्थेनैव वाक्यार्थः को$पि यद्युपमीयते । एकानेकेवशब्दत्वात् सा वाक्यार्थोपमा द्विधा ॥ Kāv.2.43. -आलापः conversation, discourse. -उपचारः speaking; Rām. -खण्डनम् refutation of an assertion or argument. -ग्रहः paralysis of speech. -पदम् a word in a sentence. -पदीयम् N. of a work attributed to Bhartrihari. -पद्धतिः f. the manner of composing sentences, diction, style. -परिसमाप्तिः f. Completion of a sentence (i. e. the application of the sense expressed by a sentence). This occurs in two ways; (i) the sense of the sentence as a whole may be predicated of the things or persons mentioned in the उद्देशपद severally; or (ii) it may be predicated of them all combined together. The former is known as प्रत्येकं वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः and is illustrated by देवदत्तयज्ञदत्तविष्णुमित्रा भोज्यन्ताम्; while the latter is known as समुदाये वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः and illustrated by गर्गाः शतं दण्ड्यन्ताम्; see ŚB. on MS.3.1.12. -प्रबन्धः 1 a treatise, connected composition. -2 the flow of sentences. -प्रयोगः employed of speech, use of language. -भेदः a different assertion, a divergent statement; संदिग्धे तु व्यवायाद् वाक्यभेदः स्यात् MS.3.1.21; वाक्यभेदान् बहूनगमत् Mu.2. -रचना, -विन्यासः arrangement of words in a sentence, syntax. -विलेखः An officer in charge of writing of accounts, orders etc. ततो वाक्यविलेखाख्यैर्दत्तोपन्तैः स्वशक्तितः Parṇāl.4.55. -विशारद a. eloquent, skilled in speech. -शेषः 1 the remainder of a speech, an unfinished or incomplete sentence; सदोषावकाश इव ते वाक्यशेषः V.3. -2 an elliptical sentence. -सारथिः Spokesman. -स्थ a. Obsequious; attentive.
vāraḥ वारः [वृ-घञ्] 1 That which covers, a cover. -2 A multitude, large number; as in वारयुवति; ते स्ववारं समा- स्थाय वर्त्मकर्मणि कोविदाः Rām.2.8.5. -3 A heap, quantity. -4 A herd, flock; वारी वारैः सस्मरे वारणानाम् Śi.18. 56. -5 A day of the week; as in बुधवार, शनिवार. -6 Time, turn; शशकस्य वारः समायातः Pt.1; अप्सरावारपर्यायेण V.5; R.19.18; often used in pl. like the English 'times'; बहुवारान् 'many times', कतिवारान् 'how many times'. -7 An occasion, opportunity. -8 A door, gate. -9 The opposite bank of a river. -1 N. of Śiva. -11 Ved. A tail. -रम् 1 A vessel for holding spirituous liquor. -2 A mass of water (जलसंघ). -Comp. -अङ्गना, -नारी, -युवति f., योषित् f., -वधू, -वनिता, विलासिनी, -सुन्दरी, -स्त्री 'a woman of the multitude', a common woman, harlot, courtezan, prostitute; Ratn.1. 26; Ś. Til.16. -कीरः 1 a wife's brother (according to Trik. Medinī spells with ब). -2 the submarine fire. -3 a hair-dresser or comb. -4 a louse. -5 a courser. -6 a carrier, porter; (these meanings are given in Medinī). -बु(बू)षा the plantain tree. -मुख्या the chief of a number of harlots. -बा (वा) णः, -णम् 1 Armour, a coat of mail; अगमत् कैतकं रजः । तद्योधवारबाणानामयत्न- पटवासताम् R.4.55; Śi.15.118; धुन्वाना जगृहुर्बाणान् वारबाण- विदारणान् Parṇāl.5.68. -2 a variety of blanket; Kau. A.2.11. -योगः powder. -वाणिः 1 a piper, player on a flute. -2 a musician. -3 a year. -4 a judge. (-णिः f.) a harlot. -वाणी a harlot. -वृषा 1 corn. -2 the plantain tree. -वेला a time or period of the day when no act is performed; कृतमुनियमशरमङ्गलरामर्तुषु भास्करादि- यामार्धे । प्रभवति हि वारवेला न शुभा शुभकार्यचरणाय ॥ Jyotistattvam. -सेवा 1 harlotry, prostitution. -2 a number of harlots.
vārāṃnidhiḥ वारांनिधिः The ocean; पाथोधिर्जलधिः पयोधिरुदधिर्वारां- निधिर्वारिधिः Udb. वाराशिः (वार् + राशिः) An ocean; वाराशिगभीराम्भसि काराभवने$भिग्रस्तामिह मुस्तामिव यस्तामुदहार्षीत् Viś. Guṇā.387.
vigarh विगर्ह् 1 U. 1 To blame, censure, reprozch; तं विगर्हन्ति साधवः Ms.9.68;3.46;11.53. -2 To despise, contemn. विगर्हणम् vigarhaṇam णा ṇā विगर्हा vigarhā विगर्हणम् णा विगर्हा Censure, blame, reproach, abuse; यदि भीष्मः स्त्रियं हन्यात् सन्तः कुयुर्विगर्हणम् Mb.5.192. 69; प्राप्ता नाम विगर्हणा स्थितिमतां मध्ये$नुजानामपि Ve.1.12.
vipariṇam विपरिणम् -Caus. To change or transform into. -Pass. 1 To be changed into. -2 To undergo a change for the worse. विपरिणमनम् vipariṇamanam विपरिणामः vipariṇāmḥ विपरिणमनम् विपरिणामः 1 A change, an alteration. -2 Change of form, transformation. -3 One of the modes of construing a sentence according to which a word or expression in the sentence is changed so as to suit the general trend in the context. This change may pertain to विभक्ति, लिङग, वचन, पुरुष, काल, अर्थ etc; ŚB. on MS.1.2.1.
veṇā वेणा N. of a river (joining the Kṛiṣṇā).
vaiśeṣika वैशेषिक a. (-की f.) 1 Characteristic, special; विषये वर्तमानानां यं तं वैशेषिकैर्गुणैः (प्राहुर्विषयगोप्तारम्) Mb.12.47.7; 7.5.15. -2 Belonging to the Vaiśeṣika doctrine. -कः A follower of the Vaiśeṣika doctrine. -कम् [विशेषं पदार्थ- भेदमधिकृत्य कृतो ग्रन्थः ठञ्] One of the six principal Darśanas or systems of Hindu philosophy founded by Kaṇāda; it differs from the Nyāya philosophy of Gautama in that it recognizes only seven instead of sixteen categories or heads of predicables (the earlier writers e. g. Kaṇāda recognizing only six), and lays particular stress upon Viśeṣa.
vyatyāsaḥ व्यत्यासः 1 Inverted position or order; कृतव्यत्यास- नामकाः Parṇāl.3.31. -2 Opposition, contrariety. -3 Change; रागान्धीकृतनयनेन नामधेयव्यत्यासादभिमुखमीरितः प्रियेण Śi.4.39.
śārada शारद a. [शरदि भवम् अण्] 1 Belonging to autumn, autumnal; (the f. is शारदी in this sense); विमलशारद- चन्दिरचन्द्रिका Bv.1.113; R.1.9; Ms.6.11; मेघः शारद एव काशधवलः पानीयरिक्तोदरः Subhāṣ. -2 Annual. -3 New, recent; P.VI.2.9. -4 Young, fresh. -5 Modest, shy, bashful. -6 Diffident, not bold. -7 Able, clever; शिखीब शारदः N.9.14. -दः 1 A year. -2 An autumnal sickness. -3 Autumnal sunshine. -4 A kind of kidneybean. -5 The Bakula tree. -दी 1 The full-moon day in the month of Āśvina (or Kārtika). -2 Alstonia Scholaris (Mar. सातवीण). -दम् 1 Corn, grain. -2 The white lotus. -दा 1 A kind of Vīṇā or lute. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 Of Sarasvatī; (शरत्काले पूरा यस्मान्नवम्यां बोधिता सुरैः । शारदा सा समाख्याता पीठे लोके च नामतः ॥; लिखति यदि गृहीत्वा (लेखनीं) शारदा सार्वकालम् Śiva mahimna 32. ˚अम्बा (शारदाम्बा) the goddess Sarasvatī.
śyainikaśāstram श्यैनिकशास्त्रम् The science of hunting; Gīrvāṇa. श्योणाकः śyōṇākḥ श्योनाकः śyōnākḥ श्योणाकः श्योनाकः N. of a tree, Bignonia Indica (Mar. दिंडा).
sāvarṇiḥ सावर्णिः A metronymic of the eighth Manu (son of the sun by Savarṇā); सावर्णिः सूर्यतनयो यो मनुः कथ्यते$ष्टमः Mārk. P.
sairaḥ सैरः रिः The month of Kārtika. सैरन्ध्रः sairandhrḥ सैरिन्ध्रः sairindhrḥ सैरन्ध्रः सैरिन्ध्रः 1 A menial servant or attendant. -2 A mixed tribe, the offspring of a Dasyu and an Ayogava female; सैरिन्ध्रं वागुरावृत्तिं सूते दस्युरयोगवे Ms.1.32. सैरन्ध्री sairandhrī सैरिन्ध्री sairindhrī सैरन्ध्री सैरिन्ध्री 1 A maid-servant or female attendant in the women's apartments [a woman of the mixed tribe described in सैरन्ध्र (2)]. -2 An independent female artisan working in another person's house. -3 An epithet of Draupadī (assumed by her when she acted as servant to Sudeṣṇā, queen of Virāṭa).
     Macdonell Vedic Search  
5 results
     
ahṛṇāna á-hṛṇāna, pr. pt. Ā. free from wrath [hṛ be angry].
ṇāvan ṛṇā-ván, a. indebted, x. 34, 10 [ṛṇá debt].
dhiṣaṇā dhiṣáṇā, f. bowl, i. 160, 1.
mitrāvaruṇā Mitrá̄-Váruṇā, du. cd. Mitra and Varuṇa, i. 35, 1; vii. 61, 2. 3. 6. 7; 63, 5.
vṛṇāna vṛṇāná, pr. pt. Ā. choosing, v. 11, 4 [vṛ choose].
       Bloomfield Vedic
         Concordance  
3 results
     
kṛpā ṇāma sthāpaḥ svāhākṛtāḥ pṛthivīm āviśata Apś.10.14.1.
pra ṇāmāni prayajyavas tiradhvam TS.4.3.13.6b. See pra nāmāni.
uttamarātrī ṇāma mṛtyo te mātā Kauś.135.9a.
     Dictionary of Sanskrit
     Grammar
     KV Abhyankar
"ṇā" has 56 results.
     
aṇādia term applied to all taddhita suffixes collectively as they begin with अण् confer, compare P.IV.1.83.
arīhaṇādia group of words given in P. IV.2.80 which get the taddhita affix घुञ् ( अक ) added to them as a cāturarthika affix e. g. अारीहणकम्, द्रौघणकम् et cetera, and otherssee Kāśikā on P.IV.2.80.
uṇādiaffixes headed by the affix उण्, which are similar to kṛt affixes of Pāṇini, giving derivation mostly of such words as are not derived by rules of Pāṇini. No particular sense such as agent, object et cetera, and others is mentioned in connection with these affixes, but, as Pāṇini has stated in 'ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः P.III. 4.75, the various Uṇādi affixes are applied to the various roots as prescribed in any Kāraka sense, except the संप्रदान and the अपादान; in other words, any one of the senses, agent, object, instrument and abode, is assigned to the Uṇādi affix as suits the meaning of the word. Although some scholars believe that the Uṇādi affixes are given by a grammarian later than Pāṇini as there are words like ताम्बूल, दीनार and others included in the list of Uṇādi words and that there are many interpolated Sūtras, still the Uṇādi collection must be looked upon as an old one which is definitely mentioned by Pāṇini in two different rules; confer, compare Pāṇini उणादयो बहुलम् P. III.3.1 and ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः III.4.76. Patañjali has given a very interesting discussion about these Uṇādi affixes and stated on the strength of the Vārttika, तत्रोणादिप्रतिषेधः, that these affixes and the words given in the Uṇādi collection should not be considered as genuinely deriveditionThe derivation is not a very systematic and logically correct one and therefore for practical purposes, the words derived by the application of the affixes उण् and others should be looked upon as underived; confer, compare उणादयोSव्युत्पन्नानि प्रातिपदिकानि. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on. P.I.1.16, III.4.77, IV.1.1, VI.1.62, VII.1.2, VII.2.8 et cetera, and others There is a counterstatement also seen in the Mahābhāṣya उणादयो व्युत्पन्नानि, representing the other view prevailing at the time; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.I.133; but not much importance seems to be attached to it. The different systems of grammar have different collections of such words which are also known by the term Uṇādi. Out of the collections belonging to Pāṇini's system, three collections are available at present, the collection into five pādas given in the printed edition of the Siddhānta Kaumudi, the collection into ten Pādas given in the printed edition of the Prakriya-Kaumudi and the collection in the Sarasvatīkaṇthābharaṇa of Bhoja forming Pādas 1, 2 and 3 of the second Adhyāya of the work.
uṇādeikośaa metrical work explaining the उणादि words referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. with meanings assigned to them. There are two such compositions one by Rāmatarkavāgīśa or Rāmaśarma and the other by Rāmacandra Dīkṣita.
uṇādiprātipadikaword form or crude base, ending with an affix of the uṇ class, which is looked upon as practically underived, the affixes un and others not being looked upon as standard affixes applied with regular meanings attached to them and capable of causing operations to the preceding base as prescribed by rules of grammar; confer, compare उणादयोS व्युत्पन्नानि प्रातिपदिकानि । व्युत्पन्नानीति शाकटायनरीत्या । पाणिनेस्त्वव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष एवेति शब्देन्दुशेखरे निरूपितम्. Pari. Śek. on Paribhāṣa 22.
uṇādisūtra,uṇādisūtrapāṭhathe text of the Sūtras which begins with the Sūtras prescribing the affix उण् after the roots कृ, वा, पा, जि, स्वद्, साध् and अश्; cf Uṅādi Sūtras 1.1. for the different versions of the text See उणादि. Similar Sūtras in Kātantra, Āpiśali, Sakaṭāyana and other systems of grammar are also called Uṇādi Sūtras.
uṇādisūtradaśapādīthe text of the Uṇādi Sūtras divided into ten chapters believed to have been written by शाकटायन. It is printed at the end of the Prakriyā Kaumud and separately also, and is also available in manuscripts with a few differences. Patañjali in his Bhāṣya on P.III.3.1, seems to have mentioned Sakaṭāyana as the author of the Uṇādi Sūtras although it cannot be stated definitely whether there was at that time, a version of the Sūtras in five chapters or in ten chapters or one, completely different from these, as scholars believe that there are many interpolations and changes in the versions of Uṇādi Sūtras available at present. A critical study of the various versions is extremely desirable.
uṇādisūtrapañcapādīthe text of the Uṇādi Sūtras divided into five chapters which is possessed of a scholarly commentary written by Ujjvaladatta. There is a commentary on it by Bhaṭṭoji Dīkṣita also.
uṇādisūtravṛttia gloss on the Uṇādi Sūtras in the different versions. Out of the several glosses on the Uṇādi Sūtras, the important ones are those written by Ujjvaladatta, Govardhana, Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva, Rāmacandra Dīkṣita and Haridatta. There is also a gloss called Uṇādisūtrodghātana by Miśra. There is a gloss by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. on the Kātantra version of the Uṇādi Sūtras.
aauṇādikaan afix mentioned in the class of affixes called उणादि in treatises of Pāṇini and other grammarians; confer, compare नमुचि । मुचेरौणादिकः केिप्रत्ययः Kāś.on P.VI.3.75; फिडफिड्डौ अौणादिकौ प्रत्ययौ M.Bh. on Māheśvarasūtras. 2. See the word उणादि a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
auṇādikapadārṇavaa collection of words called औणादिक; a name given to his work by पेदुभदृ of the 18th century.
karṇādi(1)a class of words headed by कर्ण to which the taddhita affix अायन ( फिञ् ) is applied in the four senses given in P.IV.2.67-70; exempli gratia, for example कार्णायनिः वासिष्ठायनिः et cetera, and others; cf Kāś. on P.IV.2.80; (2) a class of words headed by कर्ण to which the taddhita affix जाह (जाहच्) is added in the sense of a 'root' exempli gratia, for example कर्णजाहम् ; confer, compare Kāś. on P.V.2.24.
guṇādia class of words headed by the word गुण, which, when preceded by the word बहु in a Bahuvrihi compound, do not have their last vowel acute; e. g. बहुगुणा रज्जुः; बह्वक्षरं पदम् , et cetera, and others This class of गुणादि words is considered as आकृतिगण; confer, compare Kas, on P. VI. 2.176.
timaṇṇāa southern grammarian who wrote a short treatise on the pratyaharas like अण्, इण् et cetera, and others in the grammar of Panini.
tṛṇādia class of words to which the taddhita affix श is added in the four senses given in P. IV. 2.67 to 70; e. g. तृणशः, नडशः, पर्णशः et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3.80.
darpaṇāname of a commentary on the Sabdakaustubha, written by Mannudeva or Mantudeva of the nineteenth century.
nirūḍhalakṣaṇāpotentiality of implicaion which gives the meaning of a word which is based upon implication; e. g. रथो गच्छति.
pūraṇāntaending with an ordinal affix: the same as पूरणप्रत्ययान्त; confer, compare योसौ पूर्णान्तात् स्वार्थ अन् सोपि पूरणमेव M.Bh.on P. II. 2.3.
prāṇapaṇāa gloss on the Mahabhasya of Patanjali, written by the famous easterm grammarian Purusottamadeva of the 12th century A. D., of which only a fragment of a few pages is available. As the legend goes, the name प्राणपणा was given to the gloss as it was accompanied by an oath on the part of the author that his life was at stake if he did even the slightest injustice to the author of the Mahabhasya.
phaṇādia class of seven roots headed by the root फण्, which belong to the first conjugation and which have optionally their vowel अ changed into ए and the reduplicative syllable ( अभ्यास) dropped, in the forms of the perfect tense before the affix इथ and weak affixes; e. g. फेणतु:, फेणु:, फेणिथ फफणतुः, पफणुः, पफणिथ et cetera, and others confer, compare P.VI.4.:125.
bṛhadṛrpaṇāname of a commentary on Kondabhatta's Vaiyakaranabhusanasara by Mannudeva, who was called also Mantudeva, who lived in the latter half of the eighteenth century.
brāhmaṇādia class of words headed by the word ब्राह्मण to which the taddhita affix. affix य ( ष्यञ् ) is added in the sense of 'nature' or 'duty'; e. g. ब्राह्मण्यं ( ब्राह्मणस्य भावः कर्म बां ); cf ब्राह्मणादिराकृतिगणः अादिशव्दः प्रकारवचन: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V.1.24.
rāmakṛṣṇānandawriter of a commentary on the Mahabhasya which is available in a fragmentary form.
lakṣaṇāimplication; potentiality of implication; this potentiality of words viz. लक्षणा is not recognised by grammarians as a potentiality different from the अभिधाशक्ति or the power of denotation. Later grammarians, however, like the Ālamkārikas, have used the word in the sense of potentiality of implication as different from that of denotation; confer, compare अन्त्यशब्द लक्षणा न च Paribhāşenduśekhara.
laghubhūṣaṇadarpaṇa or laghudarpaṇāname of a commentary by Mannudeva on Koņdabhațța's Vaiyākaraņabhūşaņasāra.
varaṇādia class of words headed by वरण which have the taddhita affix elided, if it is added to them in the four senses mentioned in P.IV.2.67-70 confer, compare वरणानामदूरभवं नगरं वरणाः | कटुकबदर्या अदूरभवो ग्रामः कटुकबदरी ! confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.IV.2.82.
varṇānarthavattvathe view that letters do not possess the sense, as individually in every letter no separate sense ; is seen: confer, compare अनर्थकास्तु et cetera, and others Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra 5, Vart.14 and 15.
varṇārthavattvathe theory or view that individual letters are severally possessed of different senses. For instance, the difference in the meanings of the words कूप, यूप, and सृप is due to the difference in their initial letter. The theory is not acceptable to the Vaiyakaranas nor the theory वर्णानर्थवत्व given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. They follow the theory of संघातार्थवत्त्व i. e. sense given by a group of words together. See M.Bh, on Siva Sutra 5, Varttikas 9 to 15.
varṇāśrayaa grammatical operation depending upon a single letter id est, that is an operation caused by a letter singly; cf, वर्णाश्रये नास्ति प्रत्ययलक्षणम् |ParSek.Pari.21; confer, comparealso वर्णाश्रयः प्रत्ययो वर्णविचालस्यानिमित्तम् । दाक्षि:l M.Bh.onP. I.1.39 Vart.10.
vāraṇāvateśaa grammarian of the seventeenth century who wrote a gloss named अमृतस्त्रुति on the Prakriya-kaumudi.
vipariṇāmachange; confer, compare कार्यविपरिणामाद्वा सिद्धम् | कार्यस्य संप्रत्ययस्य विपरिणामः कार्यविपरिणामः M.Bh. on I.1.56 Vart. 14. The word is very frequently used in connection with a change of the case of a word in a grammar rule which becomes necessary for interpretation; confer, compare विभक्तिविपरिणामाद्वा सिद्वम् as also अर्थाद्विभक्तिविपरिणामो भवति । M.Bh. on P.I.3.9,12:V.3.60, VI.1 . 4, VII.3.50.
vyākaraṇādhyayanaprayojanathe purpose of the study of Grammar which is beautifully summed up and discussed in the first Ahnika by Patanjali in his Mahabhasya.
vyākaraṇāntaraa term used by scholars of the Paniniyan system of grammar with respect to grammar works of other systems such as the Katantra, the Sakatyana, and others; confer, compare श्रन्थिग्रन्थिदाम्भिस्वञ्जीनां लिटः कित्वं व्याकरणान्तरे S.K. on अश्नॊतेश्च P. VII.4.72.
śramaṇādia class of words headed by the word श्रमणा with which words in the masculine or the feminine gender are compounded when they stand in apposition; confer, compare कुमारी श्रमणा कुमारश्रमणा, युवा अध्यापकः युवाध्यापक: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II.1.70.
saṃpradhāraṇāsimultaneous occurrence. अल्लोपस्य च यणादेशस्य नास्ति संप्रधारणा, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 4.2 Vart. 9; cf also सिद्धासिद्धयोश्च नास्ति संप्रधारणा Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI, 1.9. Vart. 7.
sāmānyagrahaṇāvighātathe preservation of the inclusion of two or more terms by such a wording as is common to those two or more terms; exempli gratia, for example ङी for ङीप् ङीष् and ङीन्; आप् for टाप्, डाप् and चाप्: confer, compare अथवा अवश्यमत्र सामान्यग्रहणाविघातार्थः ककारोनुबन्धः कर्तव्यः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III, 1.83 Vart.. 7. The phrase सामान्यग्रहणाविघातार्थ is very frequently used in the Kasikavrtti.
sāyaṇa,sāyaṇācāryathe celebrated Vedic scholar and grammarian of Vijayanagar who flourished in the 14th century and wrote, besides the monumental commentary works on the Vedas, a grammatical work on roots and their forms known by the name माधवीया धातुवृत्ति. As the colophon of the work shows, the Dhatuvrtti was written by Sayanacarya, but published under the name of Madhava, the brother of Sayanacarya: confer, compare इति महामन्त्रिणा मायणसुतेन माधवसहोदरेण सायणाचार्येण विरचितायां माधवीयायां धातुवृत्तौ...Madhaviya Dha tuvrtti at the end; cf also तेन मायणपुत्रेण सायणेन मनीषिणा । व्याख्येया माधवी चेयं धातुवृत्तिर्विरच्यते । Mad. Dhatuvrtti at the beginning.
athaUṇādi affix अथ prescribed in Uṇādi Sūtras 393-396 exempli gratia, for example see शपथ, अवभृथ, आवसथ ctc.
adiUṇādi affix अदि e. g, शरद्, दरद्; confer, compare शॄदॄभसोsदि; Uṇ. 127;
as(1)case affix of the nominative and accusative plural and the ablative and genitive singular (जस् , शस्, ङसि and ङस् ) (2) taddhita affix अस् ( असि ) added to पूर्व, अधर and अवर, by P.V.3.39: (3) compoundending अस् ( असिच् ) applied to the words प्रजा and मेधा standing at the end of a Bahuvrīhi compound (P.V.4.122): (4) Uṇādi affix अस् prescribed by the rule सर्वधातुभ्योऽसुन् and subsequent rules (628-678) to form words such as मनस्,सरस् et cetera, and others(5) ending syllable अस्, with or without sense, of words in connection with which special operations are given in grammar; confer, compare P.VI.4.14; confer, compare also अनिनस्मन्ग्रहणान्यर्थवता चानर्थकेन च तदन्तविधिं प्रयोजयन्ति Par.Śek. Pari. 16.
asi(1)Uṇādi affix अस्; (2) taddhita affix. affix अस्. See a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the word अस्.
it(1)a letter or a group of letters attached to a word which is not seen in actual use in the spoken language: cf अप्रयोगी इत्, Śāk. I.1.5, Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana.1.1.37. The इत् letters are applied to a word before it, or after it, and they have got each of them a purpose in grammar viz. causing or preventing certain grammatical operations in the formation of the complete word. Pāṇini has not given any definition of the word इत् , but he has mentioned when and where the vowels and consonants attached to words are to be understood as इत्; (confer, compare उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् , हलन्त्यम् । et cetera, and others P. I.3.2 to 8) and stated that these letters are to be dropped in actual use, confer, compareP.I.3.9. It appears that grammarians before Pāṇini had also employed such इत् letters, as is clear from some passages in the Mahābhāṣya as also from their use in other systems of grammar as also in the Uṇādi list of affixes, for purposes similar to those found served in Pāṇini 's grammar. Almost all vowels and consonants are used as इत् for different purposes and the इत् letters are applied to roots in the Dhātupāṭha, nouns in the Gaṇapāṭha, as also to affixes, augments and substitutes prescribed in grammar. Only at a few places they are attached to give facility of pronunciation. Sometimes the इत् letters, especially vowels, which are said to be इत्, when uttered as nasalized by Pāṇini, are recognised only by convention; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः(S.K.on P.I.3.2).The word इत्, which literally means going away or disappearing, can be explained as a mute indicatory letter. In Pāṇini's grammar, the mute vowel अ applied to roots indicates the placing of the Ātmanepada affixes after them, if it be uttered as anudātta and of affixes of both the padas if uttered svarita; confer, compare P.I.3. 12, 72. The mute vowel आ signifies the prevention of इडागम before the past part, affixes; confer, compare P. VII. 2. 16. Similarly, the mute vowel इ signfies the augment न् after the last vowel of the root; confer, compareP.VII.1.58; ई signifies the prevention of the augment इ before the past participle.affixes cfP.VII.2.14;उ signifies the inclusion of cognate letters; confer, compareP.I.1.69, and the optional addition of the augment इ before त्वा; confer, compare P.VII.2. 56; ऊ signifies the optional application of the augment इट्;confer, compareP.VII. 2.44; क signifies the prevention of ह्रस्व to the vowel of a root before the causal affix, confer, compareVII.4.2: लृ signifies the vikarana अङ् in the Aorist cf P.III.1.55; ए signifies the prevention of vrddhi in the Aorist,confer, compare P.VII.2.55; ओ signifies the substitution of न् for त् of the past participle. confer, compare P VIII.2.45; क् signifies the Prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compareP, I. 1.5; ख् signifies the addition of the augment मुम्(म्)and the shortening of the preceding vowel: confer, compareP.VI.3 65-66: ग् signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5 घ् signifies कुत्व, confer, compare P.VII.3.62; ङ्, applied to affixes, signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5; it causes संप्रसारणादेश in the case of certain roots, confer, compare P. VI.1.16 and signifies आत्मनेपद if applied to roots; confer, compare P.I. 3.12, and their substitution for the last letter if applied to substitutes. confer, compare P I.1.53. च् signifies the acute accent of the last vowel;confer, compareP.VI.1. 159; ञ् signifies उभयपद i.e the placing of the affixes of both the podas after the root to which it has been affixed;confer, compareP.I.3.72, ट् in the case of an augment signifies its application to the word at the beginning: confer, compareP I.1.64, while applied to a nominal base or an affix shows the addition of the feminine. affix ई (ङीप्) confer, compareP.IV.1. 15;ड् signifies the elision of the last syllable; confer, compare P.VI.4.142: ण् signifies वृद्धि, confer, compareP.VII.2.115;त् signifies स्वरित accent, confer, compare VI.1.181, as also that variety of the vowel ( ह्रस्व, दीर्ध or प्लुत) to which it has been applied confer, compare P.I.1.70; न् signifies आद्युदात्त, confer, compare P.VI.1.193:प् signifies अनुदात्त accent confer, compare अनुदात्तौ सुप्पितौ P. III.1.4. as also उदात्त for the vowel before the affix marked with प् confer, compare P.VI.1.192: म् signifies in the case of an augment its addition after the final vowel.confer, compareP.I.1.47,while in the case of a root, the shortening of its vowel before the causal affix णि,confer, compare P.VI.4.92: र् signifies the acute accent for the penultimate vowel confer, compare P.VI.1.217,ल् signifies the acute accent for the vowel preceding the affix marked with ल्; confer, compareP.VI. 193; श् implies in the case of an affix its सार्वधातुकत्व confer, compare P. II1.4.113, while in the case of substitutes, their substitution for the whole स्थानिन् cf P.I.1.55; प् signifies the addition of the feminine. affix ई ( ङीप् ) confer, compareP.IV-1.41 ;स् in the case of affixes signifies पदसंज्ञा to the base before them, cf P.I.4.16. Sometimes even without the actual addition of the mute letter, affixes are directed to be looked upon as possessed of that mute letter for the sake of a grammatical operation exempli gratia, for example सार्वधातुकमपित् P.I.2.4; असंयेागाल्लिट कित् P.I.2.5: गोतो णित् P.VII.1.90 et cetera, and others (2) thc short vowel इ as a substitute: confer, compare शास इदङ्हलोः P.VI.4.34.
uṭaugment उ affixed to the roots वृ and तॄ before the kṛt affix तृ; confer, compare तृरुतृतरूतृवरुतृ वरूतृवस्त्रीरिति तरतेर्वृङ्वृञोश्च तृचि उट् ऊट् इत्येतावाग निपात्येते Kāś. on P. VII.2.34.उण् the affix उण्, causing वृद्धि on account of the mute letter ण , prescribed after the roots कृ, वा, पा, जि, मि, स्वद्, साध् and अशू by the rule कृवापाजिमित्वदिसाध्यशूभ्य उण् which is the first rule (or Sūtra) of a series of rules prescribing various affixes which are called Uṇādi affixes, the affix उण् being the first of them. exempli gratia, for example कारुः, वायु , स्वादु, साधु et cetera, and others; confer, compare Uṇādi I,1.
usiUṇādi afix उस् applied to the root जन् to form जनुस् confer, compare जनेरुसिः Uṇsūtra. 272.
fourth vowel in Pāṇini's alphabet; possessed of long and protracted varieties and looked upon as cognate ( सवर्ण ) with लृ which has no long type in the grammar of Pāṇini; confer, compare R.Pr.I,9: V.Pr.VIII.3. (2) uṇādi suffix च् applied to the root स्था to form the word स्थृ; e. g. सव्येष्ठा सारथिः; confer, compare सव्ये स्थश्छन्दसि Uṇ Sū, II. 101.
ediphthong vowel ए made up of अ and इ, and hence having कण्ठतालुस्थान as its place of origin. It has no short form according to Pāṇini. In cases where a short vowel as a substitute is prescribed for it in grammar, the vowel इ is looked upon as its short form. Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya has observed that followers of the Sātyamugri and Rāṇāyanīya branches of the Sāmaveda have short ए ( ऍ ) in their Sāmaveda recital and has given सुजाते अश्वसूनृते, अध्वर्यो अद्रिभिः सुतम् as illustrations; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1-48; as also the article on.
elima(1)kṛt (affix). afix केलिमर् exempli gratia, for example पचेलिमा माषाः confer, compare P. III.1.96 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1: (2) Uṇādi affix एलिमच् applied to पच् confer, compare पच एलिमच् Uṇ. S.IV.37.
k(1)taddhita affix.affix क applied to the words of the ऋश्य group in the four senses called चातुरर्थिक e. g. ऋश्यकः, अनडुत्कः, वेणुकः et cetera, and others, confer, compare P.IV.2.80; (2) taddhita affix. affix क applied to nouns in the sense of diminution, censure, pity et cetera, and others e. g. अश्वक्रः, उष्ट्रकः, पुत्रकः, confer, compare P.V. 3.70-87: (3) taddhita affix. affix क in the very sense of the word itself ( स्वार्थे ) exempli gratia, for example अविकः, यावकः, कालकः; confer, compare P.V.4.2833; (4) Uṇādi affix क exempli gratia, for example कर्क, वृक, राका, एक, भेक, काक, पाक, शल्क et cetera, and others by Uṇādi sūtras III. 40-48 before which the angment इट् is prohibited by P. VII.2.9; (5) kṛt affix क ( अ ) where क् is dropped by P. I. 3.8, applied, in the sense of agent, to certain roots mentioned in P.III.1.135, 136, 144, III. 2.3 to 7, III.2.77 and III.3.83 exempli gratia, for example बुध:, प्रस्थः, गृहम्, कम्बलदः, द्विपः, मूलविभुजः, सामगः, सुरापः et cetera, and others; (6) substitute क for the word किम् before a case affix, confer, compare P.VII.2.103; (7) the Samāsānta affix कप् (क) at the end of Bahuvrīhi compounds as prescribed by P.V.4.151-160.
kan(1)Uṇādi affix as in the words एक, भेक, शल्क etc; (2) taddhita affix.affix क as given by Pāṇini sūtras IV.2.13l, IV.3.32, 65, 147, IV.4.21; V.1.22, 23, 51, 90, V.2.64, 65, 66, 68-75, 77-82, V.3.51, 52, 75,81,82,87, 95, 96, 97. V.4.3,4,6, 29-33.
kāśikāvṛttisāraa commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti named अमृतसूति by Vāraṇāvateśa-śāstrin.
kyu,kyunUṇādi affixes अन.
ksaranUṇādi affix सर; confer, compare तन्यृषिभ्यां क्सरन् Uṇādi III.75.
ksiUṇādi affix सि; confer, compare प्रुषिकुषिशुषिभ्यः क्सि: Uṇādi III.155.
bhīmādia class of words headed by the word भीम in which the Uṇādi affixes म and others, as prescribed by specific Uṇādi sūtras, are found added in the sense of the 'apādāna' case-relation; exempli gratia, for example भीमः in the sense 'बिभेति अस्मात्'. Similarly भीष्मः, भूमि:, रज: et cetera, and others confer, compare Kāś. on P.III.4.74.
bhraṣṭāvasaraliterally a person or a thing of which the proper occasion has passed; the word is used in connection with the application of a rule even though the proper time of its application is gone, on the analogy of a man who is paid his Dakṣiṇā although the proper time has gone ( भ्रष्टावसरन्यायेन दक्षिणा दीयते); confer, compare न च पुनर्लुक्शास्त्रं प्रवर्तते भ्रष्टावसरत्वात् Kāś. on P. VII.2.101.
man(1)the affix मनिन् generally found in Vedic Literature added to roots ending in अा and preceded by a noun; exempli gratia, for example सुदामा, अश्वत्थामा; confer, compare आतो मनिन्कनिब्वनिपश्च P.III.2.74,75; (2) Uṇādi affix in ओद्म; confer, compare औद्म इति उन्देरौणादिके मन्प्रत्यये नलोपो गुणश्च निपात्यते Kāś. on P. VI.4.29.
     DCS with thanks   
467 results
     
ṇānta noun (masculine) the sound ta (K.R. von Kooji (1972), 40)
Frequency rank 53205/72933
ṇā indeclinable [rel.] a kind of bīja
Frequency rank 53206/72933
agnivarṇā noun (feminine) a kind of venomous spider (lūtā)
Frequency rank 41698/72933
aṅgāravarṇā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 41794/72933
atikaruṇātman adjective very karuṇātman
Frequency rank 42002/72933
aticaraṇā noun (feminine) [medic.] name of a disease of the vagina
Frequency rank 42039/72933
atṛṣṇā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 42301/72933
adākṣiṇātya adjective not coming from the south
Frequency rank 42381/72933
adhyeṣaṇā noun (masculine feminine) asking for instruction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42557/72933
anusāraṇā noun (feminine) img/alchemy.bmp
Frequency rank 18809/72933
annapūrṇā noun (feminine) a form of Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a goddess (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43499/72933
apariṇāmin adjective unchangeable
Frequency rank 12335/72933
apariṇāyaka adjective without a leader
Frequency rank 43669/72933
aparṇā noun (feminine) name of an attendant of Devī (K.R. von Kooji (1972), 51) name of Durgā or Pārvatī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12336/72933
amṛṇāla noun (neuter) the root of Andropogon Muricatus the root of a fragrant grass (used for tatties or screens, commonly called Kaskas, Andropogon Muricatus) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15451/72933
amṛṇālaka noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 44637/72933
ayantraṇā noun (feminine) not dressing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not putting on a bandage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32501/72933
aruṇā noun (feminine) a black kind of the same (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
bitter apple (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Citrullus colocynthis Schrad. Colocynth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Indian madder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Tori (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the plant that yields the red and black berry used for the jewellers weight (called Retti) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the plants Betula (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10561/72933
aruṇātmaja noun (masculine) Jaṭayu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44866/72933
aruṇānuja noun (masculine) Garuḍa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32531/72933
arhaṇā noun (feminine) honour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
worship (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44990/72933
alavaṇā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 45018/72933
avadhīraṇā noun (feminine) repudiating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
treating with disrespect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 45149/72933
karṇāvabhañjana noun (masculine) [zool.] a kind of bird (?)
Frequency rank 45178/72933
avyaktalakṣaṇā noun (feminine) [rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 45533/72933
ākṣāraṇā noun (feminine) calumnious accusation (especially of adultery) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46199/72933
ādityavarṇā noun (feminine) [rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 46362/72933
āmaraṇānta adjective continuing till death (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having death as the limit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lasting for life (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46526/72933
āmaraṇāntika adjective continuing till death (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having death as the limit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lasting for life (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33113/72933
ibhakaṇā noun (feminine) gajapippalī scindapsus officinalis schott
Frequency rank 33281/72933
ibhakṛṣṇā noun (feminine) gajapippalī
Frequency rank 46960/72933
īṣaṇā noun (feminine) haste (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47024/72933
uṇādi noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 47100/72933
udakakaṇā noun (feminine) Commelyna salicifolia (Ray, Rasārṇava)
Frequency rank 23468/72933
udghoṣaṇā noun (feminine neuter) proclamation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47325/72933
uraṇākhya noun (masculine) Cassia Alata or Tora (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47794/72933
uṣaṇā noun (feminine) dried ginger (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Piper Chaba (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Piper Longum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23537/72933
uṣṇāgama noun (masculine) approach of the heat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
beginning of the hot season (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47862/72933
uṣṇāṃśu noun (masculine) the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33615/72933
ekaparṇā noun (feminine) name of a younger sister of Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14072/72933
eṣaṇā noun (feminine) begging (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
desire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
request (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
seeking with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
solicitation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11215/72933
kaṅkaṇā noun (feminine) name of one of the mothers in the retinue of Skanda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48246/72933
kaṇā noun (feminine) atom (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cummin seed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
drop (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
kind of fly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
minute particle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Piper longum Linn. (long pepper) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
realgar
Frequency rank 2975/72933
kaṇajīrṇā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 48349/72933
kaṇāda noun (masculine) goldsmith (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name given to the author of the Vaiśeshika branch of the Nyāya philosophy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27350/72933
kaṇāhvā noun (feminine) kind of white cummin seed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48359/72933
kapotacaraṇā noun (feminine) kind of perfume (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27386/72933
kapotabāṇā noun (feminine) kind of perfume (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48568/72933
karuṇā noun (feminine) one of the four Brahmavihāras (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
particular tone (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sentiment of compassion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4893/72933
karuṇākara noun (neuter) a kind of alchemical apparatus
Frequency rank 33853/72933
karuṇāy verb (denominative ātmanepada) to feel pity to lament
Frequency rank 23637/72933
karuṇāvant adjective being in a pitiful state (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
compassionate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pitiable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pitiful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48696/72933
karṇākṣī noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 48743/72933
karṇākhya noun (masculine) white amaranth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
white Barleria cristata
Frequency rank 48744/72933
karṇāñjali noun (masculine) the ears pricked up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48745/72933
karṇāṭī noun (feminine) (in mus.) a particular Rāgiṇī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of Mimosa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a queen of Karṇāṭa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48746/72933
karṇāṭa noun (masculine) (in mus.) a particular Rāga (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a king or inhabitant of Karṇāṭa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a people and the country they inhabit (the modern Karnatic) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27419/72933
karṇāṭaka noun (masculine) name of a people and the country they inhabit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33869/72933
karṇānuja noun (masculine) name of Yudhiṣṭhira (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33870/72933
karṇānta noun (masculine) name of a man
Frequency rank 48747/72933
karṇābharaṇaka noun (masculine) Cathartocarpus fistula (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48748/72933
karṇāmṛta noun (neuter) name of a work (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
nectar for the ears (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of medicine
Frequency rank 48749/72933
karṇāri noun (masculine) name of Arjuna (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Terminalia Arjuna (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48750/72933
karṇālaṃkṛti noun (feminine) an ornament for the ear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48751/72933
karṇāluka noun (neuter) a kind of plant (?)
Frequency rank 48752/72933
kākaprāṇā noun (feminine) Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 33921/72933
ṇāda adjective composed by or relating to Kaṇāda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27467/72933
kāraṇā noun (feminine) agony (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an astronomical period (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49195/72933
kāraṇākṣepa noun (masculine) (in rhet.) an objection raised to the cause of a phenomenon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49199/72933
kārṇāṭikeśvara noun (neuter) [rel.] name of a Tīrtha at the Narmadā
Frequency rank 49220/72933
kārṣāpaṇāvara adjective having the value of at least one Kārshāpaṇa (as a fine) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34019/72933
kārṣṇāyasa adjective made of black iron (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10910/72933
kārṣṇāyasa noun (neuter) iron (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17785/72933
kuṭaraṇā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 34104/72933
kuṇā noun (feminine) a cake made of barley name of a plant (?) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49606/72933
kulavarṇā noun (feminine) a species of the plant Convolvulus with red blossoms (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49795/72933
kṛtatrāṇā noun (feminine) Ficus heterophylla (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23755/72933
kṛṣṇā noun (feminine) a kind of leech (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of perfume (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of venomous insect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a sort of creeper Cynodon dactylon Pers. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 546) Gmelina arborea (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
grape (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Indigo plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Nardostachys jatamansi DC. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 546) Nigella indica (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Yoginī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Draupadī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of one of the mothers in Skanda's retinue (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of one of the seven tongues of fire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of several plants (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the river Kistna (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Piper longum Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 545) Psoralea corylifolia Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 546) Punar-navā with dark blossoms (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Sinapis ramosa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sort of Sārivā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Vernonia anthelminthica Willd. (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Vitex negundo Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 546) Vitis vinifera Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 546)
Frequency rank 1042/72933
kṛṣṇavarṇā noun (feminine) name of one of the mothers in Skanda's retinue (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34234/72933
kṛṣṇaveṇā noun (feminine) name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21132/72933
kṛṣṇaveṇṇā noun (feminine) name of a river
Frequency rank 34236/72933
kṛṣṇākṣatara adjective having blacker eyes than ...
Frequency rank 50052/72933
kṛṣṇāgaru noun (neuter) black aloe wood
Frequency rank 16708/72933
kṛṣṇāṅga noun (masculine) a kind of parrot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
charcoal
Frequency rank 34241/72933
kṛṣṇājinin adjective covered with the skin of a black antelope (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27644/72933
kṛṣṇājina noun (neuter) the skin of the black antelope (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8099/72933
kṛṣṇāñjana noun (neuter) nīlāñjana
Frequency rank 27645/72933
kṛṣṇāñjanī noun (feminine) a kind of shrub (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50053/72933
kṛṣṇātreya noun (masculine) name of a sage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27646/72933
kṛṣṇānadī noun (feminine) the Kistna river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50054/72933
kṛṣṇābhā noun (feminine) name of a shrub (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50055/72933
kṛṣṇābhra noun (neuter) black mica dark talc (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14837/72933
kṛṣṇābhraka noun (neuter) black mica dark talc
Frequency rank 50056/72933
kṛṣṇāmṛtamaharṇava noun (masculine) name of a text by Mādhva
Frequency rank 50057/72933
kṛṣṇāmṛtamahārṇava noun (masculine) name of a treatise by Mādhva
Frequency rank 50058/72933
kṛṣṇāy verb (denominative parasmaipada) to become black
Frequency rank 50059/72933
kṛṣṇāyas noun (neuter) iron (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rust of iron black or crude iron (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21133/72933
kṛṣṇāyasa noun (neuter) iron (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
muṇḍa lead
Frequency rank 10623/72933
kṛṣṇārjaka noun (masculine) Ocimum Sanctum
Frequency rank 50060/72933
kṛṣṇālu noun (masculine) name of a bulbous plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50061/72933
kṛṣṇāśva noun (masculine) name of a Muni
Frequency rank 50062/72933
kṛṣṇāṣṭamī noun (feminine) the eighth day in the dark half of any month (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21134/72933
kṛṣṇāṣṭamīvratanirūpaṇa noun (neuter) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.131
Frequency rank 50063/72933
kṛṣṇāhi noun (masculine) kṛṣṇasarpa
Frequency rank 34242/72933
koṇālaka noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 50185/72933
krāṇā indeclinable readily (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
speedily (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
willingly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50350/72933
kṣaṇārdha noun (neuter) half a moment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
half the measure of time called Kṣaṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
small space of time (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34393/72933
kṣapaṇā noun (feminine) name of a Yoginī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50505/72933
kṣudravarvaṇā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 50663/72933
gajakaṇā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 17853/72933
gajakṛṣṇā noun (feminine) Scindapsus officinalis (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the fruit of Cavikā (Piper chaba?)
Frequency rank 27776/72933
gajoṣaṇā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 34541/72933
gaṇāgraṇī noun (feminine) leader name of Gaṇeśa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 21186/72933
gaṇādhipa noun (masculine) name of Gaṇeśa name of Shiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the chief of a troop (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10072/72933
gaṇādhipati noun (masculine) name of Gaṇeśa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21187/72933
gaṇādhīśa noun (masculine) name of Gaṇˆśa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51001/72933
gaṇādhyakṣā noun (feminine) [rel.] name of a Śakti of Śiva
Frequency rank 51002/72933
gaṇādhyakṣa noun (masculine) Gaṇeśa
Frequency rank 12929/72933
gaṇānna noun (neuter) food prepared for a number of persons in common (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34545/72933
gaṇāṃbikā noun (feminine) name of a form of Devī
Frequency rank 27784/72933
gandhavarṇā noun (feminine) name of a plant
Frequency rank 51099/72933
guṇā noun (feminine) name of a princess (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Sanseviera Roxburghiana (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the plant māṃsarohiṇī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51371/72933
guṇākara noun (masculine) name of a poet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Shakyamuni (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one endowed with all virtues (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Shiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34658/72933
guṇāḍhyaka noun (masculine) Alangium decapetalum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Alangium hexapetalum
Frequency rank 51381/72933
guṇārikā noun (feminine) a kind of animal
Frequency rank 51382/72933
guṇāvatāra noun (masculine) a kind of avatāra
Frequency rank 27846/72933
guṇāvarā noun (feminine) name of an Apsaras
Frequency rank 51383/72933
gṛdhrāṇā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 51465/72933
gṛhṇāpay verb (class 10 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 23895/72933
gokarṇā noun (feminine) a female serpent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of one of the mothers attending on Skanda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a plant
Frequency rank 51506/72933
gophaṇā noun (masculine feminine) a bandage hollowed out to fit the chin or nose (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16747/72933
grāmīṇā noun (feminine) Beta Bengalensis
Frequency rank 34769/72933
ghuṇākṣara noun (neuter) an incision in wood (or in the leaf of a book) caused by an insect and resembling somewhat the form of a letter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27914/72933
ghṛṇā noun (feminine) a kind of cucumber (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a warm feeling towards others (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
aversion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
compassion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
contempt (with loc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
disgust (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
horror (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tenderness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6414/72933
ghṛṇāphala noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 51848/72933
ghṛṇāvāsa noun (masculine) Benincasa hispida (Thunb. ex Murray) Cogn.
Frequency rank 51849/72933
ghoṇā noun (feminine) a kind of plant causing sneezing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the beak (of an owl) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the nose (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10638/72933
ghoṇāntabhedana noun (masculine) a hog (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a wild boar
Frequency rank 51873/72933
ghoṣaṇā noun (feminine) public announcement (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27926/72933
cakralakṣaṇā noun (feminine) Cocculus cordifolius (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34828/72933
caṇā noun (feminine) ???
Frequency rank 51945/72933
caṇāmla noun (neuter) [medic.] caṇakāmla
Frequency rank 51950/72933
caṇārūpā noun (feminine) [rel.] name of a goddess (?)
Frequency rank 51951/72933
caraṇādvaya noun (neuter) a kind of diesease of the vagina
Frequency rank 52122/72933
caraṇānati noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 34917/72933
caraṇāyudha noun (masculine) a cock
Frequency rank 15699/72933
carvaṇā noun (feminine) a molar tooth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tasting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27980/72933
ṇākhyamūlaka noun (neuter) a kind of radish
Frequency rank 34936/72933
cāraṇāyantra noun (neuter) a kind of alchemical apparatus
Frequency rank 27989/72933
cāraṇāyantraka noun (neuter) cāraṇāyantra
Frequency rank 52236/72933
cikkaṇā noun (feminine) gum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the betel-nut (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27994/72933
citravarṇā noun (feminine) a kind of venomous ant (pipīlikā)
Frequency rank 52335/72933
chardihṛdrogatṛṣṇācikitsita noun (neuter) name of Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā, Cik. 6
Frequency rank 52532/72933
jatukṛṣṇā noun (feminine) a kind of Oldenlandia (the lac insect forms its nest in this tree) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52638/72933
jaraṇā noun (feminine) dry wood (?) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Nigella indica (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
old age (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28074/72933
jalakaṇā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 35129/72933
jāraṇā noun (feminine) NICHT BENUTZEN calcination condiment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
oxydizing of metals (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6786/72933
jāraṇāyantra noun (neuter) a kind of alchemical apparatus
Frequency rank 35175/72933
jīraṇā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 52974/72933
jīrṇā noun (feminine) large cumin-seed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28109/72933
jūrṇāhva noun (masculine) name of a plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Sorghum vulgare Pers. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 557)
Frequency rank 21342/72933
jūrṇāhvaya noun (masculine) Andropogon bicolor Roxb. (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53097/72933
taruṇāy verb (denominative ātmanepada) to become young
Frequency rank 19366/72933
taruṇāsthi noun (neuter) cartilage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Knorpel
Frequency rank 35324/72933
tīkṣṇā noun (feminine) a leech a mystical name of the letter p (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
black mustard (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Cardiospermum Halicacabum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Mucuna pruritus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Piper Chaba
Frequency rank 16813/72933
tīkṣṇāgnigarbhā noun (feminine) name of a mahauṣadhī
Frequency rank 53621/72933
tīkṣṇāgratva noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 53622/72933
tīkṣṇābhra noun (neuter) an amalgam of steel and mica
Frequency rank 19383/72933
tīkṣṇābhraka noun (neuter) an amalgam of steel and mica
Frequency rank 35418/72933
tīkṣṇāmla noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 53623/72933
tīkṣṇāmlā noun (feminine) name of a plant
Frequency rank 53624/72933
tīkṣṇāyasa adjective made of steel
Frequency rank 53625/72933
tīkṣṇāyasa noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 53626/72933
tīkṣṇāṃśu noun (masculine) fire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24118/72933
tṛṇāgni noun (masculine) a grass fire (quickly extinguished) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
burning a criminal wrapped up in straw (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35457/72933
tṛṇāḍhya noun (masculine neuter) name of a grass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53764/72933
tṛṇādhipa noun (masculine) name of a grass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35458/72933
tṛṇāmla noun (neuter) name of a grass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53765/72933
tṛṇāvarta noun (masculine) name of a Daitya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28233/72933
tṛṇāsra noun (neuter) Kashmir crocus
Frequency rank 53766/72933
tṛṣṇā noun (feminine) Avidity as mother of Dambha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
avidity (chiefly ifc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
desire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thirst (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of a śakti (or kalā) of Śiva
Frequency rank 845/72933
tṛṣṇāghna noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 53780/72933
tṛṣṇāpratiṣedha noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 53781/72933
tṛṣṇāri noun (masculine) Oldenlandia corymbosa Linn. (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53782/72933
tṛṣṇālu adjective thirsty
Frequency rank 53783/72933
tṛṣṇāvant adjective thirsty
Frequency rank 35461/72933
trāṇā noun (feminine) Ficus heterophylla (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53901/72933
trāyamāṇā noun (feminine) Ficus heterophylla (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5989/72933
triṇāciketa adjective one who has thrice kindled the Nāciketa fire or studied the Nāciketa section of(Nārāyaṇa) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19398/72933
triṇābhi adjective
Frequency rank 35503/72933
dakṣiṇā noun (feminine) a fee or present to the officiating priest (consisting originally of a cow) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a gift (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular figure of Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a prolific cow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
completion of any rite (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Deccan (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Donation to the priest (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
donation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
good milch-cow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reward (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the south
Frequency rank 1235/72933
dakṣiṇā indeclinable nach Süden hin
Frequency rank 16841/72933
dakṣiṇākālikā noun (feminine) a form of Durgā
Frequency rank 54134/72933
dakṣiṇāgni noun (masculine) the southern fire of the altar (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14191/72933
dakṣiṇātya adjective southern
Frequency rank 54135/72933
dakṣiṇāpatha noun (masculine) Deccan (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
path of the Dakṣiṇā cow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the southern region (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10373/72933
dakṣiṇāpara adjective south-western (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54136/72933
dakṣiṇābandha noun (masculine) one of the 3 states of bondage (in Sāṃikhya phil.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28293/72933
dakṣiṇāmukha adjective standing with the face to the right or south (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8615/72933
dakṣiṇāmūrti noun (masculine) a Tāntric form of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a copyist of the 17th cent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15750/72933
dakṣiṇāyana noun (neuter) the winter half-year (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
way to Yama's quarter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8270/72933
dakṣiṇāvant adjective abounding in sacrificial re-wards (sacrifice) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
giving sacrificial presents (Indra) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12513/72933
dakṣiṇāvartā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 35562/72933
dakṣiṇāvartakī noun (feminine) Tragia Involucrata
Frequency rank 54137/72933
daṇḍapraṇāma noun (masculine) a prostration of the body at full length (like a stick) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54156/72933
daśaprāṇāyatanika noun (masculine) name of Carakasaṃhitā, Sū. 29
Frequency rank 54287/72933
daśaprāṇāyatanīya noun (masculine) name of Carakasaṃhitā, Sū. 29
Frequency rank 54288/72933
daśārṇā noun (feminine) name of a river
Frequency rank 19427/72933
dākṣiṇātya adjective belonging to or living in or coming from the south or Deccan (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
southerly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
southern (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7557/72933
dākṣiṇātya noun (masculine neuter) cocoa-nut (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inhabitants of the Deccan (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the south (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19428/72933
dīrghakaṇā noun (feminine) white cumin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54503/72933
dīrghakṛṣṇā noun (feminine) a kind of rice
Frequency rank 54513/72933
dṛḍhatṛṇā noun (feminine) Eleusine Indica (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54869/72933
draviṇādhipati noun (masculine) name of Kubera (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35896/72933
droṇā noun (feminine) a kind of shrub (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a daughter of Śiṃhahanu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35905/72933
droṇāyani noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 35908/72933
drauṇāyani noun (masculine) patr. of Aśvatthāman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21514/72933
dhāraṇā noun (feminine) a good memory (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
bearing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
certainty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
collection or concentration of the mind (joined with the retention of breath) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
firmness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fixed preceptor settled rule (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intellect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
keeping back (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
maintaining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
retaining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
righteousness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
steadfastness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
supporting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the 8th to the 11th day in the light half of month Jyaiṣṭha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the act of holding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
understanding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wearing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3500/72933
dhāraṇāvant adjective connected with memory (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55428/72933
dhāraṇāśakti noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 55429/72933
dhiṣaṇā noun (feminine) a cup (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a sort of Soma-vessel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
abode (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
bowl (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Devala (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dwelling-place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fig. the Soma juice itself and its effects (the two bowls or worlds) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
goblet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
heaven and earth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
hymn (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intelligence (generally ifc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
knowledge (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a deity presiding over wealth and gain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the wife of Havirdāna and daughter of Agni (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the wife of Kriśāśva and mother of Vedaśira (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
praise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
seat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
speech (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Vayuna and Manu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18029/72933
dhūmorṇā noun (feminine) name of the wife of Mārkaṇḍeya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the wife of Yama (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36056/72933
dhūrṇāpay verb (denominative parasmaipada) ??
Frequency rank 36061/72933
nabhodhāraṇā noun (feminine) [rel.] a kind of mudrā
Frequency rank 55687/72933
nigarhaṇā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 55962/72933
niyantraṇā noun (feminine) an obligation
Frequency rank 36251/72933
niraṅkaṇā noun (feminine) jalapippalī
Frequency rank 56072/72933
nirṇāśin adjective curative destroying
Frequency rank 56206/72933
nirṇāśana adjective destroying
Frequency rank 36308/72933
nirṇāśay verb (class 10 ātmanepada) to destroy to remove
Frequency rank 56207/72933
nirūpaṇā noun (feminine) the act of stating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56241/72933
niṣṇā verb (class 2 parasmaipada) to be absorbed in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56465/72933
niṣṇāta adjective clever (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
deeply versed in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
learned (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
skilful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8808/72933
nīpakaṇā noun (feminine) name of a plant
Frequency rank 56614/72933
nīrakaṇā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 14250/72933
nīlakaṇā noun (feminine) a species of cumin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56631/72933
pañcadhāraṇā noun (feminine) name of a particular Mudrā
Frequency rank 36551/72933
patiprāṇā noun (feminine) (a wife) whose husband is (as dear to her as) her life (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36593/72933
pariṇā noun (feminine) ?
Frequency rank 24515/72933
pariṇāma noun (masculine) a figure of speech by which the properties of any object are transferred to that with which it is compared (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
alteration (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
alteration of food (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
change (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
consequence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
decline (of age) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
development (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
digestion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
end (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
evolution (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fading (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
growing old (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
issue (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lapse (of time) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
maturity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a holy man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
result (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ripeness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
transformation into (instr.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
withering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a state of jīrṇasūta [medic.] a kind of colic (śūla)
Frequency rank 2294/72933
pariṇāmin adjective altering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
changing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
subject to transformation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9008/72933
pariṇāmaka adjective (alchem. pariṇāma) effecting vicissitudes (as time) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24516/72933
pariṇāmay verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to bend aside or down (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to bring to an end (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to make ripe (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to mature (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to pass (as a night) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to ripen (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to stoop (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13046/72933
pariṇāmavant adjective changing transforming
Frequency rank 28876/72933
pariṇāyay verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to make someone marry
Frequency rank 57269/72933
pariṇāhin adjective round
Frequency rank 57270/72933
pariṇāha noun (masculine) breadth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
circumference (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
circumference of a circle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
compass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
extent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
periphery (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
width (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7439/72933
parīṇāma noun (masculine) course or lapse of time (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
digestion transformation
Frequency rank 13051/72933
parīṇāha noun (masculine) a piece of common land encircling a village (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
circumference (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
width (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8816/72933
parṇāda noun (masculine) name of a Brāhman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of an ancient sage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19600/72933
parṇāśā noun (feminine) name of several rivers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18125/72933
parṇāsi noun (masculine) Cedrela toona Roxb. ex Rottl. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 571) Ocymum sanctum Linn. (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15870/72933
pāriṇāma adjective
Frequency rank 36841/72933
pāriṇāmika adjective digestible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
natural disposition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
subject to development (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57834/72933
pāriṇāhya noun (neuter) household furniture and utensils (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57835/72933
pāṣāṇāntaka noun (masculine) Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 36865/72933
pāṣāṇāvūka noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 57913/72933
pṛthukṛṣṇā noun (feminine) a species of cumin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58379/72933
peṇṇā noun (feminine) name of a river
Frequency rank 37048/72933
praṇāḍī noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 29129/72933
praṇādin adjective sounding
Frequency rank 58696/72933
praṇāda noun (masculine) a loud sound or noise (esp. expressive of approbation or delight) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a murmur or sigh of repture (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cry (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Cakravattin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
neigh (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
noise or buzzing in the ear (from thickening of the membranes etc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
roar (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
shout (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
yell (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7585/72933
praṇāma noun (masculine) a bow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
bending (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
bowing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
obeisance (esp. to a Brāhman or to a deity) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
prostration (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
respectful salutation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4999/72933
praṇāmin adjective bending (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
bowing before (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
honouring (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29130/72933
praṇāmaka adjective
Frequency rank 37134/72933
praṇāmay verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to bow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to cause a person (acc.) to bow before (dat.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to incline (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58697/72933
praṇāyya adjective beloved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
blameless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
desireless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
disapproved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rejected (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
worthy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37135/72933
praṇāla noun (masculine) (prob.) a row (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a channel from a pond (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
drain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
series (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
watercourse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37136/72933
praṇā noun (feminine) a channel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a spout (Bhāmaha (1991), 78) interposition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intervention (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
recension (of a text) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21798/72933
praṇālikā noun (feminine neuter) a channel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intervention (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
medium (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
img/alchemy.bmp
Frequency rank 15907/72933
praṇāluka noun (masculine) name of a Yakṣa
Frequency rank 58698/72933
praṇāśin adjective
Frequency rank 9651/72933
praṇāśa noun (masculine) cessation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
death (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
destruction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
disappearance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
loss (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vanishing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6802/72933
praṇāśaka adjective destroying removing
Frequency rank 37137/72933
praṇāśana noun (neuter) annihilation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
destruction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18178/72933
praṇāśana adjective causing to disappear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
destroying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
removing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4907/72933
praṇāśay verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to allow to be lost i.e. leave unrewarded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to cause to disappear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15050/72933
pratiṣṇāta adjective
Frequency rank 58964/72933
pradakṣiṇāvṛtka adjective having (any one or anything) on the right (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
turned towards the right (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59152/72933
pravicāraṇā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 37381/72933
prāṇācārya noun (masculine) a physician to a king (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19708/72933
prāṇātyaya noun (masculine) danger to life (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24786/72933
prāṇānta noun (masculine) capital punishment death (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14322/72933
prāṇāntika adjective capital (as punishment) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
desperate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
destructive or dangerous to life (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fatal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
life-long (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mortal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vehement (as love) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12584/72933
prāṇāntika noun (neuter) danger to life (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59622/72933
prāṇāpānā noun (feminine) [rel.] name of a Śakti of Śiva
Frequency rank 59623/72933
prāṇāy verb (denominative ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 59624/72933
prāṇāyāmin adjective practizing prāṇāyāma
Frequency rank 29283/72933
prāṇāyāma noun (masculine) name of the three "breath-exercises" performed during Saṃdhyā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2253/72933
prāṇāhuti noun (feminine) an oblation to the 5 Prāṇas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59625/72933
pūrṇā noun (feminine) (with Śiktas) of an authoress of Mantras (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of 2 rivers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the 15th Kalā of the month (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the 5th, 10th and 15th Tithis (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18225/72933
pūrṇākṣa noun (masculine) name of a Maudgalya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37525/72933
pūrṇāṅgada noun (masculine) name of a serpent-demon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59794/72933
pūrṇānanda noun (masculine) full delight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of several authors (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the Supreme Being (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29328/72933
pūrṇāmṛtā noun (feminine) name of the 16th Kala of the moon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59795/72933
pūrṇāyus noun (masculine) name of a Gandharva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59796/72933
pūrṇārtha adjective one who has attained his object (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
whose wishes have been realized (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59797/72933
pūrṇāśa noun (masculine) name of a Devagandharva
Frequency rank 59798/72933
pūrṇāhuti noun (feminine) an offering made with a full ladle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9425/72933
phaṇā noun (feminine) a snake's hood
Frequency rank 14330/72933
phaṇāphalaka noun (neuter) the flat surface of a surface's hood (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59855/72933
phaṇāvatī noun (feminine) a female Coluber Nāga
Frequency rank 59856/72933
baddhajāraṇā noun (feminine) (alchem.) a kind of jāraṇa (<> bālajāraṇā)
Frequency rank 29353/72933
ṇā noun (feminine) a blue-flowering Barleria (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the hind part or feathered end of an arrow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37633/72933
ṇāy verb (denominative ātmanepada) to behave like an arrow
Frequency rank 60166/72933
ṇāsana noun (neuter) a bow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a bow-string (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15090/72933
ṇāsura noun (masculine) name of a Siddha
Frequency rank 24839/72933
ṇāhvā noun (feminine) Ficus Oppositifolia
Frequency rank 60167/72933
bālajāraṇā noun (feminine) calcination of mercury when in the early stage (Ray, Rasārṇava)
Frequency rank 19740/72933
brāhmaṇācchaṃsin noun (masculine) a priest who assists the Brahman or chief priest at a Soma sacrifice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37741/72933
bhadrakarṇā noun (feminine) [rel.] name of a vyūha [rel.] name of a Śakti of Śiva
Frequency rank 37756/72933
bhillibhūṣaṇā noun (feminine) Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 60761/72933
bhīṣaṇā noun (feminine) name of a goddess (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60788/72933
bhūmimaṇḍapabhūṣaṇā noun (feminine) Gaertnera Racemosa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61000/72933
bhūṣaṇārha noun (neuter) coral gold
Frequency rank 37934/72933
bhūṣaṇārhatama noun (neuter) a pearl
Frequency rank 61092/72933
mahādroṇā noun (feminine) a species of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38119/72933
mahāślakṣṇā noun (feminine) sand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61897/72933
mahāsāraṇā noun (feminine neuter) ein yogischer Prozess (?)
Frequency rank 19836/72933
maheraṇā noun (feminine) Boswellia Thurifera (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29639/72933
mālāguṇā noun (feminine) a species of venomous spider (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38249/72933
miśraṇā noun (feminine) mixing (Das, Rahul Peter (0), 25) mixture (Das, Rahul Peter (0), 25)
Frequency rank 62243/72933
muktāphalapramāṇādivarṇana noun (neuter) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.69
Frequency rank 62280/72933
mṛgatṛṣṇā noun (feminine) a mirage
Frequency rank 12626/72933
mṛgekṣaṇā noun (feminine) a fawn-eyed woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
coloquintida (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62436/72933
mṛṇā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 16015/72933
mṛṇāla noun (masculine neuter) a lotus-fibre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fibre attached to the stalk of a water-lily (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the edible fibrous root of some kinds of lotus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the root of Andropogon Muricatus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4579/72933
mṛṇālin noun (masculine) a lotus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a lotus-stalk
Frequency rank 62446/72933
mṛṇālakaṇṭha noun (masculine) a particular aquatic bird (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62447/72933
mṛṇālikā noun (feminine) a brace name of a woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62448/72933
mṛṇālinī noun (feminine) a lotus-stalk
Frequency rank 25086/72933
mauñjītṛṇākhya noun (masculine) Muñja-grass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62666/72933
yavavarṇābha noun (masculine) a kind of venomous frog (maṇḍūka)
Frequency rank 62953/72933
raktatṛṇā noun (feminine) a species of grass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63183/72933
raṇāntakṛt noun (masculine) name of Viṣṇu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63317/72933
raṇālaṃkaraṇa noun (masculine) a heron (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63318/72933
raṇāśva noun (masculine) name of a king (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19923/72933
ratnatadviśeṣavajraparīkṣaṇādivarṇana noun (neuter) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.68
Frequency rank 63335/72933
ramaṇā noun (feminine) a charming woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mistress (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Dākṣāyaṇī in Rāmatīrtha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wife (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38668/72933
rājakṛṣṇā noun (feminine) Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 63544/72933
ruṇā noun (feminine) name of a river flowing into the Sarasvatī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72900/72933
ruṇālin noun (masculine) a kind of rice
Frequency rank 63727/72933
rūkṣaṇātmikā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 63906/72933
ūrṇā noun (feminine) a circle of hair between the eyebrows (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a woollen thread (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cobweb (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of several women (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thread (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wool (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4653/72933
ūrṇāyu noun (masculine) a ram name of a man
Frequency rank 19958/72933
lakṣaṇā noun (feminine) a goose (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
aim (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
aiming at (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
elliptical expression (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
indication (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
indirect or figurative sense of a word (one of its three Arthas) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of an Apsaras (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
object (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the female of the Ardea Sibirica (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
use of a word for another word with a cognate meaning (as of "head" for "intellect") (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
view (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
white Solanum xanthocarpum Schrad.
Frequency rank 17167/72933
lakṣmaṇā noun (feminine) a goose (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of potherb (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a white-flowering Kaṇṭakāri (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Hemionitis Cordifolia (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Buddhist Devī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a daughter of Duryodhana (carried off by Sāmbha) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a wife of Kṛṣṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of an Apsaras (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the mother of the 8th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the female of the Ardea Sibirica (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Uraria Lagopodioides (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7604/72933
laṅkāvarṇā noun (feminine) [rel.] name of a Śakti of Śiva
Frequency rank 64036/72933
lavaṇā noun (feminine) beauty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
grace (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lustre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38885/72933
lavaṇākara noun (masculine) (met.) treasure of grace or beauty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a salt-mine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64106/72933
lavaṇāgnibhā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 64107/72933
lavaṇācala noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 17170/72933
lavaṇābdhi noun (masculine) ocean (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sea (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64108/72933
lavaṇābdhija noun (neuter) sea-salt sāmudra
Frequency rank 38888/72933
lavaṇāmbhas noun (masculine) ocean (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sea (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11768/72933
lavaṇāy verb (denominative ātmanepada) to become salty
Frequency rank 64109/72933
lavaṇāra noun (neuter) a kind of salt
Frequency rank 64110/72933
lavaṇārṇava noun (masculine) the ocean (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29979/72933
lavaṇāśva noun (masculine) name of a Brāhmaṇa
Frequency rank 64111/72933
lavaṇāṣṭaka noun (neuter) name of a varga
Frequency rank 29980/72933
lavaṇāsura noun (neuter) lavaṇakṣāra
Frequency rank 64112/72933
lavaṇāsuraja noun (neuter) a kind of salt
Frequency rank 64113/72933
lājavarṇā noun (feminine) a kind of venomous spider (lūtā)
Frequency rank 38901/72933
loṇā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 64293/72933
loṇāmlā noun (feminine) Oxalis Pusilla (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64299/72933
loṇāra noun (masculine neuter) a kind of salt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30001/72933
varaṇā noun (feminine) name of a small river (running past the north of Benares into the Ganges and now called Barnā) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39061/72933
varaṇādi noun (masculine) [medic.] name of a pharmacological varga
Frequency rank 64663/72933
varuṇā noun (feminine) name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64704/72933
varuṇādi noun (masculine) name of a pharmacological varga
Frequency rank 16087/72933
varuṇādika noun (masculine) [medic.] varuṇādi
Frequency rank 64708/72933
varuṇālaya noun (masculine) ocean (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sea (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7607/72933
varuṇāvāsa noun (masculine) ocean (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sea (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64709/72933
varṇā noun (feminine) Cajanus Indicus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[geogr.] name of a river
Frequency rank 64725/72933
varṇādhvan noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 64737/72933
varṇārha noun (masculine) a sort of bean (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Phaseolus Mungo (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64738/72933
varṇāśramadharmanirūpaṇa noun (neuter) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.49
Frequency rank 64739/72933
vartulaparṇā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 39091/72933
varvaṇā noun (feminine) a kind of fly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64781/72933
vallisūraṇā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 64830/72933
vastrabhūṣaṇā noun (feminine) a kind of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Rubia Munjista
Frequency rank 30087/72933
vāraṇāvata noun (neuter) name of a town (situated on the Ganges at a distance of 8 days journey from Hastināpura) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7730/72933
vāraṇāvataka adjective inhabiting the town Vāraṇāvata (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39221/72933
vāruṇāgna adjective relating to Varuṇa and Agni
Frequency rank 65219/72933
vicakṣaṇā noun (feminine) name of a female servant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Brahmā's throne (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Tiaridium Indicum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65458/72933
vicāraṇā noun (feminine) distinction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
kind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the Mīmāṃsā system of philosophy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2360/72933
vitṛṣṇā noun (feminine) ardent desire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thirst for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30179/72933
vidyutparṇā noun (feminine) name of an Apsaras (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39344/72933
vidyudvarṇā noun (feminine) name of an Apsaras (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65627/72933
vipariṇāma noun (masculine) change (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
exchange (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
maturing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ripening (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
transformation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39388/72933
vipraṇāśa noun (masculine) destruction disappearance
Frequency rank 65838/72933
vipraṇāśay verb (class 10 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 39406/72933
ṇā noun (feminine) (in astrol.) a particular configuration of the stars (when all planets are situated in 7 houses) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lightning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Yoginī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the Vīṇā or Indian lute (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2923/72933
ṇākarṇa noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25470/72933
ṇādaṇḍa noun (masculine) the neck or long rounded board of a lute (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66344/72933
ṇādattaka noun (masculine) name of a man
Frequency rank 12221/72933
ṇāpāṇi noun (masculine) name of Nārada (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66345/72933
vṛddhajāraṇā noun (feminine) a kind of jāraṇā
Frequency rank 66455/72933
veṇā noun (feminine) name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25488/72933
veṇṇā noun (feminine) name of a river
Frequency rank 18487/72933
vaiśravaṇānuja noun (masculine) name of Rāvaṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20118/72933
vaiśravaṇālaya noun (masculine) name of a place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the Indian fig-tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30379/72933
vaiśravaṇāvāsa noun (masculine) the Indian fig-tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66759/72933
vyāghracaraṇā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 66890/72933
vraṇāyāma noun (masculine) the pain of a sore or ulcer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[medic.] a kind of disease
Frequency rank 39847/72933
vraṇāri noun (masculine) Agati Grandiflora (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
myrrh (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30417/72933
vraṇālepanabandhavidhi noun (masculine) name of Suśrutasaṃhitā, Sū. 18
Frequency rank 67024/72933
vraṇāsrāva noun (masculine) discharge from wounds or ulcers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 67025/72933
vraṇāsrāvavijñānīya noun (masculine) name of Suśr., Sū. 22
Frequency rank 39848/72933
śakrabāṇāsana noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 67096/72933
śaraṇā noun (feminine) name of various plants (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 67258/72933
śṛgālavarṇā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 67933/72933
śoṇā noun (feminine) name of a river a kind of plant (?)
Frequency rank 30577/72933
śoṇāśva noun (masculine) name of a son of Rājādhideva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Droṇa
Frequency rank 18546/72933
śyāvāruṇāvabhāsatā noun (feminine) a kind of disease
Frequency rank 68134/72933
śyoṇāka noun (masculine) Bignonia Indica (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40178/72933
śramaṇā noun (feminine) a female mendicant or nun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a hard-working woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15263/72933
śravaṇā noun (feminine) Sphaeranthus hirtus
Frequency rank 25647/72933
śravaṇā noun (feminine) name of a daughter of Citraka or Rājādhideva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Nakṣatra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the night of full-moon in the month Śrāvaṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30599/72933
śravaṇāhvā noun (feminine) śrāvaṇī
Frequency rank 68160/72933
śravaṇāhvayā noun (feminine) a kind of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68161/72933
śrāvaṇā noun (feminine) name of various plants (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Sphaeranthus hirtus
Frequency rank 8879/72933
śvetaparṇāsa noun (masculine) white basil (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68397/72933
ṣaṭcaraṇā noun (feminine) a kind of louse
Frequency rank 68451/72933
ūṣaṇā noun (feminine) long pepper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40285/72933
ṣaṇṇābhi adjective having six navels (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
six-naved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40286/72933
sakaṇāmūla adjective with the root of pepper
Frequency rank 68539/72933
satṛṇābhyavahārin adjective a kind of poet
Frequency rank 25684/72933
samṛṇāla adjective
Frequency rank 69223/72933
saraṇā noun (feminine) Paederia Foetida (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25746/72933
savarṇā noun (feminine) a woman from the same caste
Frequency rank 69560/72933
saṃkīrṇā noun (feminine) a kind of riddle (of a mixed character) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69736/72933
saṃcāraṇā noun (feminine) (alchem.) one of the 18 saṃskāras
Frequency rank 69804/72933
saṃpraṇāday verb (class 10 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 69969/72933
sāraṇā noun (feminine neuter) extension (only ifc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Name eines yogischen Stadiums producing a sound (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stretching out (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
striking a note on (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sāraṇātaila a particular process to which mineral substances (esp. quicksilver) are subjected (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3491/72933
sāraṇātaila noun (neuter) a kind of taila
Frequency rank 13851/72933
sāraṇāyantra noun (neuter) a kind of alchemical apparatus
Frequency rank 13247/72933
sāraṇāyantraka noun (neuter) sāraṇayantra
Frequency rank 40808/72933
sukarṇā noun (feminine) a colocynth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Salvinia cucullata Roxb.
Frequency rank 70687/72933
sudakṣiṇā noun (feminine) name of a wife of Dilīpa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70830/72933
sudeṣṇā noun (feminine) name of a sister of Gāndhārī and wife of Dhṛtarāṣṭra name of the wife of Bali (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the wife of Virāṭa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7631/72933
suratrāṇā noun (feminine) name of a plant
Frequency rank 71101/72933
sulakṣaṇā noun (feminine) name of a friend of Umā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a wife of Kṛṣṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of another woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the wife of Caṇḍaghosha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31080/72933
suvarṇā noun (feminine) a bitter gourd (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
another plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
colocynth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a daughter of Ikṣvāku (the wife of Suhotra) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of one of the seven tongues of fire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Sida Rhomboidea or Cordifolia (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
turmeric (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22672/72933
suvarṇākṣa noun (masculine) name of a Tīrtha name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41050/72933
suvarṇākhya noun (masculine) Mesua Roxburghii (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mercury the thorn-apple (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71232/72933
suvarṇācala noun (masculine) an artificial mountain made of gold
Frequency rank 71233/72933
suvarṇābha noun (masculine neuter) Lapis Lazuli (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Śaṅkhapada (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rājāvarta
Frequency rank 41051/72933
suvarṇāra noun (masculine) Bauhinia Variegata (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71234/72933
suveṇā noun (feminine) name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41061/72933
suṣumṇā noun (feminine) a particular artery or vein of the body (lying between those called iḍā and piṅgalā) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of one of the rays of the sun
Frequency rank 8370/72933
suṣeṇā noun (feminine) name of a princess (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a plant [rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 41069/72933
sthūṇā noun (feminine neuter) (prob.) rajju (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
śūrmi or sūrmi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a rope (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an anvil (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an iron statue (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
any post or stake or pillar or column (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cord (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the post or pillar or beam of a house (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the trunk or stump of a tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11135/72933
sthūṇākarṇa noun (masculine neuter) a kind of missile (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22708/72933
sthūṇākarṇa noun (masculine) a kind of military array (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a particular demon of illness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Yakṣa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41216/72933
sthūlakaṇā noun (feminine) a kind of cumin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Nigella Indica (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71803/72933
svarṇavarṇā noun (feminine) Name einer Pflanze (vgl. svarṇavarṇa)
Frequency rank 25995/72933
svarṇavarṇākara noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 72173/72933
svarṇākṣa noun (neuter) [rel.] name of a Tīrtha
Frequency rank 41320/72933
svarṇāṅga noun (masculine) Cassia Fistula (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72178/72933
svarṇābha noun (neuter) haritāla
Frequency rank 72179/72933
svarṇāvatī noun (feminine) name of a Yakṣiṇī
Frequency rank 41321/72933
svarṇāhvā noun (feminine) a kind of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72180/72933
hariṇākṣa noun (masculine) name of Śiva the moon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72354/72933
hariṇāśva noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the wind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41375/72933
hālāhalaguṇā noun (feminine) spirituous liquor
Frequency rank 72530/72933
hiraṇyavarṇā noun (feminine) a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 72606/72933
     Wordnet Search "ṇā" has 441 results.
     

ṇā

nipuṇa, pravīṇa, abhijña, vijña, niṣṇāta, śikṣita, vaijñānika, kṛtamukha, kṛtin, kuśala, saṅkhyāvat, matimat, kuśagrīyamati, kṛṣṭi, vidura, budha, dakṣa, nediṣṭha, kṛtadhī, sudhin, vidvas, kṛtakarman, vicakṣaṇa, vidagdha, catura, prauḍha, boddhṛ, viśārada, sumedhas, sumati, tīkṣṇa, prekṣāvat, vibudha, vidan, vijñānika, kuśalin   

yaḥ prakarṣeṇa kāryakṣamaḥ asti।

arjunaḥ dhanurvidyāyāṃ nipuṇaḥ āsīt।

ṇā

kāñcanāraḥ, kovidāraḥ, camarikaḥ, kuddālaḥ, yugapatrakam, kaṇakārakaḥ, kāntapuṣpaḥ, karakaḥ, kāntāraḥ, yamalacchadaḥ, kāñcanālaḥ, tāmrapuṣpaḥ, kudāraḥ, raktakāñcanaḥ, vidālaḥ, kuṇḍalī, raktapuṣpaḥ, campaḥ, yugapatraḥ, kanakāntakaḥ, kanakārakaḥ, karbudāraḥ, gaṇḍāriḥ, girijaḥ, camarikaḥ, tāmrapuṣpakaḥ, mahāpuṣpaḥ, yugmaparṇaḥ, yugmapatraḥ, varalabdhaḥ, vidalaḥ, śoṇapuṣpakaḥ, satkāñcanāraḥ, siṃhāsyaḥ, hayavāhanasaṅkaraḥ, hayavāhanaśaṅkaraḥ, suvarṇāraḥ, svalpakesarī, āsphotaḥ, kaṣāyaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yasya puṣpāṇi śobhanīyāni santi।

udyānapālaḥ kāñcanārasya śākhāṃ adhogṛhītvā puṣpāṇi vicinoti।

ṇā

sahṛdayatā, anṛśaṃsatā, dayāśīlatā, karuṇāmayatā   

sahṛdayasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

sahṛdayatā iti sajjanasya ābhūṣaṇam।

ṇā

vāṇijyam, vāṇijyā, vaṇikpatham, vaṇigbhāvaḥ, krayavikrayaḥ, satyānṛtam, nigamaḥ, paṇāyā, pāṇaḥ, mahājanakarma   

vastūnāṃ nirmāṇam tathā ca krayavikrayayoḥ kāryam।

rāmasya kaṣṭaiḥ tasya vāṇijyam ahorātraṃ vardhatetarām।

ṇā

anveṣaṇam, gaveṣaṇā, śodhaḥ, anusandhānam, anvīkṣaṇam, anveṣaṇā   

kamapi viṣayaṃ samyak parīkṣīya nūtanatattvasya pariśodhanam।

yantramānavaḥ vaijñānikasya anusandhānasya phalam।

ṇā

cintanam, cintā, vicāraṇam, vicāraṇā, vicāraḥ, dhyānam, abhidhyānam, ādhyānam, bhāvanā, mananam, manovyāpāraḥ, antaḥkaraṇavyāpāraḥ, cittavyāpāraḥ, cittaceṣṭā, manaceṣṭā, antaḥkaraṇaceṣṭā   

vicāraṇasya kriyā।

cintanād paścāt asya praśnasya samādhānam prāptam।

ṇā

ghṛṇā, aprītiḥ, dveṣaḥ, vidveṣaḥ, vidviṣṭatā   

kamapi duṣṭaṃ matvā sarvadā tasya dūre sthāpanārthaṃ prerikā manovṛttiḥ।

vayaṃ sarve īśvarasya santānāḥ ataḥ kasyacit ghṛṇāṃ na karavāma।

ṇā

ayaḥ, loham, lohaḥ, āyasam, lauham, lauhaḥ, kṛṣṇāyasam, kālāyasam, kṛṣṇam, kālam, tīkṣṇam, śastrakam, piṇḍam, aśmasāraḥ, girijam, girisāraḥ, śilājam, śilātmajam, niśitam, kāntaḥ, dṛḍham, malīmasaḥ   

dhātuviśeṣaḥ- kṛṣṇavarṇīyaḥ dṛḍhaḥ dhātuḥ yaḥ pṛthvigarbhād aśmarūpeṇa labhyate।

ayaḥ manuṣyāṇāṃ bahūpakārakam। / abhitaptam ayopi mārdavaṃ bhajate ।

ṇā

pūrṇāṅkaḥ   

kāsucana parīkṣādiṣu aṅkānāṃ sā pūrṇā saṅkhyā yasyāḥ ādhāreṇa parīkṣārthī aṅkān prāpyate।

asya patrasya pūrṇāṅkaḥ śatam asti।

ṇā

vyañjanam, halvarṇā   

saḥ varṇaḥ yasya uccāraṇārthe svarasya āvaśyakatā asti।

hindībhāṣāyāḥ varṇamālāyāṃ kakārāt ārabhya hakāraparyantaṃ vyañjanāni santi।

ṇā

daṃṣṭrā, carvaṇā, mahādantaḥ, dāḍhā   

mukhe vartamānāḥ mahāntaḥ carvaṇadantāḥ।

daṃṣṭrāyāḥ bhaṅgena pīḍitaḥ aham।

ṇā

lekhanī, ālekhanī, kalamaḥ, tūliḥ, tūlikā, akṣaratūlikā, varṇikā, varṇāṅkā, śrīkaraṇaḥ, masipathaḥ, akṣarajananī, avalekhā, avalekhanī   

masyā kargaje lekhanasya sādhanam।

eṣā lekhanī kenacit mahyam upāyanatvena dattā।

ṇā

ṇā, ghoṣavatī, vipañcī, vipañcikā, vallakī   

svanāmakhyātam tantuvādyam।

māte śārade tvaṃ kutra vīṇāṃ vādayasi।

ṇā

preraka, preraṇādāyaka, preraṇātmaka, preraṇāspada, preraṇājanya   

yasmāt preraṇā prāpyate।

guroḥ prerakaiḥ vacanaiḥ saḥ vidyārjane dattacittaḥ abhavat।

ṇā

sarvāṅgam, pūrṇāṅgam   

kasyāpi vastunaḥ prāṇinaḥ vā sampūrṇam aṅgam vibhāgo vā।

asya saṃsthānasya sarvāṅgāni bhraṣṭācāreṇa vyāptāni।

ṇā

prāṇāḥ, ātmā, asavaḥ   

sā cetanā yayā sajīvāḥ jīvanti।

yadā śarīrāt prāṇāḥ nirgacchanti tadā mṛtyuḥ bhavati।

ṇā

uśīraḥ, abhayam, naladam, sevyam, amṛṇālam, jalāśayam, lāmajjakam, laghulayam, avadāham, iṣṭakāpatham, uṣīram, mṛṇālam, laghu, layam, avadānam, iṣṭam, kāpatham, avadāheṣṭakāpatham, indraguptam, jalavāsam, haripiriyam, vīram, vīraṇam, samagandhikam, raṇapriyam, vīrataru, śiśiram, śītamūlakam, vitānamūlakam, jalamedas, sugandhikam, sugandhimūlakam, kambhu   

mālādūrvāyāḥ sugandhitaṃ mūlam।

vāyuśītake uśīraṃ prayujyate।

ṇā

raktaḥ, raktā, raktam, lohitaḥ, lohitā, lohitāhinī, lohitam, raktavarṇaḥ, raktavarṇā, raktavarṇam, lohitavarṇam, rohitaḥ, rohitā, rohitāhinī, śoṇitaḥ, śoṇitā, śoṇitam, śoṇaḥ, śoṇā, śoṇam, śoṇī, sindūravarṇaḥ, kaṣāyaḥ, kaṣāyā, kaṣāyam, mañjiṣṭhaḥ, mañjiṣṭhī, mañjiṣṭham, aruṇaḥ, aruṇā, aruṇam, pāṭalaḥ, pāṭalā, pāṭalam   

varṇaviśeṣaḥ, raktasya varṇaḥ iva varṇaḥ।

imaṃ prakoṣṭhaṃ raktena varṇena varṇaya।

ṇā

harit, haritaḥ, haritā, haritariṇi, haritam, haritavarṇaḥ, hariḥ, palāśaḥ, palāśī, palāśam, pālāśaḥ, pālāśī, pālāśam, śyāmaḥ, śyāmā, śyāmam, bharitaḥ, bharitā, bharitam, śyāmavarṇaḥ, śyāmavarṇā, śyāmavarṇam, tālakābhaḥ, tālakābhā, tālakābham   

varṇaviśeṣaḥ, śādvalavat varṇaḥ।

citrakāraḥ śukasya pakṣau haritena varṇena varṇayati।

ṇā

nīlaḥ, nīlā, nīlam, nīlavarṇaḥ, nīlavarṇā, nīlavarṇam   

varṇaviśeṣaḥ, nabhasaḥ varṇaḥ iva varṇaḥ।

nisargacitraṃ ālikhati citrakāraḥ ākāśaṃ nīlena varṇena varṇayituṃ vyasmarat।

ṇā

yogaphalam, yogapariṇāmaḥ   

kasyāmapi saṅkhyāyām anyasaṅkhyāyāḥ yojanena samprāptā saṅkhyā।

pañca yutaṃ catur ityasya yogaphalaṃ viṃśatiḥ asti।

ṇā

guṇanāṅkam, guṇāṅkam   

sā rāśiḥ yayā anyā rāśiḥ guṇyate।

adhyāpakaḥ chātrān guṇanāṅkaṃ guṇyāṅkaṃ guṇanaphalaṃ ca pāṭhayati।

ṇā

martya, naśvara, aśāśvata, nāśavat, vināśin, anitya, maraṇādhīna, martavya, nāśādhīna, kālādhīna, mṛtyadhīna   

yad naśyati।

etad śarīraṃ martyam।

ṇā

ghrāṇam, nāsā, nāsikā, nasā, nasyā, ghoṇā, gandhavāhaḥ, gandhajñā, gandhanālī, ghratiḥ, nāḥ, nastaḥ, nāsikyam, nāsikyakam, siṅghinī, vikūṇikā, tanubhasrā, nakram, nakuṭam, narkuṭakam   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ, jighrate anena iti।

nyāyamatena ghrāṇasya gandhagrāhitvam iti guṇaḥ।

ṇā

dakṣiṇāvartaśaṅkhaḥ, revaṭam   

saḥ śaṅkhaḥ yaḥ dakṣiṇāvartī vartate।

paṇḍitaḥ dakṣiṇāvartaśaṅkhaṃ vādayati।

ṇā

cetanadharmāropaḥ, cetanadharmāropaṇam, cetanaguṇāropaḥ, cetanaguṇāropaṇam, manuṣyaguṇāropaḥ, manuṣyaguṇāropaṇam, puruṣabhāvaropaḥ, cetanatvāropaḥ, cetanatvāropaṇam, cetanadharmotprekṣā   

acetane vastuni cetanatvasya manuṣyaguṇasya vā āropaḥ।

sandhyāsundarī avatarati asmin vākye sandhyāyāṃ cetanadharmāropaṇam kṛtam।

ṇā

indravāruṇikā, arūṇā   

phalaviśeṣaḥ-asya guṇāḥ tiktatva-śītatva-gulma-pitta-udara-śleṣma-kṛmi-kuṣṭha-jvara-apahatvādayaḥ।

tasmai indravāruṇikāyāḥ sāgaḥ rocate।

ṇā

vṛddhā, jīrṇā, sthavirā, gatāyūḥ, vayogatā, jaraṇā, jaraṭhā, jarāturā, jarāpariṇatā, jaraṇḍā, jīrṇavatī, vayaskā, pravayāḥ, vayodhikā, jīnā, jaratī, palitā, paliknī   

yā gatavayaskā asti।

divākaraḥ vṛddhāṃ mārgapāraṃ kṛtvā dadāti।

ṇā

parīkṣā, parīkṣaṇam, nirupaṇam, anusandhānam, vicāraḥ, anveṣaṇā   

yasmin yogyatā-viśeṣata-sāmarthyādayaḥ viśeṣeṇa gocarayati।

samarthaḥ rāmadāsaḥ śiṣyānāṃ parīkṣārthe tebhyaḥ vyāghrīdugdham ayācat।

ṇā

darpaṇāṅgulīyakam   

tad aṅgulīyakaṃ yasmin darpaṇam asti।

sītā haste paridhīyamānaṃ darpaṇāṅgulīyakaṃ vāraṃvāraṃ nirīkṣate।

ṇā

chinnakarṇājaḥ   

saḥ ajaḥ yasya karṇaṃ chitvā dharmavidhau devatāya arpitaḥ।

śvānaḥ chinnakarṇājaṃ dhāvayanti।

ṇā

āyasam, sāralohaḥ, sāraloham, tīkṣṇāyasam, piṇḍāyasam, citrāyasam, śastrakam, śastram, cīnajam, sāraḥ, tīkṣṇam, śastrāyasam, piṇḍam, niśitam, tīvram, khaḍgam, muṇḍajam, ayaḥ, citrāyasam, vajram, nīlapiṇḍam, morakam, aruṇābham nāgakeśaram, tintirāṅgam, svarṇavajram, śaivālavajram, śoṇavajram, rohiṇī, kāṅkolam, granthivajrakam, madanākhyam   

dhātuviśeṣaḥ, tīkṣṇalohasya paryāyaḥ।

yadā tu āyase pātre pakvamaśnāti vai dvijaḥ sa pāpiṣṭho api bhuṅkte annaṃ raurave paripacyate।

ṇā

śvasanatantram, śvasanapraṇā   

tat tantraṃ yena prāṇavāyuḥ gṛhyate śarīrasthaḥ āmlavāyuḥ niḥsarati।

śvasanatantraṃ samyak nāsti cet śvasanarogāḥ udbhavanti।

ṇā

grāmavāsinī, grāmīṇā   

yā grāme nivasati।

śikṣākṣetre grāmavāsinyāḥ striyaḥ nyūnā eva।

ṇā

kamalam, padmaḥ, utpalam, kumudam, kumud, nalinam, kuvalayam, aravindam, mahotpalam, paṅkajam, paṅkeruham, sarasijam, sarasīruham, sarojam, saroruham, jalejātam, ambhojam, vāryudbhavam, ambujam, ambhāruham, puṇḍarīkam, mṛṇālī, śatapatram, sahasrapatram, kuśeśayam, indirālayam, tāmarasam, puṣkaram, sārasam, ramāpriyam, visaprasūnam, kuvalam, kuvam, kuṭapam, puṭakam, śrīparṇaḥ, śrīkaram   

jalapuṣpaviśeṣaḥ yasya guṇāḥ śītalatva-svādutva-raktapittabhramārtināśitvādayaḥ।

asmin sarasi nānāvarṇīyāni kamalāni dṛśyante। / kamalaiḥ taḍāgasya śobhā vardhate।

ṇā

ghṛṇā, karuṇā, kāruṇya, anukampā, anukrośaḥ, kṛpā, dayā   

paraduḥkhanivāraṇaprerikā vṛttiḥ।

he īśvara sarveṣāṃ dayāṃ kuru।

ṇā

paddhatiḥ, prakriyā, praṇā   

vastūnām utpādikā saniyamā rītiḥ।

yūriyā nirmāṇam rāsāyanikayā prakriyayā bhavati।

ṇā

saṃvedītantram, saṃvedīpraṇā   

śarīre saṃvedīnām aṅgānāṃ tantram।

śarīre pratyekā saṃvedanā saṃvedītantreṇa prāpyate।

ṇā

tantrikātantra, snāyutantra, snāyupraṇā   

tad tantraṃ yena tantrikāyāḥ sarvāḥ kriyāḥ sañcālyante।

tantrikātantraṃ śarīrasya sarvāḥ aicchikāḥ anaicchikāḥ ca kriyā niyacchati।

ṇā

prāṇāntaka, prāṇaghātaka, mārātmaka, vyāpādaka, ātyayika, prāṇāntika, jīvāntaka, prāṇahārin, prāṇāpahārin, mṛtyujanaka, nidhanakārin, viṣatulya, saviṣa, kālakalpa, prāṇanāśaka, marmāntika, prāṇahāraka   

yaḥ prāṇān harati antaṃ karoti vā।

tena prāṇāntakaṃ viṣaṃ pītvā svajīvanasya antaṃ kṛtam।

ṇā

kṛṣṇāśma   

aśmanaḥ kṛṣṇavarṇīyaḥ prakāraḥ।

sā svasya pākaśālāyāṃ kṛṣṇāśma sthāpayati।

ṇā

śīghram, tvarayā, tvaritam, drutam, vegena, vegataḥ, javena, tūrṇam, āśu, satvaram, satvaritam, añjasā, kṣipram, jhaṭiti, drāk, ajiram, añjas, abhitaḥ, caturam, capalam, am, kṣepṇā, kṣepīyaḥ, dravat   

tīvragatyā saha yathā syāt tathā।

śīghram etat kāryaṃ sampannatāṃ nayatu।

ṇā

guṇāṅkanam   

uttarapatrikāyāḥ parīkṣaṇaṃ kṛtvā aṅkanirdhāraṇasya kriyā।

parīkṣāyāḥ anantaraṃ adhyāpakāḥ guṇāṅkanaṃ kurvanti।

ṇā

drākṣā, mṛdvīkā, mṛdvī, svādvī, svādurasā, madhurasā, gostanī, rasā, rasālā, cāruphalā, kāpiśāyanī, sābdī, harahūrā, cāruphalā, kṛṣṇā, priyālā, tāpasapriyā, gucchaphalā, amṛtaphalā   

phalaviśeṣaḥ-asya guṇāḥ atimadhuratva-amalatva-śītapittārtidāhamūtradoṣanāśitvādayaḥ।

drākṣāt madyaṃ jāyate।

ṇā

pariṇāmaḥ, anubandhaḥ, anusāraḥ, phalam, pariṇatiḥ   

kriyāyāḥ antaḥ।

tasya kāryasya pariṇāmaḥ viparitaḥ jātaḥ।

ṇā

sarpaḥ, bhujagaḥ, bhujaṅgaḥ, ahiḥ, bhujaṅgam, uragaḥ, pṛdākuḥ, āśīviṣaḥ, viṣadharaḥ, cakrī, vyālaḥ, sarīsṛpaḥ, kuṇḍalī, gūḍhapāt, cakṣuḥśravā, kākodaraḥ, phaṇī, darvīkaraḥ, dīrghapṛṣṭhaḥ, dandaśūkaḥ, vileśayaḥ, uragaḥ, pannagaḥ, bhogau, jihnagaḥ, pavanāśanaḥ, vilaśayaḥ, kumbhīnasaḥ, dvirasanaḥ, bhekabhuk, śvasanotsukaḥ, phaṇādharaḥ, phaṇadharaḥ, phaṇāvān, phaṇavān, phaṇākaraḥ, phaṇakaraḥ, samakolaḥ, vyāḍaḥ, daṃṣṭrī, viṣāsyaḥ, gokarṇaḥ, uraṅgamaḥ, gūḍhapādaḥ, vilavāsī, darvibhṛt, hariḥ, pracālakī, dvijihvaḥ, jalaruṇḍaḥ, kañcukī, cikuraḥ, bhujaḥ   

jantuviśeṣaḥ, saḥ agātrāyatasaśalkajantuḥ yaḥ urasā gacchati।

sarpāḥ śūnyāgāre vasanti।

ṇā

dhūmikā, dhūlikā, dhūpikā, śīkaraḥ, khabāṣpaḥ, mṛgatṛṣṇā, mṛgatṛṣā, mṛgatṛṭ, kūhā, kuheḍikā, kujhaṭikā, kujhaṭiḥ, himajhatiḥ, rubheṭiḥ, dhūmamahiṣī   

vātādipreritajalakaṇāḥ।

śītakāle dhūmikayā āvāgamanasya kṛte kāṭhinyaṃ jāyate।

ṇā

pārvatī, ambā, umā, girijā, gaurī, bhagavatī, bhavānī, maṅgalā, mahāgaurī, mahādevī, rudrāṇī, śivā, śailajā, himālayajā, ambikā, acalakanyā, acalajā, śailasutā, himajā, śaileyī, aparṇā, śailakumārī, śailakanyā, jagadjananī, tribhuvanasundarī, sunandā, bhavabhāminī, bhavavāmā, jagadīśvarī, bhavyā, pañcamukhī, parvatajā, vṛṣākapāyī, śambhukāntā, nandā, jayā, nandinī, śaṅkarā, śatākṣī, nityā, mṛḍa़ाnī, hemasutā, adritanayā, haimavatī, āryā, ilā, vāruṇī   

śivasya patnī।

pārvatī gaṇeśasya mātā asti।

ṇā

candraḥ, kalānāthaḥ, kalādharaḥ, himāṃśuḥ, candramāḥ, kumudabāndhavaḥ, vidhuḥ, sudhāṃśuḥ, śubhrāṃśuḥ, oṣadhīśaḥ, niśāpatiḥ, abjaḥ, jaivātṛkaḥ, glauḥ, mṛgāṅkaḥ, dvijarājaḥ, śaśadharaḥ, nakṣatreśaḥ, kṣapākaraḥ, doṣākaraḥ, niśīthinīnāthaḥ, śarvarīśaḥ, eṇāṅkaḥ, śītaraśmiḥ, samudranavanītaḥ, sārasaḥ, śvetavāhanaḥ, nakṣatranāmiḥ, uḍupaḥ, sudhāsūtiḥ, tithipraṇīḥ, amatiḥ, candiraḥ, citrāṭīraḥ, pakṣadharaḥ, rohiṇīśaḥ, atrinetrajaḥ, pakṣajaḥ, sindhujanmā, daśāśvaḥ, māḥ, tārāpīḍaḥ, niśāmaṇiḥ, mṛgalāñchanaḥ, darśavipat, chāyāmṛgadharaḥ, grahanemiḥ, dākṣāyaṇīpati, lakṣmīsahajaḥ, sudhākaraḥ, sudhādhāraḥ, śītabhānuḥ, tamoharaḥ, tuśārakiraṇaḥ, pariḥ, himadyutiḥ, dvijapatiḥ, viśvapsā, amṛtadīdhitiḥ, hariṇāṅkaḥ, rohiṇīpatiḥ, sindhunandanaḥ, tamonut, eṇatilakaḥ, kumudeśaḥ, kṣīrodanandanaḥ, kāntaḥ, kalāvān, yāminījatiḥ, sijraḥ, mṛgapipluḥ, sudhānidhiḥ, tuṅgī, pakṣajanmā, abdhīnavanītakaḥ, pīyūṣamahāḥ, śītamarīciḥ, śītalaḥ, trinetracūḍāmaṇiḥ, atrinetrabhūḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, parijñāḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, valakṣaguḥ, tuṅgīpatiḥ, yajvanāmpatiḥ, parvvadhiḥ, kleduḥ, jayantaḥ, tapasaḥ, khacamasaḥ, vikasaḥ, daśavājī, śvetavājī, amṛtasūḥ, kaumudīpatiḥ, kumudinīpatiḥ, bhūpatiḥ, dakṣajāpatiḥ, oṣadhīpatiḥ, kalābhṛt, śaśabhṛt, eṇabhṛt, chāyābhṛt, atridṛgjaḥ, niśāratnam, niśākaraḥ, amṛtaḥ, śvetadyutiḥ, hariḥ   

khagolīyapiṇḍaḥ yaḥ pṛthvīṃ paribhramati।

adhunā mānavaḥ candrasya pṛṣṭhabhāgaṃ gatvā saṃśodhanaṃ karoti।

ṇā

brahmā, ātmabhūḥ, surajyeṣṭhaḥ, parameṣṭhī, pitāmahaḥ, hiraṇyagarbhaḥ, lokeśaḥ, svayaṃbhūḥ, caturānanaḥ, dhātā, abjayoniḥ, druhiṇaḥ, brahmadevaḥ, viriñciḥ, kamalāsanaḥ, paṅkajāsanaḥ, sraṣṭā, prajāpatiḥ, vedhāḥ, vidhātā, viścasṛṭ, vidhiḥ, nābhijanmā, aṇḍajaḥ, pūrvaḥ, nidhanaḥ, kamalodbhavaḥ, sadānandaḥ, rajomūrtiḥ, satyakaḥ, haṃsavāhanaḥ, hariḥ, pūrṇānandaḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ yaḥ sṛṣṭeḥ janakaḥ asti।

nāradaḥ brahmaṇaḥ putraḥ asti।

ṇā

ghṛṇita, avadya, jugupsya, kutsita, vībhatsa, jaghanya, ghṛṇāspada, apakṛṣṭa   

ghṛṇārthe yogyaḥ।

bhrūṇahatyā ekaḥ ghṛṇitaḥ aparādhaḥ।

ṇā

guṇavat, guṇayukta, guṇānvita   

yad guṇaiḥ yuktam।

yadyapi guṇavanti upakaraṇāni mahārhāṇi tathāpi tāni dīrghakālaparyantaṃ upāyoktuṃ śakyante।

ṇā

meṣaḥ, urabhaḥ, meḍhraḥ, meṇḍaḥ, meṇḍhaḥ, meṭhaḥ, eḍakaḥ, ūrṇāyuḥ, uraṇaḥ, romeśaḥ, lomeśaḥ, vṛṣṇiḥ, bheḍaḥ, huḍuḥ, saṃphālaḥ   

meṣajātīyaḥ naraḥ।

śṛgālāḥ vane meṣam apaśyan।

ṇā

buddhaḥ, sarvajñaḥ, sugataḥ, dharmarājaḥ, tathāgataḥ, samantabhadraḥ, bhagavān, mārajit, lokajit, jinaḥ, ṣaḍabhijñaḥ, daśabalaḥ, advayavādī, vināyakaḥ, munīndraḥ, śrīghanaḥ, śāstā, muniḥ, dharmaḥ, trikālajñaḥ, dhātuḥ, bodhisattvaḥ, mahābodhiḥ, āryaḥ, pañcajñānaḥ, daśārhaḥ, daśabhūmigaḥ, catustriṃśatajātakajñaḥ, daśapāramitādharaḥ, dvādaśākṣaḥ, trikāyaḥ, saṃguptaḥ, dayakurcaḥ, khajit, vijñānamātṛkaḥ, mahāmaitraḥ, dharmacakraḥ, mahāmuniḥ, asamaḥ, khasamaḥ, maitrī, balaḥ, guṇākaraḥ, akaniṣṭhaḥ, triśaraṇaḥ, budhaḥ, vakrī, vāgāśaniḥ, jitāriḥ, arhaṇaḥ, arhan, mahāsukhaḥ, mahābalaḥ, jaṭādharaḥ, lalitaḥ   

bauddhadharmasya pravartakaḥ yaṃ janāḥ īśvaraṃ manyante।

kuśīnagaram iti buddhasya parinirvāṇasthalaṃ iti khyātam।

ṇā

nirdayatā, kaṭhoratā, dayāhīnatā, niṭhuratā, hṛdayahīnatā, niṣṭhuratā, krūratā, karuṇāhīnatā   

nirdayasya bhāvaḥ।

sureśasya vyavahāre nirdayatā asti।

ṇā

krūra, nirdaya, niṣṭhura, nṛśaṃsa, karuṇāhīna, dayāhīna   

dayābhāvavihīnaḥ।

kaṃsaḥ krūraḥ āsīt।

ṇā

lābhaḥ, labdhiḥ, prāptiḥ, phalam, phalodayaḥ, labhyam, labhyāṃśaḥ, āyaḥ, udayaḥ, utpannam, paṇāyā, paṇyaphalatvam, vṛddhiḥ, vivṛddhiḥ, pratipattiḥ, yogakṣemaḥ, prayogaḥ, arjanam, upārjanam   

mūladhanādadhikaṃ vyāpārādibhiḥ prāptaṃ dhanam।

saḥ vastravyāpāre lābhaḥ prāptavān।

ṇā

ghoṣaṇā   

uccasvareṇa kṛtā śaṃsā।

svasya apekṣāpūrtyarthaṃ śramikanetṛn udyatadaṇḍasya ghoṣaṇā kṛtā।

ṇā

nirmāṇaparyavekṣakaḥ, nirmāṇādhīkṣakaḥ   

yaḥ nirmāṇakāryādin paryavekṣate।

nirmāṇaparyavekṣakaḥ karmakarān satarkatayā paryavekṣate।

ṇā

parīkṣaṇam, samīkṣaṇam, nirīkṣaṇam, nirupaṇam, anusandhānam, parīkṣā, vicāraḥ, vicāraṇam, vicāraṇā, jijñāsā, anvekṣaṇam, anvekṣaṇā, avekṣā, avekṣaṇam, saṃvīkṣaṇam, prasamīkṣā, nirṇayaḥ, niścayaḥ, anuyogaḥ, vivecanā, vivekaḥ, vimarśaḥ   

kasyāpi vastunaḥ samyak praviceyasya kriyā।

samyak parīkṣaṇād anantarameva kasyāpi satyatā svīkaraṇīyā।

ṇā

lakṣmīḥ, ramā, kamalā, nārāyaṇī, padmahastā, śrīḥ, viṣṇupriyā, mā, māyā, haripriyā, padmā, padmālayā, bhārgavī, cañcalā, indirā, abjavāhanā, abjā, abdhijā, ambujāsanā, amalā, īśvarī, devaśrī, padmamālinī, padmaguṇā, piṅgalā, maṅgalā, śriyā, śrīpradā, sindhujā, jaganmayī, amalā, varavarṇinī, vṛṣākapāyī, sindhukanyā, sindhusutā, jaladhijā, kṣīrasāgarasutā, dugdhābdhitanayā, kṣīrasāgarakanyakā, kṣīrodatanayā, lokajananī, lokamātā   

dhanasya adhiṣṭhātrī devatā yā viṣṇupatnī asti iti manyate।

dhanaprāptyarthe janāḥ lakṣmīṃ pūjayanti।

ṇā

vināśaḥ, nāśaḥ, dhvaṃsaḥ, pradhvaṃsaḥ, vidhvaṃsaḥ, kṣayaḥ, lopaḥ, vilopaḥ, vilopanam, praṇāśaḥ, sādanam, sūdanam, pralayaḥ, saṃhāraḥ, apāyaḥ, atyayaḥ, lopaḥ, samucchedaḥ   

kasyāpi vastunaḥ astitvasya samāptiḥ।

vināśe kāle buddhiḥ viparītā bhavati।

ṇā

icchā, ākāṅkṣā, vāñchā, dohadaḥ, spṛhā, īhā, tṛṭ, lipsā, manorathaḥ, kāmaḥ, abhilāṣaḥ, tarṣaḥ, ruk, iṣā, śraddhā, tṛṣṇā, ruciḥ, matiḥ, dohalam, chandaḥ, iṭ   

manodharmaviśeṣaḥ।

nirduḥkhatve sukhe cecchā tajjñānādeva jāyate। icchā tu tadupāye syādiṣṭopāyatvadhīryadi।।

ṇā

raktaḥ, raktā, raktam, raktavarṇīyaḥ, raktavarṇīyā, raktavarṇīyam, lohitaḥ, lohitā, lohitāhinī, lohitam, raktavarṇaḥ, raktavarṇā, raktavarṇam, lohitavarṇam, rohitaḥ, rohitā, rohitāhinī, śoṇitaḥ, śoṇitā, śoṇitam, śoṇaḥ, śoṇā, śoṇam, śoṇī, sindūravarṇaḥ, kaṣāyaḥ, kaṣāyā, kaṣāyam, mañjiṣṭhaḥ, mañjiṣṭhī, mañjiṣṭham, aruṇaḥ, aruṇā, aruṇam, pāṭalaḥ, pāṭalā, pāṭalam   

vastūnāṃ raktaguṇatvadyotanārthe upayujyamānaṃ viśeṣaṇam।

rakte guṇe tatvaṃ raktam iti ucyate।

ṇā

pūjā, namasyā, apacitiḥ, saparyā, arcā, arhaṇā, nutiḥ   

devatārthe jalapuṣpanaivedyādibhiḥ kṛtaṃ dhārmikakāryam।

saḥ īśvarasya pūjāṃ karoti।

ṇā

sampūrṇam, sampūrṇaḥ, sampūrṇā, pūrṇam, pūrṇaḥ, purṇā, sakalam, sakalā, sakalaḥ, akhilaḥ, akhilā, akhilam   

pūryate samagram iti।

maheśaḥ sakalaḥ mūrkhaḥ। / sampūrṇaḥ kumbhaḥ śabdam na karoti।

ṇā

bhājanam, bhāṇḍam, pātram, mṛdvāhikā, dhiṣaṇā   

pātraviśeṣaḥ uttānabhāṇḍam।

mālā bhājane taṇḍulāni pācayati।

ṇā

vaijñānikaḥ, vaijñānikā, nipuṇaḥ, nipuṇā   

vijñānasambandhi vijñānakṣetre kāryarataḥ vā।

kalāmamahodayāḥ bhāratasya prathamaḥ vaijñānikaḥ yaḥ rāṣṭrapatipadaṃ bhūṣitavān

ṇā

ārogyaśālā, cikitsāśālā, rugṇālayam, cikitsāgāram   

ārogyadānagṛham।

ārogyaśālāṃ kurvīta mahauṣaghaparicchadāṃ vidagdhavaidyasaṃyuktāṃ bahūnnarasasaṃyutā।

ṇā

droṇācāryaḥ, droṇaḥ, bhāradvājaḥ   

mahābhāratakālīnaḥ khyātaḥ brāhmaṇavīraḥ yaḥ bharadvājaṛṣeḥ putraḥ āsīt।

arjunaḥ droṇācāryasya priyaḥ śiṣyaḥ āsīt।

ṇā

ājñā, ādeśaḥ, nideśaḥ, nirdeśaḥ, śāsanam, śiṣṭiḥ, śāstiḥ, niyogaḥ, preraṇā, avavādaḥ, prayuktiḥ   

sā kriyā yena vṛddhāḥ bālān kimapi karma kartum ādiśanti।

jyeṣṭhānāṃ ājñāyāḥ pālanaṃ kartavyam। / pituḥ ājñayā rāmaḥ vanavāse gacchati sma।

ṇā

āṇakam, āṇā   

rūpyakasya ṣoḍaśaḥ bhāgaḥ।

adhunā āṇakaṃ pracalitaṃ nāsti eva।

ṇā

sarasvatī, prajñā, bhāratī, vāgīśvarī, vāgdevī, vīṇāvādinī, śāradā, haṃsavāhinī, girā, ilā, brāhmī, irā, jñānadā, gīrdevī, īśvarī, vācā, vacasāmīśā, varṇamātṛkā, gauḥ, śrīḥ, vākyeśvarī, antyasandhyeśvarī, sāyaṃsandhyādevatā, gaurī   

vidyāyāḥ vāṇyaḥ ca adhiṣṭhātrī devatā।

sarasvatyāḥ vāhanaṃ haṃsaḥ asti।

ṇā

guṇākara, guṇanidhāna   

yasmin naike guṇāḥ santi।

guṇākaraḥ puruṣaḥ guṇaiḥ praśaṃsāpātraṃ bhavati।

ṇā

tūṇaḥ, tūṇā, tūṇī, tūṇīraḥ, śaradhiḥ, iṣudhiḥ, śarāśrayaḥ, bāṇāśrayaḥ, niṣaṅgaḥ, apāsaṅgaḥ, upāsaṅgaḥ, tulasāriṇī, kholiḥ   

yasmin bāṇāni tūṇyante।

arjunasya tūṇe naike bāṇāḥ santi।

ṇā

jīrakaḥ, jīraḥ, jīrṇaḥ, dīpyaḥ, jīraṇaḥ, sugandham, sūkṣmapatraḥ, kṛṣṇasakhī, dūtā, suṣavī, ajājī, śvetaḥ, kaṇā, ajājīkā, vahniśikhaḥ, māgadhaḥ, dīpakaḥ   

vaṇigdravyaviśeṣaḥ asya guṇāḥ gandha-yuktatva-ruci-svara-kāritva-vāta-gulmadhmāna-atīsāragrahaṇī-krimināśitvādayaḥ।

mātā jīrakeṇa āmlasūpaṃ bhājayati।

ṇā

śaraṇāgata   

yaḥ śaraṇam āgataḥ।

śaraṇāgatasya rakṣā karaṇīyā।

ṇā

kūrmaḥ, kacchapaḥ, kamaṭhaḥ, kāmaṭhaḥ, gūḍhāṅgaḥ, pañcāgaguptaḥ, pañcaguptaḥ, kaṭhinapṛṣṭham, caturgatiḥ, kroḍapādaḥ, udbhaṭaḥ, smaraṇāpatyatarpakaḥ   

jantuviśeṣaḥ saḥ jantuḥ kiñcid dṛṣṭvā śarīre eva mukhasampuṭaṃ praveśayati।

adhunā kacchapasya saṅkhyā nyūnā jātā।

ṇā

kapaṭaḥ, kapaṭam, pratāraṇā, dhūrtatā, śāṭhyam, kaitavam   

tat kāryaṃ yad svārthārthe anyān vañcitvā kṛtam।

saḥ kapaṭe na ajayat।

ṇā

gaṇeśaḥ, gajānanaḥ, gaṇapatiḥ, lambodaraḥ, vakratuṇḍaḥ, vināyakaḥ, ākhuvāhanaḥ, ekadantaḥ, gajamukhaḥ, gajavadanaḥ, gaṇanāthaḥ, herambaḥ, bhālacandraḥ, vighnarājaḥ, dvaimāturaḥ, gaṇādhipaḥ, vighneśaḥ, parśupāṇiḥ, ākhugaḥ, śūrpakarṇaḥ, gaṇaḥ   

hindūnāṃ ekā pradhānā tathā ca agrapūjyā devatā yasya śarīraṃ manuṣyasya mastakaṃ tu gajasya asti।

gaṇeśasya vāhanaṃ mūṣakaḥ asti।

ṇā

karṇāṭakaḥ   

dakṣiṇabhāratasthaṃ ekaṃ rāṣṭram।

karṇāṭakasya rājadhānī baṅgaloraḥ iti asti।

ṇā

durgā, umā, kātyāyanī, gaurī, brahmāṇī, kālī, haimavatī, īśvarā, śivā, bhavānī, rudrāṇī, sarvāṇī, sarvamaṅgalā, aparṇā, pārvatī, mṛḍānī, līlāvatī, caṇaḍikā, ambikā, śāradā, caṇḍī, caṇḍā, caṇḍanāyikā, girijā, maṅgalā, nārāyaṇī, mahāmāyā, vaiṣṇavī, maheśvarī, koṭṭavī, ṣaṣṭhī, mādhavī, naganandinī, jayantī, bhārgavī, rambhā, siṃharathā, satī, bhrāmarī, dakṣakanyā, mahiṣamardinī, herambajananī, sāvitrī, kṛṣṇapiṅgalā, vṛṣākapāyī, lambā, himaśailajā, kārttikeyaprasūḥ, ādyā, nityā, vidyā, śubhahkarī, sāttvikī, rājasī, tāmasī, bhīmā, nandanandinī, mahāmāyī, śūladharā, sunandā, śumyabhaghātinī, hrī, parvatarājatanayā, himālayasutā, maheśvaravanitā, satyā, bhagavatī, īśānā, sanātanī, mahākālī, śivānī, haravallabhā, ugracaṇḍā, cāmuṇḍā, vidhātrī, ānandā, mahāmātrā, mahāmudrā, mākarī, bhaumī, kalyāṇī, kṛṣṇā, mānadātrī, madālasā, māninī, cārvaṅgī, vāṇī, īśā, valeśī, bhramarī, bhūṣyā, phālgunī, yatī, brahmamayī, bhāvinī, devī, acintā, trinetrā, triśūlā, carcikā, tīvrā, nandinī, nandā, dharitriṇī, mātṛkā, cidānandasvarūpiṇī, manasvinī, mahādevī, nidrārūpā, bhavānikā, tārā, nīlasarasvatī, kālikā, ugratārā, kāmeśvarī, sundarī, bhairavī, rājarājeśvarī, bhuvaneśī, tvaritā, mahālakṣmī, rājīvalocanī, dhanadā, vāgīśvarī, tripurā, jvālmukhī, vagalāmukhī, siddhavidyā, annapūrṇā, viśālākṣī, subhagā, saguṇā, nirguṇā, dhavalā, gītiḥ, gītavādyapriyā, aṭṭālavāsinī, aṭṭahāsinī, ghorā, premā, vaṭeśvarī, kīrtidā, buddhidā, avīrā, paṇḍitālayavāsinī, maṇḍitā, saṃvatsarā, kṛṣṇarūpā, balipriyā, tumulā, kāminī, kāmarūpā, puṇyadā, viṣṇucakradharā, pañcamā, vṛndāvanasvarūpiṇī, ayodhyārupiṇī, māyāvatī, jīmūtavasanā, jagannāthasvarūpiṇī, kṛttivasanā, triyāmā, jamalārjunī, yāminī, yaśodā, yādavī, jagatī, kṛṣṇajāyā, satyabhāmā, subhadrikā, lakṣmaṇā, digambarī, pṛthukā, tīkṣṇā, ācārā, akrūrā, jāhnavī, gaṇḍakī, dhyeyā, jṛmbhaṇī, mohinī, vikārā, akṣaravāsinī, aṃśakā, patrikā, pavitrikā, tulasī, atulā, jānakī, vandyā, kāmanā, nārasiṃhī, girīśā, sādhvī, kalyāṇī, kamalā, kāntā, śāntā, kulā, vedamātā, karmadā, sandhyā, tripurasundarī, rāseśī, dakṣayajñavināśinī, anantā, dharmeśvarī, cakreśvarī, khañjanā, vidagdhā, kuñjikā, citrā, sulekhā, caturbhujā, rākā, prajñā, ṛdbhidā, tāpinī, tapā, sumantrā, dūtī, aśanī, karālā, kālakī, kuṣmāṇḍī, kaiṭabhā, kaiṭabhī, kṣatriyā, kṣamā, kṣemā, caṇḍālikā, jayantī, bheruṇḍā   

sā devī yayā naike daityāḥ hatāḥ tathā ca yā ādiśaktiḥ asti iti manyate।

navarātrotsave sthāne sthāne durgāyāḥ pratiṣṭhāpanā kriyate।

ṇā

caṭakā, gṛhanīḍā, vṛṣāyaṇā, gṛhabalibhuk, kalaviṅkā, kalaviṅkakā, kalāvikalā   

khagaviśeṣaḥ laghupakṣiṇī yasyāḥ nīḍaṃ prāyaḥ gṛhe asti।

caṭakā śiśum annaṃ bhojayati।

ṇā

jalaukā, raktapā, jalaukasaḥ, jalūkā, jalākā, jaloragī, jalāyukā, jalikā, jalāsukā, jalajantukā, veṇī, jalālokā, jalaukasī, jalaukasam, jalaukasā, raktapāyinī, raktasandaśikā, tīkṣṇā, vamanī, jalajīvanī, raktapātā, vedhinī, jalasarpiṇī, jalasūciḥ, jalāṭanī, jalākā, jalapaṭātmikā, jalikā, jalālukā, jalavāsinī   

jalajantuviśeṣaḥ, yaḥ prāṇināṃ śarīrasthaṃ duṣṭaśoṇitaṃ nirharet।

priyadarśanaḥ jalaukā babhūva।

ṇā

kṛṣṇānadī   

bhāratasya dakṣiṇadiśi vartamānā ekā nadī।

kṛṣṇānadyāṃ nāgārjunasāgaranāmā jalabandhakaḥ asti।

ṇā

draupadī, pāñcālī, kṛṣṇā, yājñasenī, trihāyaṇī, vedijā, nityayauvanā, sairandhrī   

drupadakanyā yā pāṇḍavānāṃ patnī āsīt।

draupadī yajñāt jātā।

ṇā

ghātin, hiṃsra, prāṇāda   

hananaṃ tācchīlyaṃ yasya।

asyāṃ ghaṭanāyāṃ sarve ghātinaḥ ājīvanaṃ kārāvāsaṃ daṇḍarūpeṇa labdhavantaḥ।

ṇā

stambhaḥ, sthūṇā, yūpaḥ, yūpam, yaṣṭiḥ   

śilākāṣṭhādibhiḥ vinirmitā vartulākārā catuṣkoṇayuktā vā unnatākṛtiḥ।

stambhāt narasiṃhaḥ āgataḥ।

ṇā

nirṇāyakaḥ   

yaḥ krikeṭādiṣu krīḍāsu nirṇayaṃ karoti।

nirṇāyakasya ayogyena nirṇayena bhārataḥ parājitaḥ।

ṇā

prāṇāntaka, prāṇaghātaka, ghātaka, prāṇahāraka   

yad prāṇaharaṇe samarthaḥ।

kaikayyā prārthitāḥ varāḥ rājñe daśarathāya prāṇāntakāḥ āsan।

ṇā

avaghoṣaṇā, upaghoṣaṇam, udghoṣaṇam   

ḍhakkādīn vādayitvā adhikāribhiḥ kṛtā ghoṣaṇā।

rājā rājaputryaḥ vivāhasya avaghoṣaṇām akarot।

ṇā

taruṇāya   

yauvanaprāptyanukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

acirādeva mama putraḥ taruṇāyate।

ṇā

nārikelaḥ, nālikeraḥ, nārikeraḥ, śrīphalam, nāḍikelaḥ, nārikelī, payodharaḥ, kauśikaphalam, khānodakam, puṭorakaḥ, dākṣiṇātyaḥ   

phalaprakāraḥ yasya kavacaḥ kaṭhīnaḥ tathā ca yasya sāraḥ atīva madhuraḥ।

saḥ pratidine nārikelasya jalaṃ pibati।

ṇā

nārikelaḥ, nālikeraḥ, nārikeraḥ, nāḍikelaḥ, nārikelī, payodharaḥ, kauśikaphalam, khānodakam, puṭorakaḥ, dākṣiṇātyaḥ   

kharjūrajātīyaḥ vṛkṣaḥ yasya phalaṃ madhuram asti।

kharjūrajātīyaḥ vṛkṣaḥ yasya phalaṃ madhuram asti।

ṇā

aruṇācalapradeśaḥ   

bhāratasya ekaṃ rājyaṃ yasya rājadhānī iṭānagaram asti।

aruṇācalapradeśasya lokanṛtye tatrasthā saṃskṛtiḥ dṛśyate।

ṇā

dīna, kṛpaṇin, karuṇātmaka, hatāśa   

yasya avasthāṃ dṛṣṭvā hṛdayaṃ dravati।

tasya dīnām avasthāṃ dṛṣṭvā ahaṃ ruditavān।

ṇā

bṛhaspatiḥ, devācāryaḥ, devaguruḥ, tārādhipaḥ, tārādhīśaḥ, tārānāthaḥ, dhiṣaṇādhipaḥ, dhīpatiḥ, dhīmān   

devatānāṃ guruḥ।

vipattikāle bṛhaspatiḥ devatānāṃ sāhāyyaṃ karoti।

ṇā

praṇatiḥ, praṇāmaḥ, praṇipātaḥ   

pādau spṛṣṭvā bhaktiśraddhātiśayayuktaḥ namaskāraḥ।

tena gurau praṇatiḥ kṛtā।

ṇā

pradakṣiṇāmārgaḥ, parikramāmārgaḥ   

mandirasya pavitrasthānasya vā paritaḥ vartamānaḥ mārgaḥ।

pradakṣiṇāmārgeṇa gamanakāle naikāsāṃ devatānāṃ darśanaṃ kṛtam।

ṇā

sphuṭ, khaṇakhaṇāya, dal   

phaṭtaḍmaḍādiśabdapūrvakaḥ bhedānukūlavyāpāraḥ।

taptādarśaḥ asphuṭat।

ṇā

preṣaṇālayaḥ, preṣālayaḥ, patrālaya   

śāsanasya saḥ kāryālayaḥ yena janāḥ patrādayaḥ preṣayanti।

nareśaḥ preṣaṇālaye kāryaṃ karoti।

ṇā

ātmabaliṃ dā, prāṇārpaṇaṃ kṛ   

kāryoddeśajanya prāṇārpaṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

bhāratasya suputraiḥ deśarakṣaṇārtham ātmabalim adadāt।

ṇā

praśikṣaṇārthin   

yena praśikṣaṇaṃ prāpyate।

sarveṣāṃ praśikṣaṇārthināṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ kāle upasthitiḥ āvaśyakī।

ṇā

praṇālī, praṇālikā, kulyā   

sravitum utsarjanārthe sā nalikākārā saṃracanā yasyāṃ dravaḥ asti।

asmākaṃ śarīre naikāḥ praṇālyaḥ santi।

ṇā

anveṣaṇam, anveṣaṇā, mārgaṇam, nirūpaṇam, anusandhānam, nirīkṣaṇam, anvīkṣaṇam, vicayaḥ   

pracchannasya viluptasya vā prāpaṇasya kriyā।

ārakṣakaḥ ghātakasya anveṣaṇaṃ karoti।

ṇā

yamunā, yamunānadī, kālindī, sūryatanayā, śamanasvasā, tapanatanūjā, kalindakanyā, yamasvasā, śyāmā, tāpī, kalindalandinī, yamanī, yamī, kalindaśailajā, sūryasutā, tapanatanayā, aruṇātmajā, dineśātmajā, bhānujā, ravijā, bhānusutā, sūryasutā, sūryajā, yamānujā, arkatanayā, arkasutā, arkajā   

bhāratīyanadīviśeṣaḥ sā tu himālayadakṣiṇadeśād nirgatya prayāge gaṅgāyāṃ miśritā।

sarnāṇi hṛdayāsthāni maṅgalāni śubhāni ca। dadāti cepsitān loke tena sā sarvamaṅgalā॥ saṅgamād gamanād gaṅgā loke devī vibhāvyate। yamasya bhaginī jātā yamunā tena sā matā॥

ṇā

pippalaḥ, kalahapriyā, kalahākulā, kuñjaraḥ, kuñjarāśanaḥ, kṛṣṇāvāsaḥ, gajabhakṣakaḥ, guhyapatraḥ, caladalaḥ, tatpadaḥ, tārāyaṇaḥ, mahādrumaḥ, nāgabandhuḥ, keśavālayaḥ   

bṛhadvṛkṣaḥ yaḥ hindūnāṃ kṛte pavitraḥ asti।

snānādanantaraṃ saḥ pippalāya jalaṃ dadāti।

ṇā

karṇābhūṣaṇam   

kiñcit dīrghaṃ karṇasya ābhūṣaṇam।

tasya karṇabhūṣaṇe śobhane staḥ।

ṇā

kumantraṇā, kuparāmarśaḥ   

ayogyā mantraṇā।

mantharāyāḥ kumantraṇayā kaikeyī amuhyata।

ṇā

haridrā, harit, suvarṇā, kāñcanī, pītā, gaurī, svarṇavarṇā, kāverī, umā, śivā, dīrgharāgā, haladdī, pauñjā, pītavālukā, hemanāśā, rañjanī, bhaṅgavāsā, gharṣiṇī, pītikā, rajanī, mehaghnī, bahulā, varṇinī, rātrināmikā, niśāhvā, niśā, śarvarī, varavarṇinī, varṇadātā, maṅgalapradā, hemarāgiṇī, gharṣaṇī, janeṣṭā, kṛmaghnī, lasā, yāminī, varāṅgī, varā, varṇadātrī, pavitrā, haritā, viṣaghnī, piṅgā, maṅgalyā, maṅgalā, lakṣmīḥ, bhadrā, śiphā, śobhā, śobhanā, subhagāhvayā, śyāmā, jayantikā   

oṣadhiviśeṣaḥ asya pītavarṇīyāni mūlāni pākādiṣu vyañjanatvena upayujyante raktaśuddhikaratvāt te bheṣaje tathā ca dehavarṇavidhāyitvāt ca prasādhakeṣu api upayujyante।

samaye akṛtena siṃcanena haridrā śuṣkā jātā। / haridrā kapha-pittāstraśotha-kaṇḍuvraṇāpahā।

ṇā

sāṣṭāṅga-praṇāmaḥ   

daṇḍasadṛśaṃ bhūmau patitvā kṛtaḥ praṇāmaḥ।

mandireṣu sāṣṭāṅga-praṇāmaṃ kurvantaḥ janāḥ draṣṭuṃ śaknumaḥ।

ṇā

indravallī, viśālā, aindrī, citrā, gavākṣī, gajacirbhaṭā, mṛgervāruḥ, piṭaṅkīkī, mṛgādanī, indrā, aruṇā, gavādanī, kṣudrasahā, indracirbhiṭī, sūryā, viṣaghnī, gaṇakarṇikā, amarā, mamātā, sukarṇī, suphalā, tārakā, vṛṣabhākṣī, pītapuṣpā, indravallarī, hemapuṣpī, kṣudraphalā, vāruṇī, bālakapriyā, raktairvāruḥ, viṣalatā, śakravallī, viṣāpahā, amṛtā, viṣavallī, citraphalā, gavākṣaḥ   

ekā vanyā latā yasyāḥ phalāni raktavarṇīyāni santi।

indravalyaḥ phalaṃ tiktam asti।

ṇā

tulasī, subhagā, tīvrā, pāvanī, viṣṇuvallabhā, surejyā, surasā, kāyasthā, suradundubhiḥ, surabhiḥ, bahupatrī, mañjarī, haripriyā, apetarākṣasī, śyāmā, gaurī, tridaśamañjarī, bhūtaghnī, bhūtapatrī, vaiṣṇavī, puṇyā, mādhavī, amṛtā, patrapuṣpā, vṛndā, maruvakaḥ, samīraṇaḥ, prasthapuṣpaḥ, phaṇijhakaḥ, parṇāsaḥ, jambhīraḥ, kaṭhiñjaraḥ, kuṭherakaḥ, arjjakaḥ, kulasaurabham, lakṣmī   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ pavitraḥ asti tathā ca yasya parṇāni gandhayuktāni santi।

tulasyāḥ parṇāni oṣadhirūpeṇa upayujyante।

ṇā

tṛṣṇā   

jalapānasya icchā।

saḥ jalena tṛṣṇāṃ śāmyati।

ṇā

dakṣiṇā   

śubhakāryasya kāle brāhmaṇāya dattaṃ dānam।

kathāsamāpteḥ anantaraṃ rāmeṇa paṇḍitāya ekādhikaśatarupyakasya dakṣiṇā dattā।

ṇā

vivāha-dakṣiṇā   

vivāhasamaye kanyāpakṣeṇa varapakṣāya dattāḥ dhanavastrālaṅkārādayaḥ।

tena svasya kanyāyāḥ vivāhe lakṣarupyakāṇāṃ vivāha-dakṣiṇā dattā।

ṇā

dūradarśanam, dūradarśana-praṇā   

sā praṇālī yasyāḥ anyatra ghaṭantī ghaṭanā draṣṭuṃ śakyate।

dūradarśanaṃ deśavideśādiṣu ghaṭantīnāṃ ghaṭanānāṃ sākṣāt prakṣepaṇaṃ karoti।

ṇā

karuṇā, anukampanam, kāruṇikatā, kāruṇyam, kārpaṇyam   

anukampāyāḥ kriyā।

karuṇā ityeva asmākaṃ dharmaḥ।

ṇā

śiñj, viśiñj, kvaṇ, jhaṇajhaṇāya, kiṅkiṇāya, jhañjhanaṃ kṛ   

kiṅkiṇa iti śabdanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

tasyāḥ ābhūṣaṇāni śiñjate।

ṇā

tvarā, rabhasaḥ, tvariḥ, tvaritam, tvaraṇaḥ, tvaraṇam, tvaraṇā, īṣaṇā, ārambhaḥ, āvegaḥ, upatāpaḥ, parīpsā, prajavaḥ, tūrṇiḥ, saṃvegaḥ   

kārye atiśayitaḥ vegaḥ yaḥ anucitaṃ manyate।

tvarā kāryaghātinī asti।

ṇā

vivāha-dakṣiṇā-rītiḥ   

sā rītiḥ yasyāṃ vivāhasamaye kanyāpakṣaḥ varapakṣāya dhanavastrālaṅkārādīn yacchati।

vivāha-dakṣiṇā-rītiḥ samājasya kṛte abhiśāpaḥ asti।

ṇā

dhāraṇā, saṃkalpanā, avadhāraṇā   

kasminnapi viṣaye manasi udbhūtaṃ matam।

taṃ prati mama dhāraṇā ayogyā āsīt।

ṇā

kulyā, upakulyā, khātam, praṇālaḥ, khallaḥ, sāraṇiḥ   

kṛtrimā sarit।

parvatakṣetre khātasya nirmāṇaṃ kaṭhinam।

ṇā

varṇāndhatā   

netrarogaḥ yasmin pīḍitena varṇabhedaḥ na jñāyate।

saḥ varṇāndhatayā pīḍitaḥ।

ṇā

ghoṣaṇā   

tad vākyādayaḥ yad ko'pi viśeṣasiddhāntaḥ pakṣaḥ dalaḥ vā janān svaṃ prati ākṛṣyamāṇārthe upayujyate।

samājavādī kāryakārī śāsanavirodhī ghoṣaṇāṃ dadāti।

ṇā

strotaḥ, praṇā   

tat jalamārgaṃ yasmāt varṣāyāḥ jalaṃ vahati।

aviratayā varṣāyā strote āplāvaḥ āgataḥ।

ṇā

maraṇāsanna, mṛtaprāya   

yaḥ mṛtyoḥ samīpaḥ asti।

saḥ maraṇāsannaṃ pitaraṃ bahu sevate।

ṇā

nirṇāyaka   

yaḥ nirṇayārthe sāhāyyaṃ karoti।

etad patraṃ asmin viṣaye nirṇāyakaṃ bhavati।

ṇā

nirvācakaḥ, varaṇādhikāraviśiṣṭaḥ   

yaḥ nirvācanaṃ karoti।

nirvācakaḥ samyak vicintya svanirṇayaṃ nirṇayet।

ṇā

vikāraḥ, pariṇatiḥ, pariṇāmaḥ, vikriyā, vipariṇāmaḥ, vikāratvam, vivartanam   

kasyacit vastunaḥ tasya niyatarūpāt bhinnam rūpam।

godhūmānāṃ kṣodaḥ teṣāṃ vikāraḥ asti।

ṇā

pṛthutā, pārthavam, prathimā, viśālatā, vipulatā, vistāraḥ, vistīrṇatā, parisaraḥ, prasthaḥ, vitatiḥ, āyāmaḥ, āyatanam, pāṭaḥ, pariṇāhaḥ, vyāsaḥ, parisaraḥ   

vastunaḥ āsīmātaḥ prasṛtiḥ।

asya vastunaḥ pṛthutā adhikā asti।

ṇā

varṇāndha   

yaḥ varṇān na jñātuṃ śaknoti।

varṇāndhaḥ puruṣaḥ varṇān jñātum asamarthaḥ asti।

ṇā

jyotiṣmatī, pārāvatāṅghrī, kaṭabhī, piṇyā, pārāvatapadī, nagaṇā, sphuṭabandhanī, pūtitailā, iṅgudī, svarṇalatā, analaprabhā, jyotirlatā, supiṅgalā, dīptā, medhyā, matidā, durjarā, sarasvatī, amṛtā   

latāviśeṣaḥ-yasyāḥ bījāt tailaṃ prāpyate tathā ca yā vātakaphahāriṇī asti।

jyotiṣmateḥ bījasya tailaṃ bahu upayuktam asti।

ṇā

pūrṇāṅkaḥ   

pūrṇā saṅkhyā।

ekam, dve, trīṇi ityādayaḥ pūrṇāṅkāḥ santi।

ṇā

dhāraṇā, avagamaḥ, avagamanam, cetanā, jñaptiḥ, dhītiḥ, dhīdā, prabodhaḥ, prājñā, vijñātiḥ, vittiḥ, sambodhaḥ   

buddhyā adhigataṃ jñānam।

pratyekasya jīvasya dhāraṇā bhinnā vartate।

ṇā

annapūrṇā   

annasya adhiṣṭhātrī devī।

sītā pratidinam annapūrṇāṃ pūjayati।

ṇā

kṣepaṇāstram, kṣipaṇiḥ   

tad astraṃ yasya prakṣepaṇaṃ kriyate।

vaijñānikaiḥ ekasya nūtanasya kṣepaṇāstrasya parīkṣaṇaṃ kṛtam।

ṇā

preraṇā, codanā   

kasmāccit prabhāvaśālīmanuṣyadvārā athavā kṣetradvārā kimapi kāryaṃ kartuṃ sākṣāt vā apratyakṣaṃ pravartanam।

citrakalāyāḥ preraṇā mayā mātuḥ prāptā।

ṇā

upalaḥ, āghaṭṭakaḥ, gharṣaṇālaḥ, gharṣaṇī   

peṣaṇyām gharṣaṇena āghātena vā peṣaṇārtham upayujyamānaḥ pāṣāṇakhaṇḍaḥ।

saḥ upalena māṣān pinaṣṭi।

ṇā

kāraṇāt   

kāraṇavaśāt।

kasmāccana kāraṇāt ahaṃ bhavantaṃ melituṃ na aśaknavam।

ṇā

vṛddhiḥ, sphītiḥ, samṛddhiḥ, upacayaḥ, pracayaḥ, āpyāyanam, bṛṃhaṇam, unnatiḥ, vistāraḥ, ādhikyam, samunnatiḥ, ṛddhiḥ, paribarhaṇā, parivṛddhatā, vardhaḥ, ucchrayaḥ, abhyudayaḥ, abhivṛddhiḥ   

vardhanasya kriyā।

asmin varṣe udyogasaṃsthāyāḥ vikrayaṇe vṛddhiḥ jātā।

ṇā

vṛścikālī, vṛścipatrī, viṣaghnī, nāgadantikā, sarpadaṃśaṣṭrā, amarā, kālī, uṣṭradhūsarapucchikā, viṣāṇī, netrarogahā, uṣṭrikā, aliparṇī, dakṣiṇāvartakī, kālikā, āgamāvartā, devalāṅgūlikā, karabhī, bhūrīdugdhā, karkaśā, svarṇadā, yugmaphalā, kṣīraviṣāṇikā, bhāsurapuṣpā   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ, yasya tīkṣṇapatrāṇāṃ daṃśaḥ vṛścikavat dāhakaḥ asti (āyurvede asya hṛdraktaśuddhikārīkatvaṃ raktapittavibandhārocakāpahatvam ityādi guṇāḥ proktāḥ);

atra vṛścikālī samudbhūtā/

vṛścikālī viṣaghnī tu kāsamārutanāśinī [rājavallabhaḥ]

ṇā

vāsantī, mādhavikā, mādhavīlatā, mādhavī, candravallī, puṇḍrakaḥ, atimuktaḥ, atimuktakaḥ, sugandhā, bhramarotsavaḥ, bhṛṅgapriyā, bhadralatā, vasantīdūtī, latāmādhavī, bhūmīmaṇḍapabhūṣaṇā.   

sugandhitapuṣpaiḥ yuktā ekā latā।

tasya puṣpavāṭikāyāṃ vāsantīm vardhate।

ṇā

gharṣaṇālaḥ   

vellanacakrayuktaṃ tat yānaṃ yasya sthānādi samānaṃ kartuṃ upayogaḥ bhavati।

mārgaṃ samānaṃ kartuṃ gharṣaṇālaḥ cālayate।

ṇā

kukkuṭaḥ, caraṇāyudhaḥ, nakhāyudhaḥ, svarṇacūḍaḥ, tāmracūḍaḥ, tāmraśikhī, śikhī, śikhaṇḍī, śikhaṇḍikaḥ, kṛkavākuḥ, kalavikaḥ, kālajñaḥ, uṣākaraḥ, niśāvedī, rātrivedī, yāmaghoṣaḥ, rasāsvanaḥ, suparṇaḥ, pūrṇakaḥ, niyoddhā, viṣkiraḥ, nakharāyudhaḥ, vṛtākṣaḥ, kāhalaḥ, dakṣaḥ, yāmanādī, kāhalaḥ   

narakukkuṭī।

prātaḥ kukkuṭasya dhvaniṃ śrutvā ahaṃ jāgṛtaḥ।

ṇā

madyam, surā, madirā, vāruṇī, halipriyā, hālā, pariśrut, varuṇātmajā, gandhottamā, prasannā, irā, kādambarī, pariśrutā, kaśyam, mānikā, kapiśī, gandhamādanī, mādhavī, kattoyam, madaḥ, kāpiśāyanam, mattā, sītā, capalā, kāminī, priyā, madagandhā, mādhvīkam, madhu, sandhānam, āsavaḥ, amṛtā, vīrā, medhāvī, madanī, supratibhā, manojñā, vidhātā, modinī, halī, guṇāriṣṭam, sarakaḥ, madhūlikā, madotkaṭā, mahānandā, sīdhuḥ, maireyam, balavallabhā, kāraṇam, tatvam, madiṣṭhā, pariplutā, kalpam, svādurasā, śūṇḍā, hārahūram, mārddīkam, madanā, devasṛṣṭā, kāpiśam, abdhijā   

mādakadravapadārthaḥ - yasya sevanaṃ pāpaṃ tathā ca nindanīyam iti manyante।

saḥ pratidinaṃ sāyaṅkāle madyaṃ pītvā gṛham āgacchati।

ṇā

tīkṣṇam, tīkṣṇaḥ, tīkṣṇā, tīkṣṇadhāram, tīkṣṇadhārā, tīkṣṇadhāraḥ, śitadhāram, śitadhārā, śitadhāraḥ, dhārādharam, dhārādharaḥ, dhārādharā, śitam, śitaḥ, śitā, niśitam, niśitaḥ, niśitā, laviḥ, lavi, kṣuradhārābhaḥ, kṣuradhārābhā, kṣuradhārābham, tīkṣṇāgram, tīkṣṇāgraḥ, tīkṣṇāgrā, śitāgram, śitāgrā, śitāgraḥ, tīkṣṇaśikham, tīkṣṇaśikhaḥ, tīkṣṇaśikhā, kṣuraḥ   

dhārāvat;

tena ekena tīkṣṇena śastreṇa sarpaḥ āhataḥ

ṇā

ūrṇā   

meṣādilomāt vinirmitaḥ tantuḥ yasmāt aurṇapaṭādayaḥ nirmīyante।

sītā aurṇapaṭārthe ūrṇā akrīṇāt।

ṇā

praṇāmaḥ, pramatiḥ, praṇipātaḥ   

avanamya kṛtaḥ namaskāraḥ।

svarāṣṭrasya kṛte prāṇatyāginām asmābhiḥ sādaraṃ praṇāmāḥ।

ṇā

droṇācalaḥ, droṇagiriḥ   

dhārmikagrantheṣu varṇitaḥ ekaḥ parvataḥ।

sañjīvanabheṣajam ānayituṃ hanumān droṇācale gataḥ।

ṇā

gūḍhamantraṇā, kuvicāraṇā   

kasyacit viruddhaḥ guptarupeṇa kṛtaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

sarvakāraparivartanārthaṃ vipakṣīyāḥ nityameva gūḍhamantraṇāṃ kurvanti।

ṇā

āragvadhaḥ, rājavṛkṣaḥ, sampākaḥ, caturaṅgulaḥ, ārevataḥ, vyādhighātaḥ, kṛtamālaḥ, suvarṇakaḥ, manthānaḥ, rocanaḥ, dīrghaphalaḥ, nṛpadṛmaḥ, himapuṣpaḥ, rājatanuḥ, kaṇḍughnaḥ, jvarāntakaḥ, arujaḥ, svarṇapuṣpam, svarṇadruḥ, kuṣṭhasudanaḥ, karṇābharaṇakaḥ, mahārājadrumaḥ, karṇikāraḥ, svarṇāṅgaḥ, pragrahaḥ, śampākaḥ, śampātaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yasya māṣaḥ dīrghaḥ asti।

āragvadhasya puṣpāṇi pītāni tathā ca parṇāni śirīṣasadṛśāni bhavanti।

ṇā

karuṇā, kāruṇyam, dayā, kṛpā, ghṛṇā, śūkaḥ, sahānubhūtiḥ, anukampanam, anukrośaḥ, ānṛśaṃsyam, kāruṇikatā, sumṛḍīkam   

paraduḥkhena duḥkhānubhavaḥ।

santaḥ anyān prati karuṇayā vyavaharanti।

ṇā

catura, caturaka, nipuṇa, niṣṇa, niṣṇāta, viśārada, paṭu, pravīṇa, prājña, vicakṣaṇa, vidagdha, paṭumati, paṭiṣṭha, paṭīyas, peśala, praṇata, pratīta, aṇuka, abhijña, ullāgha, ṛbhu, ṛbhumat, ṛbhuṣṭhira, ṛbhva, ṛbhvan, ṛbhvas, karaṇa, karmaṭha, karmaṇya, kalāpa, kaliṅga, kalya, kārayitavyadakṣa, kuśala, kuśalin, kṛtakarman, kṛtamukha, kṛtin, kṛtnu, kriyāpaṭu, cheka, chekala, chekāla, tūrṇi, tejīyas, dhīvan, dhīvara, dhṛtvan, dhṛṣu, nadīṣṇa, nayaka, nāgara, nāgaraka, nāgarika, nirgranthaka, nirgranthika, proha, prauṇa, bahupaṭa, budha, budhda, matimat, manasvin, marmajña, vijña, viḍaṅga, vidura, vidvala, śikva, sudhī, suvicakṣaṇa, samāpta   

yaḥ cāturyeṇa kāryaṃ karoti।

catureṇa ārakṣakeṇa aparāddhānāṃ ekaḥ saṅghaḥ gṛhītaḥ।

ṇā

haridrā, harit, suvarṇā, kāñcanī, pītā, gaurī, svarṇavarṇā, kāverī, umā, śivā, dīrgharāgā, haladdī, pauñjā, pītavālukā, hemanāśā, rañjanī, bhaṅgavāsā, gharṣiṇī, pītikā, rajanī, mehaghnī, bahulā, varṇinī, rātrināmikā, niśāhvā, niśā, śarvarī, varavarṇinī, varṇadātā, maṅgalapradā, hemarāgiṇī, gharṣaṇī, janeṣṭā, kṛmaghnī, lasā, yāminī, varāṅgī, varā, varṇadātrī, pavitrā, haritā, viṣaghnī, piṅgā, maṅgalyā, maṅgalā, lakṣmīḥ, bhadrā, śiphā, śobhā, śobhanā, subhagāhvayā, śyāmā, jayantikā   

oṣadhimūlaviśeṣaḥ। haridrā nāma oṣadheḥ pītavarṇīyāni mūlāni ye janaiḥ pākādiṣu vyañjanatvena upayujyante। raktaśuddhikaratvāt te bheṣaje tathā ca dehavarṇavidhāyitvāt ca prasādhakeṣu upayujyante।

haridrāyāḥ lepena tvakśuddhiḥ bhavati।

ṇā

nindā, nindāvākyam, ākṣepaḥ, adhikṣepaḥ, nirbhartsanā, duruktiḥ, apavādaḥ, parivādaḥ, garhā, duṣkṛtiḥ, nindanam, avarṇaḥ, nirvvādaḥ, parīvādaḥ, upakrośaḥ, jugubhā, kutsā, garhaṇam, jugubhanam, kutsanam, apakrośaḥ, bhartsanam, avavādaḥ, dhikkriyā, garhaṇā   

kasyāpi vāstavikaṃ kalpitaṃ vā doṣakathanam।

asmābhiḥ kasyāpi nindā na kartavyā।

ṇā

caraṇāmṛtam, pādyam, pādodakam, caraṇodakam   

pūjyapuruṣasya pādayoḥ prakṣālitam।

śiṣyeṇa guroḥ pādau prakṣālya caraṇāmṛtaṃ pītam।

ṇā

praṇā   

saḥ laghujalaniḥsāraṇamārgaḥ yaḥ sāgaradvayaṃ khātadvayaṃ samāyunakti।

koriyāyāḥ praṇālī prācyāṃ sthitasya cīnadeśasthaṃ sāgaraṃ tathā ca japānadeśasthaṃ sāgaraṃ samāyunakti।

ṇā

śāta, tīkṣṇāgra, utsaka, tīvra, śitadhāra, niśita, niśāta, prakhara, tigma, śita   

tīkṣṇam agraṃ yasya saḥ।

sevakena śātena astreṇa āhatya svasvāminaḥ hatyā kṛtā।

ṇā

dūradṛṣṭiḥ, avekṣatā, pariṇāmadṛṣṭiḥ   

bhaviṣyakāle jāyamānānāṃ ghaṭanānāṃ pariṇāmānāṃ vā adyaiva cintanasya guṇaḥ।

manuṣyaḥ dūradṛṣṭeḥ kāraṇāt naikābhyaḥ vipattibhyaḥ svarakṣaṇaṃ kartuṃ śaknoti।

ṇā

pañcāmṛtam, madhuparkaḥ, caraṇāmṛtam   

śarkarā-dugdha-ghṛta-dadhi-madhu-ghaṭitam peyaḥ padārthaḥ yaṃ hindūjanāḥ śraddhāsamavetaṃ prasādatvena pīyate।

purohitaḥ satyanārāyaṇapūjāyāḥ uparāntaṃ pañcāmṛtam abhyadadat।

ṇā

manorugṇālayaḥ   

manastāpacikitsārthaṃ gṛhaṃ yatra atyavasthāḥ manorugṇāḥ cikitsārthaṃ praveśitāḥ।

ṭhāṇenagaryām atiprasiddho manorugṇālayaḥ asti।

ṇā

pāraṇam, pāraṇā   

upavāsāvratānantaradivasakartavyaṃ prāthamikabhojanam।

pāraṇaṃ pāvanaṃ puṃsāṃ sarvapāpapraṇāśanam । upavāsāṅgabhūtañca phaladaṃ śuddhikāraṇam।।

ṇā

pūrṇāhutiḥ   

yajñasya ante dattā āhutiḥ।

mama yajñasthale gamanāt prāk eva pūrṇāhutiḥ samāptā।

ṇā

viniṣpiṣṭaḥ, piṣṭīkṛtaḥ, cūrṇīkṛtaḥ, piṣṭam, cūrṇitam, praśīrṇaḥ, praśīrṇam, praśīrṇā   

vighaṭṭnād virūpībhavanam।

pelavena mallena saḥ baladaṇḍaḥ mallaḥ viniṣpiṣṭaḥ jātaḥ।

ṇā

bhīmasenaḥ, bhīmaḥ, vīraveṇu, vṛkodaraḥ, bakajit, kicakajit, kaṭavraṇaḥ, nāgabalaḥ, guṇākaraḥ, jarāsandhajit, hiḍimbajit, jayantaḥ   

yudhiṣṭhirasya anujaḥ tathā ca arjunasya agrajaḥ।

bhīmasenaḥ balaśālī āsīt।

ṇā

mañjiṣṭhā, vikasā, jiṅgī, samaṅgā, kālameṣikā, maṇḍūkaparṇī, bhaṇḍīrī, bhaṇḍī, yojanavallī, kālameṣī, kālī, jiṅgiḥ, bhaṇḍirī, bhaṇḍiḥ, hariṇī, raktā, gaurī, yojanāvallikā, vaprā, rohiṇī, citralatā, citrā, citrāṅgī, jananī, vijayā, mañjūṣā, raktayaṣṭikā, kṣatriṇī, rāgāḍhyā, kālabhāṇḍikā, aruṇā, jvarahantrī, chatrā, nāgakumārikā, bhaṇḍīralatikā, rāgāṅgī, vastrabhūṣaṇā   

latāprakāraḥ yasyāḥ puṣpāṇi pītāni tathā ca laghūni santi।

mañjiṣṭhāyāḥ daṇḍāt tathā ca sūlāt raktaḥ varṇaḥ prāpyate।

ṇā

mṛgatṛṣṇā, mṛgatṛṣṇikā, marīcikā, mṛgajalam   

marusthale adhikasya ātapasya samaye jāyamānā jalaūrmīṇāṃ mithyāpratītiḥ।

grīṣmakāle marusthale mṛgatṛṣṇā bhāsate।

ṇā

mudraṇālayaḥ   

tad sthānaṃ yatra mudraṇayantreṇa vartamānapatrapustakādīnāṃ mudraṇaṃ bhavati।

svaracitaṃ padyakāvyaṃ mudrayituṃ mahendraḥ mudraṇālayam agacchat।

ṇā

śūrmī, sūrmī, sthūṇā   

lohakārasuvarṇakārādibhiḥ dhātoḥ āghātaiḥ vastunaḥ ākārayitum upayuktā lohasya sthuṇā।

suvarṇakāraḥ śūrmyaḥ upari suvarṇakhaṇḍam sthāpayati।

ṇā

dāruṇā   

śirasaḥ tvak yā cūrṇarūpeṇa khaṇḍyate।

dāruṇāṃ dūrīkartuṃ dadhijambīrādīnāṃ lepanaṃ kurvanti।

ṇā

vaiyākaraṇaḥ, vyākaraṇajñaḥ, vyākaraṇācāryaḥ, vyākaraṇavid   

vyākaraṇaśāstrasya jñātā।

pāṇiniḥ vaiyākaraṇaḥ āsīt।

ṇā

śaraṇārthī, śaraṇāgataḥ   

yaḥ śaraṇam icchati।

īśvaraḥ śaraṇārthinaḥ rakṣati।

ṇā

śaraṇārthin   

yaḥ svasya nivāsasthānāt balapūrvakaṃ dūrīkṛtaḥ ataḥ yaḥ anyatra śaraṇārthe gataḥ।

śaraṇārthī salamānaḥ adhunā api amerikādeśe vasati।

ṇā

sthūṇā, nāsā, yaṣṭiḥ, śūrmiḥ, sūrmiḥ   

gṛhastambhaḥ;

gṛhe naikāḥ sthūṇāḥ santi

ṇā

udvikāsaḥ, saṃcaraḥ, pariṇāmaḥ   

kramaśaḥ pūrṇāvasthāyāḥ prāptiḥ।

vānarasya udvikāsaḥ manuṣye jātaḥ।

ṇā

garbhatā, garbhadhāraṇam, garbhagrahaṇam, daurhṛdam, garbhadhāraṇā, sūtuḥ, garbhatvam, dhṛtagarbhatā, garbhaḥ   

garbhādhānataḥ prasavaparyantasya avasthā।

garbhatāyāṃ garbhasthaḥ śiśuḥ mātuḥ poṣaṇaṃ prāpnoti।

ṇā

jñāpanapatram, ghoṣaṇāpatram, khyāpanapatram, prasiddhipatram   

janān sūcayituṃ sarvakāradvārā nirmitaṃ patram।

sarvakāreṇa jñāpanapatraṃ prakāśitam।

ṇā

dakṣiṇāvartin   

yaḥ dakṣiṇadiśam anusṛtya agre gacchati।

ghaṭīyantrasya sūciḥ dakṣiṇāvartinī asti।

ṇā

ṇātmakaḥ   

vaidyutaśāstre ṛṇātmakavidyut-adhibhāra-yuktānām dyotanārthe upayujyamānā saṃjñā;

kecit sūkṣmakaṇāḥ ṛṇātmakāḥ santi

ṇā

prāṇāhutiḥ   

prāṇānām āhutiḥ।

naikānāṃ suputrāṇāṃ prāṇāhutyā bhārataḥ svatantraḥ jātaḥ।

ṇā

ṇātmakasaṅkhyā   

gaṇite śūnyāt nyūnā saṅkhyā।

ṛṇapañca iti ekā ṛṇātmakasaṅkhyā asti।

ṇā

nirṇāyakaḥ   

pratiyogitāyāṃ niṣpakṣaṃ nirṇayaṃ kartuṃ yaḥ niyuktaḥ bhavati।

nirṇāyakasya dhvaninālavādanāntaraṃ krīḍā ārabhyate।

ṇā

nirṇāyakamatam   

tat mataṃ yad jayāpajayau nirdhārayati।

giradhārīlālena nirṇāyakamataṃ dattvā grāmaṇīḥ jāyayitaḥ।

ṇā

ghoṣaṇāpatram, prasiddhipatram, jñāpanapatram   

kenacit rājanaitikena dalena nirvācanasya samaye prasiddhāḥ kṛtāḥ svanītayaḥ।

netāraḥ nirvācanasamaye svenaiva prasṛtaṃ ghoṣaṇāpatram na anusaranti।

ṇā

tūmbavīṇā   

suṣiravādyaviśeṣaḥ।

tūmbavīṇāyāḥ dhvaniṃ śrutvā bālakāḥ saṃghaṭitāḥ।

ṇā

śrīrāmaḥ, rāmacandraḥ, śrīrāmacandraḥ, rāghavaḥ, raghuvīraḥ, raghupatiḥ, raghunāthaḥ, raghunandanaḥ, raghuvaraḥ, rāghavendraḥ, jānakīnāthaḥ, jānakīvallabhaḥ, rāghavendraḥ, rāvaṇāriḥ, sītāpatiḥ, raghuvaṃśatilakaḥ, raghuvaṃśamaṇiḥ, raghunāyakaḥ, jānakīramaṇaḥ   

raghukulotpannasya rājñaḥ daśarathasya putraḥ yaḥ bhagavataḥ viṣṇoḥ avatāraḥ iti manyante।

pratyekaḥ hindudharmīyaḥ janaḥ śrīrāmaṃ pūjayati।

ṇā

phalataḥ, pariṇāmataḥ, kāryataḥ, pariśeṣāt, pāriśeṣyāt   

asmāt kāraṇāt।

ahaṃ prāyate phalataḥ adhikān guṇān alabhe।

ṇā

samīkṣaṇam, guṇāguṇaparīkṣā, guṇadoṣavivecanam, guṇadoṣaparīkṣaṇam, guṇadoṣanirūpaṇam   

kasyāpi viṣayasya pariśīlanena tasya guṇadoṣāṇāṃ kathanam।

nāṭakasya samīkṣaṇaṃ lekhituṃ śikṣikayā uktaḥ।

ṇā

hariyāṇārājyam   

bhārate vartamānaṃ ekaṃ rājyam।

hariyāṇārājyaṃ pañjābasya samīpe vartate।

ṇā

citrakaḥ, taulikaḥ, taulikikaḥ, raṅgakārakaḥ, raṅgajīvakaḥ, raṅgājīvaḥ, likhitā, varṇacārakaḥ, varṇāṭaḥ, varṇī   

yaḥ citraṃ vilekhayati।

citrakaḥ hanumataḥ citraṃ vilekhayati।

ṇā

mṛṇālam, visam, viśam, padmanālam, mṛṇālī, mṛṇālinī, padmatantuḥ, visinī, nalinīruham   

padmasya nālam।

mṛṇālaṃ mṛdu tathā ca suṣiram asti।

ṇā

indravāruṇī, viśālā, aindrī, citrā, gavākṣī, gajacirbhacā, mṛgervāru, piṭaṅgikī, mṛgādanī, indrā, aruṇā, gavādanī, kṣudrasahā, indracarbhiṭī, sūryā, viṣaghnī, gaṇakarṇikā, amarā, mātā, sukarṇī, suphalā, tārakā, vṛṣabhākṣī, potapuṣpā, indravallarī, hemapuṣpī, kṣudraphalā, vāruṇī, bālakapriyā, raktairvāruḥ, viṣalatā, śakravallī, viṣāpahā, amṛtā, viṣavallī, citraphalā   

latāviśeṣaḥ yaḥ bheṣajayuktaḥ dīrghajīvī asti tathā ca yasya parṇāni tāmbulasya parṇasadṛśāni santi।

indravāruṇeḥ puṣpāṇi pītavarṇīyāni santi tathā ca samūharūpeṇa santi।

ṇā

prāṇāyāmaḥ   

yogaviśeṣaḥ, prāṇasya āyāmarodhaḥ।

prāṇāyāmaiḥ dahet doṣān।

ṇā

catuṣkoṇākāra   

yasya dīrghatvaṃ vistārāt adhikam asti।

supathaṃ gantum asmābhiḥ catuṣkoṇākāraṃ aṅgaṇaṃ krāntam।

ṇā

garjam, garjaḥ, garjanam, ghoṣaḥ, ghoṣaṇam, hiṅkāraḥ, ghanadhvaniḥ, abhiṣṭanaḥ, avakrandaḥ, avagūraṇam, avasvanyam, ānardam, ānarditam, āraṭi, ārasitam, udgāraḥ, uddhūtam, kaṇṭhīravaḥ, kṣveḍā, dhuniḥ, dhūtkāraḥ, nardaḥ, nardanaḥ, narditaḥ, nirhrādaḥ, nivāśaḥ, nihrāditam, pragarjanam, prasvanitam, mahānādaḥ, mahāvirāvaḥ, māyuḥ, meḍiḥ, raṭitam, rambhaḥ, rambham, ravaṇaḥ, ravaṇam, ravaṇā, ravataḥ, reṣaṇam, vāśaḥ, vāśanam, vāśiḥ, vāśraḥ, viravaḥ, visphoṭanam, visphūrjitam, śuṣmaḥ, samunnādaḥ, hulihulī, huṃkṛtam   

abhiṣṭanakriyā।

meghānāṃ garjanābhiḥ saha vidyudbhiḥ saha ca varṣā avarṣat।

ṇā

praṇālaḥ, haraṇiḥ, praṇālī, parivāhaḥ   

saḥ jalamārgaḥ yasmāt varṣāyāḥ jalam athavā dūṣitaṃ jalaṃ vahati।

asya praṇālasya jalaṃ nagarāt dūre sthitāyāṃ nadyāṃ miśrībhūyate।

ṇā

śravaṇā   

aśvinyādisaptaviṃśatinakṣatrāntargatadvāviṃśannakṣatram।

candrapathasya dvāviṃśatitamanakṣatrasya nāma śravaṇā iti।

ṇā

nāśaya, vināśaya, praṇāśaya, utsādaya   

pradhvaṃsanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

ṭhākurasya putraḥ dyūte prabhūtaṃ dhanam anāśayat।

ṇā

daṃś, khard vṛścikasya madhumakṣiṇāṃ vā dantaiḥ kṣetre mamatāṃ vṛścikaḥ adaśat.   

vṛścikasya madhumakṣikāyāḥ viṣayuktaiḥ daṃṣṭraiḥ tuditvā viṣasya praveśanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

kṣetre mamatāṃ vṛścikaḥ adaśat।

ṇā

durhaṇā, dauritam   

kenacit dattā pīḍā।

mohanena sohanasya āpaṇakaṃ prajvālya tam ārthikī durhaṇā pradattā।

ṇā

krūratā, akaruṇatvam, krauryam, niranukrośaḥ, nirghṛṇā, nirghṛṇatā, nirghṛṇatvam, nirdayatvam, nistriṃśatvam, nairghṛṇyam, raukṣyam, kāpālikatvam   

kaṭhoram ācaraṇam।

kadācit ārakṣakāḥ aparādhibhiḥ saha krūratayā vyavaharanti।

ṇā

arkapriyā, arkavallabhā, varā, raktajapā, raktapiṇḍakaḥ, raktapuṣpī, hemapuṣpikā, prātikā, tāmravarṇā, vikrāntā   

madhyamākārakaḥ vṛkṣaḥyasya puṣpāṇi raktāni santi।

mālī upavane arkapriyā ropayati।

ṇā

pariṇamanam, pariṇatiḥ, pariṇāmaḥ, vikāraḥ, vipariṇāmaḥ, vaikāryam   

kasmiñcit vastūni jātaṃ mahatpramāṇena parivartanam।

śyāmasya gṛhasya pariṇamanaṃ dṛṣṭvā vayaṃ vismitāḥ jātāḥ।

ṇā

kṛṣṇajīraḥ, kuñcikā, kuñjikā, kāravī, jaraṇaḥ, jaraṇā, sthūlakaṇā, sthūlajīrakaḥ   

vyañjane upayujyamānaṃ kṛṣṇavarṇīyaṃ gandhayuktaṃ bījam।

maṭharī iti padārthe kṛṣṇajīreṇa ruciḥ vardhate।

ṇā

parpaṭī, rañjanī, kṛṣṇā, jatukā, jananī, janī, jatukṛṣṇā, saṃsparśā, jatukṛt, cakravartinī   

piṣṭakabhedaḥ, uttarabhāratadeśabhavasugandhīdravyam (āyurvede asya viṣavraṇakaṇḍūkaphapittāsrakuṣṭhanāśitvādayaḥ guṇāḥ proktāḥ);

śrāddhavidhau brāhmaṇena lalāṭe parpaṭyāḥ tilakaṃ paridhṛtaḥ

ṇā

svarṇābhā, nāgapuṣpā, suvarṇayuthikā, hemapuṣpikā   

pītavarṇīyā yuthikā।

svarṇābhāyāḥ gandhaḥ udyāne sarvadūraṃ gataḥ।

ṇā

stutya, praśaṃsitavya, stavya, kāruṇya, aṅgoṣin, ślokya, śaṃsya, praśastavya, suvṛkti, pāṇya, śravāyya, abhivandya, ślāghanīya, praśasya, vandya, suśasti, pravācya, śravya, īḍenya, mahanīya, śālin, praśasna, stavanīya, īḍya, paṇāyya, śaṃsanīya, praśaṃstavya   

stavanārhaḥ।

stutyasya atitheḥ hārdaṃ svāgataṃ kurmaḥ vayam।

ṇā

kimartham, kasmāt kāraṇāt, kena kāraṇena, kiṃ prayojanena   

kena hetunā।

kimarthaṃ mayā bhavadbhyaḥ kathanīyam kutra gacchāmi aham iti।

ṇā

upahāraḥ, dakṣiṇā   

atithaye dātuṃ arhaṃ vastu।

etaṃ laghum upahāraṃ svīkṛtya asmān toṣayatu।

ṇā

ghoṣaṇā, udghoṣaṇā   

sārvajanikarūpeṇa udghoṣitā rājājñā sūcanā vā।

śāsanena ghoṣaṇā kṛtā yad daśamīṃ kakṣāṃ yāvat śikṣaṇaṃ niḥśulkam asti।

ṇā

kamalinī, padminī, mṛṇālinī   

kamalasya laghuḥ kṣupaḥ।

eṣā kamalinī kutra prāptā।

ṇā

pañca, pāṇḍavaḥ, śivāsyam, indriyam, svargaḥ, vratāgniḥ, mahāpāpam, mahābhūtam, mahākāvyam, mahāmakhaḥ, purāṇalakṣaṇam, aṅgam, prāṇāḥ, vargaḥ, indriyārthaḥ, bāṇaḥ   

ekādhikaṃ catvāri।

pañcādhikaṃ pañca āhatya daśa bhavanti।

ṇā

dhāraṇā, niścayaḥ, naiścityaḥ   

tat jñānaṃ yasmin kopi bhramaḥ nāsti।

īśvarasya astitvasya dhāraṇā kaṭhinā।

ṇā

akaraṇīya, akaraṇārhya, akārya   

kartum ayogyaḥ;

akaraṇīyaṃ karma pāpasya janakaḥ।

ṇā

pariṇāmika, pāriṇāmika   

kvathituṃ yogyaḥ।

pariṇāmikaḥ āhāraḥ bhoktavyaḥ।

ṇā

aṅkolaḥ, aṅkoṭaḥ, nikocakaḥ, aṅkoṭhaḥ, nikoṭhakaḥ, likocakaḥ, aṅkolakaḥ, bodhaḥ, nediṣṭhaḥ, dīrghakīlakaḥ, rāmaṭhaḥ, koṭharaḥ, recī, gūḍhapatraḥ, guptasnehaḥ, pītasāraḥ, madanaḥ, gūḍhavallikā, pītaḥ, tāmraphalaḥ, dīrghakīlaḥ, guṇāḍhyakaḥ, kolakaḥ, lambakarṇaḥ, gandhapuṣpaḥ, rocanaḥ, viśānatailagarbhaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ।

aṅkolasya bījaiḥ nirmitasya tailasya śarīre ālepanaṃ kriyate cet saḥ puruṣaḥ adṛśyaḥ bhaviṣyati iti lokoktiḥ vartate।

ṇā

peyā, miśreyā, śrāṇā, acchamaṇḍam   

sikthasamanvitaṃ peyadravyam।

śīlā peyāṃ khādati।

ṇā

atyamlaparṇī, tīkṣṇā, kaṇḍurā, valliśūraṇaḥ, karavaḍavallī, vayasthā, araṇyavāsinī, jaṭā   

latāviśeṣaḥ।

satyā atyamlaparṇyāḥ patrāṇi chinatti।

ṇā

kaṇajīraḥ, kaṇāhvā, śvetajīrakaḥ   

gaurajīrakaḥ।

saḥ āpaṇāt śataṃ grāmaparimitaḥ kaṇajīraṃ krītavān।

ṇā

kṛṣṇāṅgaśukaḥ   

bhārate vartamānaḥ śukaprakāraḥ।

kṛṣṇāṅgaśukasya cañcuḥ pītavarṇīyā asti।

ṇā

karṇāṭarāgaḥ   

sampūrṇajātīyaḥ rāgaviśeṣaḥ।

karṇāṭarāgaṃ megharāgasya putraṃ manyate।

ṇā

karṇāṭī   

rāgiṇīviśeṣaḥ।

karṇāṭī mālavarāgasya sahacarī iti manyate।

ṇā

anāhāramārgaṇā   

jainānām ekaṃ vratam।

mātāmahī anāhāramārgaṇā iti vrataṃ karoti।

ṇā

trāyamāṇā, vārṣikam, trāyantī, balabhadrikā, trāyamāṇikā, balabhadrā, sukāmā, vārṣikī, girijā, anujā, māṅgalyārhā, devabalā, pālinī, bhayanāśinī, avanī, rakṣaṇī, trāṇā, subhadrāṇī, bhadranāmikā   

ekā latā yasyāḥ bījaṃ auṣadhaṃ bhavati।

trāyamāṇāyāḥ bījaṃ śītalaṃ tridoṣanāśakaṃ ca bhavati।

ṇā

kaṅkaṇāstram   

astraviśeṣaḥ।

yoddhuḥ haste kaṅkaṇāstram asti।

ṇā

tuṅgabhadrā, tuṅgaveṇṇā   

dakṣiṇabhārate vartamānā ekā nadī।

sahyādrīparvatāt udbhūtā tuṅgabhadrā kṛṣṇānadyā saha saṅgacchate।

ṇā

rāmavīṇā   

vīṇāprakāraḥ।

rāmasevakaḥ rāmavīṇāṃ vādayati।

ṇā

pippalī, kṛṣṇā, upakulyā, vaidehī, māgadhī, capalā, kaṇā, uṣaṇā, śauṇḍī, kolā, ūṣaṇā, pippaliḥ, kṛkalā, kaṭubījā, koraṅgī, tiktataṇḍulā, śyāmā, dantaphalā, magadhodbhavā   

ekā latā yasya kalikā tūtasya ākāravat bhavati।

pippalī auṣadhasya rūpeṇa upayujyate।

ṇā

balvajaḥ, balvajā, dṛḍhapatrī, tṛṇakṣuḥ, tṛṇavalvajā, mauñjīpatrā, dṛḍhatṛṇā, pānīyāśnā, dṛḍhakṣurā   

tṛṇaviśeṣaḥ।

balvajaḥ bṛhadākārakaḥ bhavati।

ṇā

eḍagajaḥ, prapunnāṭaḥ, dadrughnaḥ, cakramardakaḥ, cakramardaḥ, padmāṭaḥ, uraṇākhyaḥ, aḍagajaḥ, gajākhyaḥ, meṣāhvayaḥ, eḍahastī, vyāvartakaḥ, cakragajaḥ, cakrī, punnāṭaḥ, punnāḍaḥ, vimarddakaḥ, dadrughnaḥ, tarvaṭaḥ, cakrāhvaḥ, śukanāśanaḥ, dṛḍhabījaḥ, prapunnāḍaḥ, kharjughnaḥ, prapunnaḍaḥ, prapunāḍaḥ, uraṇākṣaḥ   

auṣadhīyakṣupaḥ।

eḍagajasya upayogaḥ dantacikitsāyai bhavati।

ṇā

praśikṣaṇārthī, praśikṣaṇārthini   

yaḥ praśikṣaṇaṃ prāpnoti।

sarvaiḥ praśikṣaṇārthibhiḥ śvaḥ praśikṣaṇakendre samaye upasthātavyam।

ṇā

udbhidvidyā, oṣadhividyā, vṛkṣalatātṛṇādividyā, vṛkṣāyurvedaḥ   

tat śāstraṃ yasmin vṛkṣakṣupādīnām adhyayanaṃ kurvanti।

saṃyogitā udbhidvidyāyāḥ prādhyāpikā asti।

ṇā

ṇāvatī   

bāṇasurasya patnī।

bāṇāvatyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu labhyate।

ṇā

ṇāsuraḥ, bāṇaḥ, vāṇāsuraḥ, vāṇaḥ, vakraḥ   

daityarājasya baleḥ putraḥ yaḥ śivena hataḥ।

baleḥ śateṣu putreṣu bāṇāsuraḥ agrajaḥ āsīt।

ṇā

lavaṇāsuraḥ, lavaṇaḥ   

madhunāmakasya daityasya putraḥ।

śatrughnaḥ lavaṇāsuraṃ jaghāna।

ṇā

ūrṇā   

citrarathanāmakasya gandharvasya patnī।

ūrṇāyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu prāpyate।

ṇā

praṇā   

nipīḍake sambaddhā nalikākāraṃ vastu yasmin rasaḥ patati।

rasasya saṃgrahaṇāya praṇālyāḥ nīcaiḥ ekaṃ pātraṃ sthāpyate।

ṇā

dviguṇā, dviguṇikā   

ekā mālā yasyāṃ dvau guṇau staḥ।

mama dviguṇā truṭitā।

ṇā

kṛṣṇajīraḥ, kuñcikā, kuñjikā, kāravī, jaraṇaḥ, jaraṇā, sthūlakaṇā, sthūlajīrakaḥ   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ yasya bījam gandhadravyam iva prayujyate।

kṛṣakaḥ kṣetre kṛṣṇajīrasya bhūbhāge jalaṃ siñcati।

ṇā

ambupaḥ, uruṇākṣaḥ, uruṇākṣakaḥ, uruṇākhyam, uruṇākhyakam, eḍagajaḥ, kharjughnaḥ, kharjūghnaḥ, gajaskandhaḥ, cakragajaḥ, padmāṭaḥ, prapunāṭaḥ, prapunāḍaḥ, vimardakaḥ   

ekaṃ jhāṭam।

ambupam auṣadhyāṃ prayujyate।

ṇā

pūrṇāyuḥ   

ekaḥ gandharvaḥ।

pūrṇāyoḥ varṇanaṃ mahābhārate vartate।

ṇā

pūrṇāyuḥ   

sampūrṇam āyuḥ।

manuṣyasya pūrṇāyuḥ śatavarṣāṇi yāvat bhavati।

ṇā

pūrṇāyu   

yasya sampūrṇam āyuḥ asti।

hyaḥ pūrṇāyuḥ pitāmahaḥ pañcatvam agacchat।

ṇā

gokarṇī, adrikarṇī, supuṣpā, nagakarṇī, girikarṇā, bhūrilagnā, mahārasā, mahāpuṣpā, śvetagokarṇī, harikrāntā   

latāviśeṣaḥ।

asmin vṛkṣe gokarṇī abhisarpitā।

ṇā

raktikā, rakti, aruṇā, indrāśanaḥ, ripughātinī, vakraśalyā, śikhaṇḍin, śītapākī, śikhaṇḍī, śyāmalakacūḍā, saumyā, vanyaḥ, bādaram, kaṇīci, kakṣyā   

latāviśeṣaḥ।

raktikāyāḥ bījāḥ raktāḥ bhavanti।

ṇā

kākiṇī, kākiṇi, saṃcālī, bhillabhūṣaṇā, bādaram   

viśiṣṭāyāḥ latāyāḥ raktavarṇīyāni bījāni।

bālakāḥ krīḍārthaṃ kākiṇīḥ cinvanti।

ṇā

kopalatā, ardhacandrikā, analaprabhā, kaṭabhī, kanakaprabhā, kukundanī, kaiḍaryaḥ, gīrlatā, jyotiṣkā, jyotirlatā, tīktakā, tīkṣṇā, dīptaḥ, niphalā, paṇyā, parāpatapadī, pītatailā, piṇyā, pūtitailā, bahurasā, matidā, lagaṇā, latā, latāpuṭakī, lavaṇaḥ, vāyasādanī, śṛṅgin, śleṣmaghnī, sarasvatī, supiṅgalā, suvegā, suvarṇalatā, svarṇalatā, sumedhas, sphuṭavalkalī, sphuṭaraṅgiṇī   

ekā latā।

kopalatā oṣadhyāṃ prayujyate।

ṇā

dakṣiṇāmūrti-upaniṣad, dakṣiṇāmūrtiḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

dakṣiṇāmūrti-upaniṣad yajurvedena samvandhitā।

ṇā

prāṇāgni-hotra-upaniṣad, prāṇāgni-hotraḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

prāṇāgni-hotra-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ṇā

aparājitaḥ, adrikarṇī, aśvakhurī, kumārī, gavākṣaḥ, girikarṇā, ghṛṣṭi, chardikā, tailaspandā, dadhipuṣpikā, nagakarṇī, badarā, bhūrilagnā, mahāpuṣpā, mahāśvetā, mahārasā, maheśvarī, vyaktagandhā, supuṣpā, supuṣpī, sumukhī, harīkrāntā, śvetapuṣpā, śvetagokarṇī, śvetadhāman, nīlakrāntā, nīlapuṣpā, nīlagirikarṇikā, nīlādrikarṇikā, nīlādriparājitā, āsphotā, viṣṇukrāntā, kaṭabhī, garddabhī, sitapuṣpī, śvetā, śvetabhaṇḍā, bhadrā, suputrī, gardabhaḥ   

bhūmau prakīrṇaḥ vallarīviśeṣaḥ।

eṣā bhūmiḥ aparājitena ācchāditā ।

ṇā

viṣalatā, aruṇā   

bṛhadgolam iva ekā vallarī।

viṣalatāyāḥ phalāni atīva śobhanāni bhavanti।

ṇā

abhayadakṣiṇā   

saṅkaṭāt rakṣaṇārthaṃ brāhmaṇāya dattaṃ dānam।

abhayadakṣiṇāṃ prāpya brāhmaṇaḥ atīva sukhī abhavat।

ṇā

śāṇaḥ, śāṇī, śānaḥ, śāṇāśma, bhramaḥ, jhāmaraḥ, vāgaraḥ, sāmakaḥ   

aśmaviśeṣaḥ-yasyopari gharṣaṇaṃ kṛtvā śastrāsrāṇi tīkṣṇīkaroti।

rāmaḥ śāṇe gharṣitvā śastrīṃ tīkṣṇīkaroti।

ṇā

śvāsanalikā, kaṇṭhapraṇālī, śvāsamārgaḥ, prāṇamārgaḥ   

śarīre upāsthnā racitā sā nalikā yasyāḥ śvāsasya gamanāgamanaṃ bhavati।

śvāsanalikāyāṃ udbhūtāt rodhāt śvasanaṃ duṣkaraṃ bhavati।

ṇā

lakṣaṇā   

śabdaśaktīnāṃ sā yayā tasyāḥ arthaḥ lakṣitaḥ bhavati।

nirūḍhā prayojanavatī ityevaṃ lakṣaṇānāṃ prakāradvayaṃ vartate।

ṇā

prayojanavatī-lakṣaṇā   

lakṣaṇāviśeṣaḥ yasyām vācyārthāt bhinnaḥ arthaḥ prakaṭībhavati।

tvaṃ gardabhaḥ iti vākye prayojanavatī-lakṣaṇā prayuktā।

ṇā

lakṣaṇā   

ekā apsarāḥ।

lakṣaṇāyāḥ varṇanaṃ mahābhārate vartate।

ṇā

dhāraṇā   

tat kathanaṃ yat satyaṃ mataṃ yat ca kasyāpi parikalpanāyāḥ ādhāraḥ bhavati।

kāścana dhāraṇāḥ samayena naśyanti।

ṇā

ṇāprasevaḥ, prasevakaḥ   

vīṇāyāḥ śīrṣe nataḥ kāṣṭhakhaṇḍaḥ।

asya vīṇāyāḥ vīṇāprasevaḥ truṭitaḥ।

ṇā

putrakandā, lakṣmaṇā, pucchadā   

kṣupasya mūlaviśeṣaḥ।

putrakandā garbhasya doṣāṇām apākaraṇāya auṣadheṣu prayujyate।

ṇā

putrakandā, pucchadā, lakṣmaṇā   

vanaspativiśeṣaḥ yasya puṣpāṇi dhūmravarṇīyāni santi pītāni phalāni ca santi।

putrakandāyāḥ mūlam auṣadheṣu prayujyate।

ṇā

lakṣmaṇā   

kṛṣṇasya aṣṭasu mahārājñīṣu ekā।

lakṣmaṇā bhadradeśasya rājakanyā āsīt।

ṇā

lakṣmaṇā   

duryodhanasya ekā putrī।

lakṣmaṇāyāḥ varṇanaṃ hindūdharmīyāṇāṃ dhārmikeṣu grantheṣu dṛśyate।

ṇā

haraṇiḥ, praṇā   

laghuḥ praṇālaḥ।

eṣā haraṇiḥ pūyate।

ṇā

kṛṣṇāmaṇḍalam   

āndhrapradeśasya maṇḍalaviśeṣaḥ।

kṛṣṇāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ macilīpaṭananagare asti।

ṇā

erṇākulanagaram   

keralasya nagaraviśeṣaḥ।

bhāratasya erṇākulanagare sarve sākṣarāḥ santi।

ṇā

daivaparaḥ, daivaparā, daivāyattaḥ, daivāyattā, daivaparāyaṇaḥ, daivaparāyaṇā, daivādhīnaḥ, daivādhīnā, daiṣapramāṇakaḥ, daiṣapramāṇakā, diṣṭaparaḥ, diṣṭaparā, daiṣṭikaḥ, daiṣṭikā, daivavādī, daivavādinī   

daivameva ālambanaṃ yasya yasyāḥ vā।

adyāpi daivaparāḥ alpāḥ na santi।

ṇā

aṣṭakoṇaḥ, aṣṭakoṇākṛtiḥ   

aṣṭānāṃ koṇānāṃ vastu ākṛtiḥ vā।

asya aṣṭakoṇasya sarveṣāṃ pakṣāṇām āyāmaḥ tathā sarvakoṇānāṃ māpanaṃ kathayatu।

ṇā

hariṇacarman, mṛgājinam, eṇājinam   

hariṇasya carma yat pavitraṃ matam।

bahavaḥ sādhavaḥ hariṇacarma eva dhārayanti ।

ṇā

utkrośaḥ, ākrośaḥ, tumulam, kolāhalaḥ, kalakalaḥ, ravaḥ, rāvaḥ, praṇādaḥ, krośaḥ, udghoṣaḥ, ārtanādaḥ   

cītkāreṇa udbhūtaḥ śabdaḥ।

mahilāyāḥ utkrośaṃ śrutvā sarve janāḥ tām adhāvan ।

ṇā

caṇḍālikā, caṇḍāla-vīṇā   

tumbaravādyaviśeṣaḥ।

śyāmā caṇḍālikāṃ vādayati।

ṇā

mahārāṇāpratāpaḥ. rāṇāpratāpaḥ, rāṇāpratāpasiṃhaḥ   

mevāḍapradeśasya vīraḥ deśabhaktaḥ svābhimānī ca rājā।

mahārāṇāpratāpaḥ naikadhā mugalasenāyāḥ parājayaṃ cakāra।

ṇā

ṇākumbhāḥ, mahārāṇākumbhāḥ   

rājasthānarājyasya rājapūtaḥ yaḥ mevāḍapradeśe pañcadaśamyāṃ śatābdyāṃ rājyam akarot।

kumbhalagaḍhasya nirmāṇaṃ rāṇākumbhāḥ akarot।

ṇā

vaiṇikaḥ, vīṇāvādakaḥ   

yaḥ vīṇāṃ vādayati saḥ।

rājārāmapaṇḍitaḥ kuśalaḥ vaiṇikaḥ।

ṇā

sūryaḥ, sūraḥ, aryamā, ādityaḥ, dvādaśātmā, divākaraḥ, bhāskaraḥ, ahaskaraḥ, vradhraḥ, prabhākaraḥ, vibhākaraḥ, bhāsvān, vivasvān, saptāśvaḥ, haridaśvaḥ, uṣṇaraśmiḥ, vivarttanaḥ, arkaḥ, mārttaṇḍaḥ, mihiraḥ, aruṇaḥ, vṛṣā, dyumaṇiḥ, taraṇiḥ, mitraḥ, citrabhānuḥ, virocan, vibhāvasuḥ, grahapatiḥ, tviṣāmpatiḥ, ahaḥpatiḥ, bhānuḥ, haṃsaḥ, sahastrāṃśuḥ, tapanaḥ, savitā, raviḥ, śūraḥ, bhagaḥ, vṛdhnaḥ, padminīvallabhaḥ, hariḥ, dinamaṇiḥ, caṇḍāṃśuḥ, saptasaptiḥ, aṃśumālī, kāśyapeyaḥ, khagaḥ, bhānumān, lokalocanaḥ, padmabandhuḥ, jyotiṣmān, avyathaḥ, tāpanaḥ, citrarathaḥ, khamaṇiḥ, divāmaṇiḥ, gabhastihastaḥ, heliḥ, pataṃgaḥ, arcciḥ, dinapraṇīḥ, vedodayaḥ, kālakṛtaḥ, graharājaḥ, tamonudaḥ, rasādhāraḥ, pratidivā, jyotiḥpīthaḥ, inaḥ, karmmasākṣī, jagaccakṣuḥ, trayītapaḥ, pradyotanaḥ, khadyotaḥ, lokabāndhavaḥ, padminīkāntaḥ, aṃśuhastaḥ, padmapāṇiḥ, hiraṇyaretāḥ, pītaḥ, adriḥ, agaḥ, harivāhanaḥ, ambarīṣaḥ, dhāmanidhiḥ, himārātiḥ, gopatiḥ, kuñjāraḥ, plavagaḥ, sūnuḥ, tamopahaḥ, gabhastiḥ, savitraḥ, pūṣā, viśvapā, divasakaraḥ, dinakṛt, dinapatiḥ, dyupatiḥ, divāmaṇiḥ, nabhomaṇiḥ, khamaṇiḥ, viyanmaṇiḥ, timiraripuḥ, dhvāntārātiḥ, tamonudaḥ, tamopahaḥ, bhākoṣaḥ, tejaḥpuñjaḥ, bhānemiḥ, khakholkaḥ, khadyotanaḥ, virocanaḥ, nabhaścakṣūḥ, lokacakṣūḥ, jagatsākṣī, graharājaḥ, tapatāmpatiḥ, sahastrakiraṇaḥ, kiraṇamālī, marīcimālī, aṃśudharaḥ, kiraṇaḥ, aṃśubharttā, aṃśuvāṇaḥ, caṇḍakiraṇaḥ, dharmāṃśuḥ, tīkṣṇāṃśuḥ, kharāṃśuḥ, caṇḍaraśmiḥ, caṇḍamarīciḥ, caṇḍadīdhitiḥ, aśītamarīciḥ, aśītakaraḥ, śubharaśmiḥ, pratibhāvān, vibhāvān, vibhāvasuḥ, pacataḥ, pacelimaḥ, śuṣṇaḥ, gaganādhvagaḥ, gaṇadhvajaḥ, khacaraḥ, gaganavihārī, padmagarbhaḥ, padmāsanaḥ, sadāgatiḥ, haridaśvaḥ, maṇimān, jīviteśaḥ, murottamaḥ, kāśyapī, mṛtāṇḍaḥ, dvādaśātmakaḥ, kāmaḥ, kālacakraḥ, kauśikaḥ, citrarathaḥ, śīghragaḥ, saptasaptiḥ   

hindūnāṃ dharmagrantheṣu varṇitā ekā devatā।

vedeṣu sūryasya pūjāyāḥ vāraṃvāraṃ vidhānam asti।

ṇā

somaḥ, candraḥ, śaśāṅkaḥ, induḥ, mayaṅkaḥ, kalānidhiḥ, kalānāthaḥ, kalādharaḥ, himāṃśuḥ, candramāḥ, kumudabāndhavaḥ, vidhuḥ, sudhāṃśuḥ, śubhrāṃśuḥ, oṣadhīśaḥ, niśāpatiḥ, abjaḥ, jaivātṛkaḥ, somaḥ, glauḥ, mṛgāṅkaḥ, dvijarājaḥ, śaśadharaḥ, nakṣatreśaḥ, kṣapākaraḥ, doṣākaraḥ, niśīthinīnāthaḥ, śarvarīśaḥ, eṇāṅkaḥ, śītaraśmiḥ, samudranavanītaḥ, sārasaḥ, śvetavāhanaḥ, nakṣatranāmiḥ, uḍupaḥ, sudhāsūtiḥ, tithipraṇīḥ, amatiḥ, candiraḥ, citrāṭīraḥ, pakṣadharaḥ, rohiṇīśaḥ, atrinetrajaḥ, pakṣajaḥ, sindhujanmā, daśāśvaḥ, māḥ, tārāpīḍaḥ, niśāmaṇiḥ, mṛgalāñchanaḥ, darśavipat, chāyāmṛgadharaḥ, grahanemiḥ, dākṣāyaṇīpati, lakṣmīsahajaḥ, sudhākaraḥ, sudhādhāraḥ, śītabhānuḥ, tamoharaḥ, tuśārakiraṇaḥ, pariḥ, himadyutiḥ, dvijapatiḥ, viśvapsā, amṛtadīdhitiḥ, hariṇāṅkaḥ, rohiṇīpatiḥ, sindhunandanaḥ, tamonut, eṇatilakaḥ, kumudeśaḥ, kṣīrodanandanaḥ, kāntaḥ, kalāvān, yāminījatiḥ, sijraḥ, mṛgapipluḥ, sudhānidhiḥ, tuṅgī, pakṣajanmā, abdhīnavanītakaḥ, pīyūṣamahāḥ, śītamarīciḥ, śītalaḥ, trinetracūḍāmaṇiḥ, atrinetrabhūḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, parijñāḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, valakṣaguḥ, tuṅgīpatiḥ, yajvanāmpatiḥ, parvvadhiḥ, kleduḥ, jayantaḥ, tapasaḥ, khacamasaḥ, vikasaḥ, daśavājī, śvetavājī, amṛtasūḥ, kaumudīpatiḥ, kumudinīpatiḥ, bhūpatiḥ, dakṣajāpatiḥ, oṣadhīpatiḥ, kalābhṛt, śaśabhṛt, eṇabhṛt, chāyābhṛt, atridṛgjaḥ, niśāratnam, niśākaraḥ, amṛtaḥ, śvetadyutiḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ;

patitaṃ somamālokya brahmā lokapitāmahaḥ[śa.ka]

ṇā

"sthapatiḥ, śilpī, vāstuvit, vāstuvid, gṛhanirmāṇādhyakṣaḥ, metā, gṛhādinirmāṇavidyājñaḥ   

bhavanādeḥ śilpakāraḥ।

tejomahālayasya anekeṣāṃ sthapatīnāṃ hastāḥ cheditāḥ iti kathyate।

ṇā

cakramardaḥ, eḍagajaḥ, aḍagajaḥ, gajākhyaḥ, meṣāhvayaḥ, eḍahastī, vyāvartakaḥ, cakravajaḥ, cakrī, punnāṭaḥ, punnāḍaḥ, vimardakaḥ, dadrughnaḥ, tarvaṭaḥ, śukanāśanaḥ, dṛḍhabījaḥ, prappunanāḍaḥ, cakramardakaḥ, padmāṭaḥ, uraṇākhyaḥ, uraṇākṣaḥ, prapunnaḍaḥ, prapunāḍaḥ   

varṣākāle vardhamānaḥ kṣupaviśeṣaḥ।

kṣetre cakramardāḥ santi।

ṇā

guṇāguṇajñaḥ, guṇajñaḥ, guṇagrāhī, guṇadoṣaparīkṣakaḥ, guṇadoṣanirūpakaḥ, guṇajñā, guṇagrāhīṇī, guṇāguṇajñā, guṇadoṣaparīkṣikā, guṇadoṣanirūpikā   

yaḥ guṇam aguṇaṃ ca jñātvā kenāpi kṛtaṃ kāryaṃ parīkṣate।

navasaṃskṛtasāhityasya guṇāguṇajñaḥ saḥ asmin saṃgoṣṭhyām upasthitān navakavīn mārgadarśanam anuyacchati।

ṇā

ārohaṇāśvaḥ   

ārohaṇārthe aśvaḥ;

sainikaḥ ārohaṇāśve ārūḍhaḥ।

ṇā

kolaḥ, kitiḥ, kiriḥ, bhūdāraḥ, radāyudhaḥ, vakradaṃṣṭraḥ, varāhaḥ, romaśaḥ, sūkaraḥ, dantāyudhaḥ, śūkaraḥ, śūraḥ, krodaḥ, bahvapatyaḥ, pṛthuskandhaḥ, potrāyudhaḥ, potrī, balī, ghoṇāntabhedanaḥ, daṃṣṭrī, stabdharoma   

vanyavarāhaḥ।

kolaḥ saṃśayakaram asti।

ṇā

meṣaḥ, meḍhraḥ, urabhraḥ, uraṇaḥ, ūrṇāyuḥ, vṛṣṇiḥ, eḍakaḥ, bheḍaḥ, huḍaḥ, śṛṅgiṇaḥ, aviḥ, lomaśaḥ, balī, romaśaḥ, bheḍuḥ, bheḍakaḥ, meṇṭaḥ, huluḥ, meṇaṭakaḥ, huḍūḥ, samphalaḥ   

paśuviśeṣaḥ-yasmāt ūrṇā prāpsyate।

meṣapālaḥ meṣān cārayati।

ṇā

dakṣiṇāyanam   

sūryasya karkarekhāyāḥ makararekhāṃ prati gamanam।

dakṣiṇāyanaṃ śrāvaṇādiṣu ṣaṭsu māseṣu bhavati।

ṇā

dakṣiṇāyanam   

ṣaḍbhiḥ māsaiḥ yuktaḥ saḥ kālaḥ yadā sūryaḥ karkarekhāyāḥ dakṣiṇadiśaṃ gacchati।

dakṣiṇāyanaṃ 21jūnataḥ 22disambaraparyantaṃ bhavati।

ṇā

sudeṣṇā   

rājñaḥ virāṭasya patnī।

sudeṣṇāyāḥ varṇanaṃ mahābhārate asti।

ṇā

sudeṣṇā   

rājñaḥ baleḥ patnī।

baliḥ sudeṣṇāyāṃ snihyati sma।

ṇā

kaṇādaḥ   

ṛṣiviśeṣaḥ yaḥ vaiśeṣikadarśanasya pravartakaḥ asti।

kaṇādaḥ jñānī āsīt।

ṇā

parṇādaḥ   

ṛṣiviśeṣaḥ।

parṇādasya varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu asti।

ṇā

tṛṇāvartaḥ   

kaṃsasya sahāyyakaḥ daityaviśeṣaḥ।

kṛṣṇaḥ tṛṇāvartaṃ jaghāna।

ṇā

parṇāṭakaḥ   

ekaḥ ṛṣiḥ।

parṇāṭakasya varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu vartate।

ṇā

tīrṇā   

varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ।

tīrṇāyāḥ pratyekasmin caraṇe nagaṇaḥ guruśca bhavati।

ṇā

pūrṇāśā   

paurāṇikī nadī।

pūrṇāśāyāḥ varṇanaṃ mahābhārate prāpyate।

ṇā

ṇāvatī   

apsaraso viśeṣaḥ।

vīṇāvatyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu prāpyate।

ṇā

ṇādaṇḍaḥ   

vīṇāyāḥ daṇḍaḥ।

vīṇāvādanasamaye śīlā ekena hastena vīṇādaṇḍam adhārayat।

ṇā

dīnatā, kāruṇyam, dayāyogyatā, karuṇāyogyatā, anukampyatā, dayājanakatvam, karuṇotpādakatvam   

karuṇārasaṃ janayituṃ yogyatvam।

atiduḥsahā sudāmnaḥ dīnatā kṛṣṇasya kṛte।

ṇā

sthūṇā, sthāṇuḥ, sthāṇu, dhruvaḥ, śaṅkuḥ, sasthūṇacchinnaḥ, āvraścanaḥ   

chinnasya athavā śuṣkasya vṛkṣasya śākhāpatrādivirahitaḥ bhūmisthaḥ kāṇḍādhobhāgaḥ।

kṛṣakaḥ sthūṇāṃ chinatti।

ṇā

ṇāsaṅgrāmasiṃhaḥ   

udayapurasya rājā।

khristābdasya 1509 varṣataḥ 1527 varṣaparyantaṃ rāṇāsaṅgrāmasiṃhaḥ śāsanam akarot।

ṇā

gajapippalī, karipippalī, ibhakaṇā, kapivallī, kapillikā, śreyasī, vaśiraḥ, gajāhvā, kolavallī, vasiraḥ, gajoṣaṇā, cavyaphalam, cavyajā, chidravaidehī, dīrghagranthiḥ, taijasī, vartalī, sthūlavaidehī   

madhyamākārasya vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ।

gajapippalyāḥ kaścit bhāgaḥ bheṣajarūpeṇa prayujyate।

ṇā

gambhārī, sarvatobhadrā, kāśmarī, madhuparṇikā, śrīparṇī, bhadraparṇī, kārśmarī, bhadrā, gopabhadrikā, kumudā, sadābhadrā, kaṭphalā, kṛṣṇavṛntikā, kṛṣṇavṛntā, hīrā, sarvatobhadrikā, snigdhaparṇī, subhadrā, kambhārī, gopabhadrā, vidāriṇī, kṣīriṇī, mahābhadrā, madhuparṇī, svarubhadrā, kṛṣṇā, aśvetā, rohiṇī, gṛṣṭiḥ, sthūlatvacā, madhūmatī, suphalā, medinī, mahākumudā, sudṛḍhatvacā   

dṛḍhakāṣṭhayuktaḥ vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yasya parṇāni pippalavṛkṣasya parṇānām iva bhavanti।

gambhāryāḥ kāṣṭhena nirmitaḥ paṭahaḥ uttamaḥ āsīt।

ṇā

candrakiraṇaḥ, candrapādaḥ, śaśipādaḥ, candraraśmiḥ, śaśikiraṇaḥ, śaśikaraḥ, śaśimayūkhaḥ, aṃśuḥ, somāṃśuḥ, candrāṃśuḥ, candrikā, candramarīciḥ, pūrṇānakam   

candrasya kiraṇaḥ।

candakiraṇaiḥ sarovaraḥ śobhate।

ṇā

parṇasānadī, veṇānadī   

paurāṇikanadīviśeṣaḥ।

parṇasānadyāḥ ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe prāpyate।

ṇā

veṇṇānadī   

mahārāṣṭrarājye vartamānā nadī।

veṇṇānadyāḥ prabhavaḥ mahābaleśvare asti।

ṇā

dhūmravarṇā   

agneḥ saptasu jihvāsu ekā।

dhūmravarṇāyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu prāpyate।

ṇā

gāyaka, gātu, gātṛ, gāyana, cāraṇa, gāthaka, geṣṇa, geṣṇu, śasti, varṇāṭa, varṇaka, sukaṇṭha, stavitṛ, go   

yaḥ gāyati।

gāyakasya kaṇṭhaḥ atīva madhuraḥ asti ।

ṇā

aruṇānadī   

nadīviśeṣaḥ।

rāmakuṇḍe aruṇānadī godāvarīnadyāṃ milati।

ṇā

aruṇā   

kadambasya puṣpam।

bālakaḥ kadambasya adhaḥ patitāḥ aruṇāḥ cinvanti।

ṇā

aruṇābha   

aruṇimayā yuktaḥ।

tasya aruṇābhaṃ mukhaṃ śobhate।

ṇā

koṇārkanagaram   

uḍīsārājye vartamānaṃ nagaram।

koṇārkanagare prasiddhaṃ sūryamandiram asti।

ṇā

pūrṇānadī   

bhāratadeśasya keralarājyasya nadī।

pūrṇānadyāḥ taṭe sthite grāme śaṅkarācāryasya janma abhavat।

ṇā

alavaṇāśin   

yena lavaṇaṃ na khādyate।

saḥ alavaṇāśī upāsakaḥ asti।

ṇā

nirṇāyaka, niścāyaka, avacchedaka, avadhāraka   

kasyāpi viṣasya niścitiḥ yena bhavati।

aparādhasya nirṇāyakāni pramāṇāni etāni।

ṇā

droṇapuṣpī, kumbhayoniḥ, kurumbikā, citrākṣupaḥ, kurumbā, supuṣpā, citrapatrikā, droṇā, phalepuṣpā   

śvetapuṣpayuktaḥ auṣadhīyaḥ kṣupaḥ।

droṇapuṣpyāḥ upayogaḥ arśādīnāṃ vyādhīnāṃ nivāraṇe bhavati।

ṇā

ṛṇabhāgaḥ, ṛṇāṃśaḥ   

ṛṇasya saḥ bhāgaḥ yam ṛṇī pradadāti।

mayā asya māsasya ṛṇabhāgaḥ dattaḥ।

ṇā

ataḥ, ataḥ eva, anena kāraṇena, asmāt kāraṇāt   

asmāt kāraṇāt।

saḥ bhavatyā saha kim api na abhāṣata ataḥ eva bhavatī duḥkhī asti vā।

ṇā

kulakṣaṇā   

aśubhaiḥ lakṣaṇaiḥ yuktā strī।

kulakṣaṇāyāḥ gṛhapraveśena śvaśuraḥ amriyata।

ṇā

prāṇabādhaḥ, asubhaṅgaḥ, prāṇāntikam, prāṇātyayaḥ   

tad vyasanaṃ yat prāṇaghātakam asti।

jijīviṣayā saḥ prāṇabādhāt rakṣitaḥ।

ṇā

ūrṇāvastram   

ūrṇayā nirmitaṃ vastram।

ūrṇāvastre uṣṇatā vartate।

ṇā

dayā, karuṇā, anukampā, kṛpā, kāruṇikatā, kṛpālutā, kāruṇyam, anukampanam, māyā, vikṣepaḥ, anukrośaḥ, anuṣaṅgaḥ   

svajanān durbalān vā manuṣyān vyathitaṃ dṛṣṭvā teṣāṃ duḥkhādīnām dūrīkaraṇam।

īśvarasya dayā asmāsu bhavet।

ṇā

sapadi, sadyaḥ, jhaṭiti, añjasā, kṣaṇāt, tatkṣaṇe, tatkṣaṇena, ahnāya, maṅkṣu, srāk, añjas, ahnāya, āpātataḥ, yathāsthānam   

vilambena vinā।

mātā bhavantaṃ sapadi gṛhaṃ prati āhūtavatī।

ṇā

nirmāṇādhīna   

yasya nirmitiḥ pracalati।

asmin śāsakīyasya nirmāṇādhīnasya bhavane kecana janāḥ svāmitvaṃ kathayanti।

ṇā

prāṇāhutiḥ   

pañcaprāṇebhyaḥ pañcakavalarūpeṇa dīyamānā āhutiḥ।

pitāmahaḥ prāṇāhutiṃ datvā eva bhojanaṃ karoti।

ṇā

dhairyatā, paridhāraṇā, sthairya, gandhanam   

dhīratāpūrvakaṃ kāryasampādanam।

krīḍakānāṃ dhairyatāṃ darśakāḥ prāśaṃsan।

ṇā

ūrṇā   

naikānāṃ strīṇāṃ nāma viśeṣaḥ ।

ūrṇā hāṭe gacchati

ṇā

kaṭabhī, analaprabhā, kukundanī, pārāpatapadī, pītatailā, kanakaprabhā, gīrlatā, jyotirlatā, jyotiṣkā, tejasvinī, tejohvā, tiktakā, niphalā, paṇyā, pārāvatapadī, piṇyā, pūtitailā, bahurasā, lagaṇā, nagaṇā, latā, latāpuṭakī, lavaṇakiṃśukā, śleṣmaghnī, sārasvatī, supiṅgalā, sphuṭaraṅgiṇī, sphuṭavalkalī, sumedhā, suvarṇalatā, suvegā, svarṇalatā, dīptaḥ, lavaṇaḥ, śṛṅgī, nagnaḥ   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ ।

kaṭabhyāḥ varṇanaṃ suśrutena kṛtam

ṇā

kuṇālam   

eka: deśaḥ ।

uṇādisūtreṣu kuṇālam varṇitam

ṇā

kuṇālaḥ   

aśokasya putraḥ ।

kuṇālaḥ rājaputraḥ āsīt

ṇā

vitṛṣṇā   

nadīviśeṣaḥ ।

vitṛṣṇāyāḥ varṇanaṃ viṣṇu-purāṇe asti

ṇā

gardabhī, sitakaṇṭakārikā, śvetā, kṣetradūtī, lakṣmaṇā, sitasiṃhī, sitakṣudrā, kṣudravārtākinī, sitā, siktā, kaṭuvārtākinī, kṣetrajā, kapaṭeśvarī, niḥsnehaphalā, vāmā, sitakaṇṭhā, mahauṣadhī, candrikā, cāndrī, priyaṅkarī, nākulī, durlabhā, rāsnā śvetakaṇṭakārī   

ekā latā asyā guṇāḥ rucyatvaṃ kaṭutvaṃ kaphavātanāśitvaṃ cakṣuṣyatvaṃ dīpanatvaṃ rasaniyāmakatvaṃ ca ।

gardabhyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ṇā

tīkṣṇā   

kṣupanāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

tīkṣṇā iti naikeṣāṃ kṣupāṇāṃ nāma vartate

ṇā

dakṣiṇāmūrtiḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

dakṣiṇāmūrtiḥ saptadaśasaṃvatsare abhavat

ṇā

dhiṣaṇā   

haviradānasya patnī ।

dhiṣaṇā agneḥ putrī asti

ṇā

dhiṣaṇā   

kṛśāśvasya patnī ।

dhiṣaṇā vedaśirasya devalasya vayunasya tathā manoḥ mātā asti

ṇā

pariṇāma   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

pariṇāmasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ṇā

viddaṇācāryaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

viddaṇācāryasya ullekhaḥ kośe asti

ṇā

veṇā   

ekā strī ।

veṇāyāḥ ullekhaḥ hemacandrasya pariśiṣṭaparvan ityasmin granthe asti

ṇā

veṇātaṭāḥ   

ekaḥ janasamudāyaḥ ।

veṇātaṭānām ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

ṇā

vaiśravaṇālayaḥ   

ekaṃ sthānam ।

vaiśravaṇālayasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

ṇā

vokkāṇā   

ekaḥ janasamudāyaḥ ।

vokkāṇānām varṇanaṃ varāha-mihirayoḥ bṛhatsaṃhitāyām asti

ṇā

pūrṇāśā, parṇāśā   

ekā nadī ।

pūrṇāśāyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate

ṇā

śatakarṇācāryaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

śatakarṇācāryasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

ṇā

śataguṇācāryaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

śataguṇācāryasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

ṇā

kuṇālam   

eka: deśaḥ ।

uṇādisūtreṣu kuṇālam varṇitam

ṇā

kuṇālaḥ   

aśokasya putraḥ ।

kuṇālaḥ rājaputraḥ āsīt

ṇā

kuveṇā , tuṅgaveṇā   

ekā nadī ।

kuveṇā viṣṇupurāṇe ullikhitā asti

ṇā

kṛṣṇaveṇā, kṛṣṇaveṇṇā, kṛṣṇaveṇyā, kṛṣṇaveṇvā   

ekā nadī ।

kṛṣṇaveṇāyāḥ varṇanaṃ mahābhārate samulabhyate

ṇā

kṛṣṇāñjanagiriḥ   

ekaḥ parvataḥ ।

kṛṣṇāñjanagiriḥ rāmāyaṇe ullikhitaḥ asti

ṇā

kṛṣṇātreyaḥ   

ekaḥ ṛṣiḥ ।

kṛṣṇātreyasya ullekhaḥ carakeṇa kṛtaḥ

ṇā

kṛṣṇānandaḥ   

ekaḥ bhāṣyakāraḥ ।

kṛṣṇānandaḥ kośe ullikhitaḥ asti

ṇā

kṛṣṇānandaḥ   

tantra-sārasya lekhakaḥ ।

kṛṣṇānandena tantrasāraḥ nāma granthaḥ racitaḥ

ṇā

kṛṣṇānandasvāmī   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

kṛṣṇānandasvāmī kośe ullikhitaḥ asti

ṇā

kṛṣṇābhā, kālāñjanī, kālī, añjanī, recanī, śilāñjanī, nīlāñjanī   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ- asyāḥ guṇāḥ kaṭutvaṃ uṣṇatvaṃ amalatvaṃ kṛmiśodhanatvaṃ jāṭharamayanāśitvaṃ ca ।

kṛṣṇābhāyāḥ varṇanaṃ kośe vartate

ṇā

kṛṣṇāmṛtamahārṇavaḥ   

dvividhā racanā ।

kṛṣṇāmṛtamahārṇavaḥ dharmaśāstrīyaḥ granthaḥ asti

ṇā

kṛṣṇālaṃkāraḥ   

ekā ṭīkā ।

kṛṣṇālaṃkāraḥ iti ṭīkā acyuta-kṛṣṇānanda-tīrthena racitā

ṇā

kṛṣṇāluḥ, nīlāluḥ, asitāluḥ, śyāmalālukaḥ   

kandaviśeṣaḥ- asya guṇāḥ madhuratvaṃ śītatvaṃ pittadāhaśramanāśitvaṃ ca ।

kṛṣṇāloḥ varṇanaṃ kośe vartate

ṇā

kṛṣṇāhvayaḥ   

ekā śālā ।

kṛṣṇāhvayasya varṇanaṃ caraṇavyūhagranthe samupalabhyate

ṇā

śivanārāyaṇānandatīrthaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

śivanārāyaṇānandatīrthasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṇā

śītoṣṇā   

ekā rākṣasī ।

śītoṣṇāyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṇā

śuklādiśrāvaṇakṛṣṇāṣṭamī   

ekaḥ utsavaḥ ।

śuklādiśrāvaṇakṛṣṇāṣṭamyāḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

ṇā

praṇāmamitraḥ   

ekaḥ manuṣyaḥ ।

hemacandrasya pariśiṣṭaparvaṇi praṇāmamitraḥ samullikhitaḥ

ṇā

pramāṇādarśam   

ekaṃ nāṭakam ।

saṃskṛtavāṅmaye pramāṇādarśaṃ nāṭakaṃ prasiddham

ṇā

prāṇābharaṇam   

ekaṃ kāvyam ।

saṃskṛta-vāṅmaye prāṇābharaṇa-kāvyaṃ suvikhyātam

ṇā

māgadhī, śoṇā   

ekā nadī ।

māgadhyāḥ ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe vartate

ṇā

śailapūrṇāryaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

śailapūrṇāryasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

ṇā

bālakṛṣṇānandaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

kośakāraiḥ bālakṛṣṇānandaḥ varṇitaḥ

ṇā

bauddhadhikkāraguṇānandī   

ekā ṭīkā ।

bauddhadhikkārasya bauddhadhikkāraguṇānandī iti ṭīkā suvikhyātā

ṇā

kuṇālam   

eka: deśaḥ ।

uṇādisūtreṣu kuṇālam varṇitam

ṇā

kuṇālaḥ   

aśokasya putraḥ ।

kuṇālaḥ rājaputraḥ āsīt

ṇā

kuveṇā , tuṅgaveṇā   

ekā nadī ।

kuveṇā viṣṇupurāṇe ullikhitā asti

ṇā

kṛṣṇaveṇā, kṛṣṇaveṇṇā, kṛṣṇaveṇyā, kṛṣṇaveṇvā   

ekā nadī ।

kṛṣṇaveṇāyāḥ varṇanaṃ mahābhārate samulabhyate

ṇā

kṛṣṇāñjanagiriḥ   

ekaḥ parvataḥ ।

kṛṣṇāñjanagiriḥ rāmāyaṇe ullikhitaḥ asti

ṇā

kṛṣṇātreyaḥ   

ekaḥ ṛṣiḥ ।

kṛṣṇātreyasya ullekhaḥ carakeṇa kṛtaḥ

ṇā

kṛṣṇānandaḥ   

ekaḥ bhāṣyakāraḥ ।

kṛṣṇānandaḥ kośe ullikhitaḥ asti

ṇā

kṛṣṇānandaḥ   

tantra-sārasya lekhakaḥ ।

kṛṣṇānandena tantrasāraḥ nāma granthaḥ racitaḥ

ṇā

kṛṣṇānandasvāmī   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

kṛṣṇānandasvāmī kośe ullikhitaḥ asti

ṇā

kṛṣṇābhā, kālāñjanī, kālī, añjanī, recanī, śilāñjanī, nīlāñjanī   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ- asyāḥ guṇāḥ kaṭutvaṃ uṣṇatvaṃ amalatvaṃ kṛmiśodhanatvaṃ jāṭharamayanāśitvaṃ ca ।

kṛṣṇābhāyāḥ varṇanaṃ kośe vartate

ṇā

kṛṣṇāmṛtamahārṇavaḥ   

dvividhā racanā ।

kṛṣṇāmṛtamahārṇavaḥ dharmaśāstrīyaḥ granthaḥ asti

ṇā

kṛṣṇālaṃkāraḥ   

ekā ṭīkā ।

kṛṣṇālaṃkāraḥ iti ṭīkā acyuta-kṛṣṇānanda-tīrthena racitā

ṇā

kṛṣṇāluḥ, nīlāluḥ, asitāluḥ, śyāmalālukaḥ   

kandaviśeṣaḥ- asya guṇāḥ madhuratvaṃ śītatvaṃ pittadāhaśramanāśitvaṃ ca ।

kṛṣṇāloḥ varṇanaṃ kośe vartate

ṇā

kṛṣṇāhvayaḥ   

ekā śālā ।

kṛṣṇāhvayasya varṇanaṃ caraṇavyūhagranthe samupalabhyate

ṇā

bālakṛṣṇānandaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

kośakāraiḥ bālakṛṣṇānandaḥ varṇitaḥ

ṇā

bauddhadhikkāraguṇānandī   

ekā ṭīkā ।

bauddhadhikkārasya bauddhadhikkāraguṇānandī iti ṭīkā suvikhyātā

ṇā

lavaṇā   

ekā nadī ।

lavaṇāyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ṇā

koṅkaṇāvatī   

ekā nadī ।

koṅkaṇāvatī harivaṃśe varṇitā asti

ṇā

śrīkṛṣṇālaṅkāraḥ   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

śrīkṛṣṇālaṅkārasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṇā

śrīṣeṇā   

ekā strī ।

śrīṣeṇāyāḥ ullekhaḥ hemacandrasya pariśiṣṭaparvan ityasmin granthe asti

ṇā

śroṇāparāntaḥ   

ekaṃ nagaram ।

śroṇāparāntasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṇā

ślakṣṇā   

ekā nadī ।

ślakṣṇāyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṇā

saduktikarṇāmṛtam   

ekaṃ saṅkalanam ।

saduktikarṇāmṛtasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṇā

sadguṇācāryaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

sadguṇācāryasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

ṇā

sammitavarṇā   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

sammitavarṇāyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṇā

brāhmaṇābhāṣaṇam   

ekaḥ kālpanika-racanā-prakāraḥ ।

kavi-kalpa-latāyāṃ brāhmaṇābhāṣaṇaṃ nirdiṣṭam

ṇā

bhadrabhūṣaṇā   

ekā deviḥ ।

pañcarātre bhadrabhūṣaṇā iti devatā varṇitā

ṇā

sahasrakiraṇāvaliḥ   

ekā kṛtiḥ ।

sahasrakiraṇāvaleḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṇā

sāmānyalakṣaṇā   

kṛtiviśeṣaḥ ।

sāmānyalakṣaṇā iti nāmakānāṃ naikāsāṃ kṛtīnām ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṇā

suparṇā   

ekā nadī ।

suparṇāyāḥ ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe vartate

ṇā

suparṇā   

garuḍasya mātā ।

suparṇāyāḥ ullekhaḥ bhāgavatapurāṇe vartate

ṇā

koṅkaṇāvatī   

ekā nadī ।

koṅkaṇāvatī harivaṃśe varṇitā asti

ṇā

guṇakiraṇāvalī   

ekā sāhityikaracanā ।

guṇakiraṇāvalī kośakāraiḥ ullikhitā asti

ṇā

guṇā   

ekā rājakanyā ।

guṇāyāḥ ullekhaḥ rājataraṅgiṇyāṃ dṛśyate

ṇā

guṇākarasūriḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ,bhaktāmara-stotrasya ।

guṇākarasūreḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ṇā

guṇānandaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

guṇānandasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ṇā

guṇānandī   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

guṇānandī nāmakā ṭīkā kośe ullikhitā asti

ṇā

caṇārarūpyam   

ekaḥ grāmaḥ ।

caṇārarūpyaṃ pāṇininā ullikhitam

ṇā

hariṇāśvaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

hariṇāśvasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

ṇā

hathiṇāvagrāmaḥ   

ekaḥ grāmaḥ ।

hathiṇāvagrāmasya ullekhaḥ praśastyām asti

ṇā

pūrṇāśramaḥ   

eka lekhakaḥ ।

pūrṇāśramasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṇā

pūrṇānandaḥ   

lekhakanāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

pūrṇānandaḥ iti nāmakānāṃ naikeṣāṃ lekhakānām ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

ṇā

pūrṇā   

ekā strī ।

pūrṇāyāḥ ullekhaḥ vetāla-pañcaviṃśatikāyām asti

ṇā

pūrṇā   

pañcamī daśamī paurṇimā amāvasyāḥ ca tithīnāṃ nāma।

pūrṇāyāḥ ullekhaḥ varāhamihireṇa kṛtaḥ

ṇā

maṣṇāraḥ   

ekaḥ dīrghāraṇyaviśeṣaḥ ।

aitareya-brāhmaṇe tathā ca bhāgavata-purāṇe maṣṇāraḥ ullikhitaḥ

ṇā

karṇāśvaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

karṇāśvasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṇā

karṇāṭakaḥ   

ekaḥ janasamudāyaḥ ।

karṇāṭakāṇām ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe bhāgavatapurāṇe ca asti

ṇā

karṇāṭakaḥ   

karṇāṭakaḥ iti nāmakānāṃ janānāṃ deśaḥ ।

karṇāṭakasya ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe bhāgavatapurāṇe ca asti

ṇā

karuṇānandakāvyam   

ekaṃ kāvyam ।

karuṇānandakāvyasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṇā

karaṇāṭṭam   

ekaṃ sthānam ।

karaṇāṭṭasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṇā

tuṅgaveṇā   

ekā nadī ।

tuṅgaveṇāyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate

ṇā

tṛṇāṅkuḥ   

ekaḥ ṛṣiḥ ।

tṛṇāṅkoḥ ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe vartate

ṇā

tṛṇāḍhyaḥ   

tṛṇaprakāraḥ ।

tṛṇāḍhyasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ṇā

tṛṇāmallaḥ   

ekaṃ mandiram ।

tṛṇāmallasya ullekhaḥ rasikaramaṇe vartate

ṇā

tṛṇāmlaḥ   

tṛṇaprakāraḥ ।

tṛṇāmlasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ṇā

ūrṇāvān   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

ūrṇāvataḥ ullekhaḥ pāṇininā kṛtaḥ

ṇā

ūrṇā   

strīnāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

ūrṇā iti nāmakāḥ naikāḥ striyaḥ koṣe parigaṇitāḥ

ṇā

uṣṇīṣārpaṇā   

ekā devī ।

uṣṇīṣārpaṇāyāḥ ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti

ṇā

upaveṇā   

ekā nadī ।

upaveṇāyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

ṇā

parṇāḍhakaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

parṇāḍhakasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṇā

nṛmṇā   

ekā nadī ।

nṛmṇāyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṇā

nṛmaṇā   

ekā nadī ।

nṛmaṇāyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ṇā

jūrṇāhvaḥ   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

jūrṇāhvasya ullekhaḥ carakeṇa kṛtaḥ

ṇā

tuṅgaveṇā   

ekā nadī ।

tuṅgaveṇāyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate

ṇā

tṛṇāṅkuḥ   

ekaḥ ṛṣiḥ ।

tṛṇāṅkoḥ ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe vartate

ṇā

tṛṇāḍhyaḥ   

tṛṇaprakāraḥ ।

tṛṇāḍhyasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ṇā

tṛṇāmallaḥ   

ekaṃ mandiram ।

tṛṇāmallasya ullekhaḥ rasikaramaṇe vartate

ṇā

tṛṇāmlaḥ   

tṛṇaprakāraḥ ।

tṛṇāmlasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ṇā

dakṣiṇāntikā   

ekaṃ vṛttam ।

dakṣiṇāntikāyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ṇā

dakṣiṇāmūrtyupaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

dakṣiṇāmūrtyupaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ṇā

dhūmravarṇāmanuḥ   

ekaḥ mantraḥ ।

dhūmravarṇāmanoḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

ṇā

dhūmrorṇā   

ekā divyastrī ।

dhūmrorṇāyāḥ ullekhaḥ vahnipurāṇe asti

ṇā

naranārāyaṇānandakāvyam   

ekaṃ kāvyam ।

naranārāyaṇānandakāvyasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

ṇā

devatarathaḥ iti nāmakānāṃ naikeṣāṃ śikṣakāṇām ullekhaḥ vaṃśa-brāhmaṇe asti   

devataratha ।

śikṣakāṇāṃ nāmaviśeṣaḥ

ṇā

nārāyaṇātharvaṇaśīrṣopaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

nārāyaṇātharvaṇaśīrṣopaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti









Parse Time: 1.715s Search Word: ṇā Input Encoding: Devanagari IAST: ṇā